Artificer 8 Constitution, Intelligence, Arcana, History, Investigation, Medicine, Nature, Perception, Sleight Of Hand 2 Intelligence Starting Artificer As a 1st-level Artificer, you begin play with 8+your Constitution modifier hit points. You are proficient with the following items, in addition to any proficiencies provided by your race or background. • Armor: light, medium, shields • Weapons: simple • Tools: thieves' tools, tinker's tools, one type of artisan's tools of your choice • Skills: Choose 2 from Arcana, History, Investigation, Medicine, Nature, Perception, Sleight Of Hand You begin play with the following equipment, in addition to any equipment provided by your background. • any two simple weapons of your choice • a light crossbow and crossbow bolts (20) • (a) studded leather armor or (b) scale mail • thieves' tools and a dungeoneer's pack Alternatively, you may start with 5d4 x 10 gp and choose your own equipment. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 9 Multiclass Artificer To multiclass as a Artificer, you must meet the following prerequisites: • Intelligence 13 You gain the following proficiencies: • Armor: light, medium, shields • Weapons: none • Tools: none Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 9 light, medium, shields simple thieves' tools, tinker's tools, one type of artisan's tools of your choice 5d4x10 2, 2 Optional Rule: Firearm Proficiency The secrets of creating and operating gunpowder weapons have been discovered in various corners of the D&D multiverse. If your Dungeon Master uses the rules on firearms in chapter 9 of the Dungeon Master's Guide and your artificer has been exposed to the operation of such weapons, your artificer is proficient with them. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 9 Magical Tinkering At 1st level, you learn how to invest a spark of magic into mundane objects. To use this ability, you must have thieves' tools or artisan's tools in hand. You then touch a Tiny nonmagical object as an action and give it one of the following magical properties of your choice: • The object sheds bright light in a 5-foot radius and dim light for an additional 5 feet. • Whenever tapped by a creature, the object emits a recorded message that can be heard up to 10 feet away. You utter the message when you bestow this property on the object, and the recording can be no more than 6 seconds long. • The object continuously emits your choice of an odor or a nonverbal sound (wind, waves, chirping, or the like). The chosen phenomenon is perceivable up to 10 feet away. • A static visual effect appears on one of the object's surfaces. This effect can be a picture, up to 25 words of text, lines and shapes, or a mixture of these elements, as you like. The chosen property lasts indefinitely. As an action, you can touch the object and end the property early. You can bestow magic on multiple objects, touching one object each time you use this feature, though a single object can only bear one property at a time. The maximum number of objects you can affect with this feature at one time is equal to your Intelligence modifier (minimum of one object). If you try to exceed your maximum, the oldest property immediately ends, and then the new property applies. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 9 Spellcasting You have studied the workings of magic and how to channel it through objects. As a result, you have gained the ability to cast spells. To observers, you don't appear to be casting spells in a conventional way; you look as if you're producing wonders using mundane items or outlandish inventions. Tools Required: You produce your artificer spell effects through your tools. You must have a spellcasting focus—specifically thieves' tools or some kind of artisan's tools—in hand when you cast any spell with this Spellcasting feature (meaning the spell has an 'M' component when you cast it). You must be proficient with the tool to use it in this way. See chapter 5, "Equipment," in the Player's Handbook for descriptions of these tools. After you gain the Infuse Item feature at 2nd level, you can also use any item bearing one of your infusions as a spellcasting focus. The Magic of Artifice: As an artificer, you use tools when you cast your spells. When describing your spellcasting, think about how you're using a tool to perform the spell effect. If you cast cure wounds using alchemist's supplies, you could be quickly producing a salve. If you cast it using tinker's tools, you might have a miniature mechanical spider that binds wounds. When you cast poison spray, you could fling foul chemicals or use a wand that spits venom. The effect of the spell is the same as for a spellcaster of any other class, but your method of spellcasting is special. The same principle applies when you prepare your spells. As an artificer, you don't study a spellbook or pray to prepare your spells. Instead, you work with your tools and create the specialized items you'll use to produce your effects. If you replace cure wounds with heat metal, you might be altering the device you use to heal—perhaps modifying a tool so that it channels heat instead of healing energy. Such details don't limit you in any way or provide you with any benefit beyond the spell's effects. You don't have to justify how you're using tools to cast a spell. But describing your spellcasting creatively is a fun way to distinguish yourself from other spellcasters. Cantrips (0-Level Spells): At 1st level, you know two cantrips of your choice from the artificer spell list. At higher levels, you learn additional artificer cantrips of your choice, as shown in the Cantrips Known column of the Artificer table. When you gain a level in this class, you can replace one of the artificer cantrips you know with another cantrip from the artificer spell list. Preparing and Casting Spells: The Artificer table shows how many spell slots you have to cast your artificer spells. To cast one of your artificer spells of 1st level or higher, you must expend a slot of the spell's level or higher. You regain all expended spell slots when you finish a long rest. You prepare the list of artificer spells that are available for you to cast, choosing from the artificer spell list. When you do so, choose a number of artificer spells equal to your Intelligence modifier + half your artificer level, rounded down (minimum of one spell). The spells must be of a level for which you have spell slots. For example, if you are a 5th-level artificer, you have four 1st-level and two 2nd-level spell slots. With an Intelligence of 14, your list of prepared spells can include four spells of 1st or 2nd level, in any combination. If you prepare the 1st-level spell cure wounds, you can cast it using a 1st-level or a 2nd-level slot. Casting the spell doesn't remove it from your list of prepared spells. You can change your list of prepared spells when you finish a long rest. Preparing a new list of artificer spells requires time spent tinkering with your spellcasting focuses: at least 1 minute per spell level for each spell on your list. Spellcasting Ability: Intelligence is your spellcasting ability for your artificer spells; your understanding of the theory behind magic allows you to wield these spells with superior skill. You use your Intelligence whenever an artificer spell refers to your spellcasting ability. In addition, you use your Intelligence modifier when setting the saving throw DC for an artificer spell you cast and when making an attack roll with one. Ritual Casting: You can cast an artificer spell as a ritual if that spell has the ritual tag and you have the spell prepared. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 9 2, 2 Infuse Item At 2nd level, you gain the ability to imbue mundane items with certain magical infusions. The magic items you create with this feature are effectively prototypes of permanent items. Artificer Infusions: Artificers have invented numerous magical infusions, extraordinary processes that rapidly create magic items. To many, artificers seem like wonderworkers, accomplishing in hours what others need weeks to complete. The description of each of the following infusions details the type of item that can receive it, along with whether the resulting magic item requires attunement. Some infusions specify a minimum artificer level. You can't learn such an infusion until you are at least that level. Unless an infusion's description says otherwise, you can't learn an infusion more than once. Infusing an Item: Whenever you finish a long rest, you can touch a nonmagical object and imbue it with one of your artificer infusions, turning it into a magic item. An infusion works on only certain kinds of objects, as specified in the infusion's description. If the item requires attunement, you can attune yourself to it the instant you infuse the item. If you decide to attune to the item later, you must do so using the normal process for attunement (see "Attunement" in chapter 7 of the Dungeon Master's Guide). Your infusion remains in an item indefinitely, but when you die, the infusion vanishes after a number of days have passed equal to your Intelligence modifier (minimum of 1 day). The infusion also vanishes if you give up your knowledge of the infusion for another one. You can infuse more than one nonmagical object at the end of a long rest; the maximum number of objects appears in the Infused Items column of the Artificer table. You must touch each of the objects, and each of your infusions can be in only one object at a time. Moreover, no object can bear more than one of your infusions at a time. If you try to exceed your maximum number of infusions, the oldest infusion immediately ends, and then the new infusion applies. If an infusion ends on an item that contains other things, like a bag of holding, its contents harmlessly appear in and around its space. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 9 2, 3 Artificer Specialist At 3rd level, you choose the type of specialist you are, each of which is detailed at the end of the class's description. Your choice grants you features at 5th level and again at 9th and 15th level. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 9 Artificer Specialist: Alchemist An Alchemist is an expert at combining reagents to produce mystical effects. Alchemists use their creations to give life and to leech it away. Alchemy is the oldest of artificer traditions, and its versatility has long been valued during times of war and peace. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 14 Alchemist: Alchemist Spells Starting at 3rd level, you always have certain spells prepared after you reach particular levels in this class, as shown in the Alchemist Spells table. These spells count as artificer spells for you, but they don't count against the number of artificer spells you prepare. Alchemist Spells Artificer Level | Spell 3rd | healing word, ray of sickness 5th | flaming sphere, Melf's acid arrow 9th | gaseous form, mass healing word 13th | blight, death ward 17th | cloudkill, raise dead Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 14 Alchemist: Experimental Elixir Beginning at 3rd level, whenever you finish a long rest, you can magically produce an experimental elixir in an empty flask you touch. Roll on the Experimental Elixir table for the elixir's effect, which is triggered when someone drinks the elixir. As an action, a creature can drink the elixir or administer it to an incapacitated creature. Creating an experimental elixir requires you to have alchemist's supplies on your person, and any elixir you create with this feature lasts until it is drunk or until the end of your next long rest. When you reach certain levels in this class, you can make more elixirs at the end of a long rest: two at 6th level and three at 15th level. Roll for each elixir's effect separately. Each elixir requires its own flask. You can create additional experimental elixirs by expending a spell slot of 1st level or higher for each one. When you do so, you use your action to create the elixir in an empty flask you touch, and you choose the elixir's effect from the Experimental Elixir table. Experimental Elixir d6 | Effect 1 | Healing. The drinker regains a number of hit points equal to 2d4 + your Intelligence modifier. 2 | Swiftness. The drinker's walking speed increases by 10 feet for 1 hour. 3 | Resilience. The drinker gains a +1 bonus to AC for 10 minutes. 4 | Boldness. The drinker can roll a d4 and add the number rolled to every attack roll and saving throw they make for the next minute. 5 | Flight. The drinker gains a flying speed of 10 feet for 10 minutes. 6 | Transformation. The drinker's body is transformed as if by the alter self spell. The drinker determines the transformation caused by the spell, the effects of which last for 10 minutes. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 14 Alchemist: Tool Proficiency When you adopt this specialization at 3rd level, you gain proficiency with alchemist's supplies. If you already have this proficiency, you gain proficiency with one other type of artisan's tools of your choice. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 14 Alchemist: Extra Alchemical Formula At 3rd level, you learn an additional Alchemical Formula. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 14 Artificer Specialist: Alchemist An Alchemist is an expert at combining exotic reagents to produce mystical effects. Among artificers, members of this subclass are the greatest healers, as well as the ones most adept at wielding dangerous chemicals. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 14 Alchemist: Alchemical Homunculus At 3rd level, you learn ancient methods for magically creating a special homunculus that is formed by alchemical substances. Whenever you finish a long rest and your alchemist's supplies are with you, you can form this homunculus in an unoccupied space within 5 feet of you. If you already have a homunculus from this feature, the first one immediately dies. The homunculus is friendly to you and your companions, and it obeys your commands. See this creature's game statistics in the Alchemical Homunculus stat block. You determine the homunculus's appearance, which includes wings and bits of alchemical equipment. Some alchemists prefer mechanical-looking birds, whereas others like winged vials or miniature cauldrons. In combat, the homunculus shares your initiative count, but it takes its turn immediately after yours. The only action it takes on its turn is the Dodge action, unless you take a bonus action on your turn to command it to take one of the actions in its stat block or to take the Dash, Disengage, or Help action. If the mending spell is cast on it, it regains 2d6 hit points. If it has died within the last hour, you can use your alchemist's supplies as an action to revive it, provided you are within 5 feet of it and you expend a spell slot of 1st level or higher. The homunculus returns to life with all its hit points restored. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 14 Alchemist: Alchemist Spells Starting at 3rd level, you always have certain spells prepared after you reach particular levels in this class, as shown in the Alchemist Spells table. These spells count as artificer spells for you, but they don't count against the number of artificer spells you prepare. Alchemist Spells Artificer Level | Spell 3rd | purify food and drink, ray of sickness 5th | Melf's acid arrow, web 9th | create food and water, stinking cloud 13th | blight, death ward 17th | cloudkill, raise dead Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 14 Alchemist: Tools of the Trade By the time you adopt this specialty at 3rd level, you're deeply familiar with employing its tools. Proficiencies You gain proficiency with alchemist's supplies and the herbalism kit, assuming you don't already have them. You also gain alchemist's supplies and an herbalism kit for free—the result of tinkering you've done as you've prepared for this specialization. Crafting If you craft a magic item in the potion category, it takes you a quarter of the normal time, and it costs you half as much of the usual gold. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 14 Artificer Specialist: Armorer An artificer who specializes as an Armorer modifies armor to function almost like a second skin. The armor is enhanced to hone the artificer's magic, unleash potent attacks, and generate a formidable defense. The artificer bonds with this armor, becoming one with it even as they experiment with it and refine its magical capabilities. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 15 Armorer: Arcane Armor 3rd-level Armorer feature Your metallurgical pursuits have led to you making armor a conduit for your magic. As an action, you can turn a suit of armor you are wearing into Arcane Armor, provided you have smith's tools in hand. You gain the following benefits while wearing this armor: • If the armor normally has a Strength requirement, the arcane armor lacks this requirement for you. • You can use the arcane armor as a spellcasting focus for your artificer spells. • The armor attaches to you and can't be removed against your will. It also expands to cover your entire body, although you can retract or deploy the helmet as a bonus action. The armor replaces any missing limbs, functioning identically to a limb it replaces. • You can doff or don the armor as an action. The armor continues to be Arcane Armor until you don another suit of armor or you die. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 15 Armorer: Armor Model 3rd-level Armorer feature You can customize your Arcane Armor. When you do so, choose one of the following armor models: Guardian or Infiltrator. The model you choose gives you special benefits while you wear it. Each model includes a special weapon. When you attack with that weapon, you can add your Intelligence modifier, instead of Strength or Dexterity, to the attack and damage rolls. You can change the armor's model whenever you finish a short or long rest, provided you have smith's tools in hand. Armorer: Guardian You design your armor to be in the front line of conflict. It has the following features: Thunder Gauntlets. • Each of the armor's gauntlets counts as a simple melee weapon while you aren't holding anything in it, and it deals 1d8 thunder damage on a hit. A creature hit by the gauntlet has disadvantage on attack rolls against targets other than you until the start of your next turn, as the armor magically emits a distracting pulse when the creature attacks someone else. Defensive Field. • As a bonus action, you can gain temporary hit points equal to your level in this class, replacing any temporary hit points you already have. You lose these temporary hit points if you doff the armor. You can use this bonus action a number of times equal to your proficiency bonus, and you regain all expended uses when you finish a long rest. Armorer: Infiltrator You customize your armor for subtle undertakings. It has the following features: Lightning Launcher. • A gemlike node appears on one of your armored fists or on the chest (your choice). It counts as a simple ranged weapon, with a normal range of 90 feet and a long range of 300 feet, and it deals 1d6 lightning damage on a hit. Once on each of your turns when you hit a creature with it, you can deal an extra 1d6 lightning damage to that target. Powered Steps. • Your walking speed increases by 5 feet. Dampening Field. • You have advantage on Dexterity (Stealth) checks. If the armor normally imposes disadvantage on such checks, the advantage and disadvantage cancel each other, as normal. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 15 Armorer: Armorer Spells 3rd-level Armorer feature You always have certain spells prepared after you reach particular levels in this class, as shown in the Armorer Spells table. These spells count as artificer spells for you, but they don't count against the number of artificer spells you prepare. Armorer Spells Artificer Level | Spell 3rd | magic missile, thunderwave 5th | mirror image, shatter 9th | hypnotic pattern, lightning bolt 13th | fire shield, greater invisibility 17th | passwall, wall of force Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 15 Armorer: Tools of the Trade 3rd-level Armorer feature You gain proficiency with heavy armor. You also gain proficiency with smith's tools. If you already have this tool proficiency, you gain proficiency with one other type of artisan's tools of your choice. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 15 Artificer Specialist: Artillerist An Artillerist specializes in using magic to hurl energy, projectiles, and explosions on a battlefield. This destructive power was valued by all the armies of the Last War. Now that the war is over, some members of this specialization have sought to build a more peaceful world by using their powers to fight the resurgence of strife in Khorvaire. The gnome artificer Vi, an unlikely yet key member of House Cannith's warforged project, has been especially vocal about making things right: "It's about time we fixed things instead of blowing them all to hell." Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 17 Artillerist: Artillerist Spells Starting at 3rd level, you always have certain spells prepared after you reach particular levels in this class, as shown in the Artillerist Spells table. These spells count as artificer spells for you, but they don't count against the number of artificer spells you prepare. Artillerist Spells Artificer Level | Spell 3rd | shield, thunderwave 5th | scorching ray, shatter 9th | fireball, wind wall 13th | ice storm, wall of fire 17th | cone of cold, wall of force Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 17 Artillerist: Eldritch Cannon At 3rd level, you learn how to create a magical cannon. Using woodcarver's tools or smith's tools, you can take an action to magically create a Small or Tiny eldritch cannon in an unoccupied space on a horizontal surface within 5 feet of you. A Small eldritch cannon occupies its space, and a Tiny one can be held in one hand. Once you create a cannon, you can't do so again until you finish a long rest or until you expend a spell slot of 1st level or higher. You can have only one cannon at a time and can't create one while your cannon is present. The cannon is a magical object. Regardless of size, the cannon has an AC of 18 and a number of hit points equal to five times your artificer level. It is immune to poison damage and psychic damage, and all conditions. If it is forced to make an ability check or a saving throw, treat all its ability scores as 10 (+0). If the mending spell is cast on it, it regains 2d6 hit points. It disappears if it is reduced to 0 hit points or after 1 hour. You can dismiss it early as an action. When you create the cannon, you determine its appearance and whether it has legs. You also decide which type it is, choosing from the options on the Eldritch Cannons table. On each of your turns, you can take a bonus action to cause the cannon to activate if you are within 60 feet of it. As part of the same bonus action, you can direct the cannon to walk or climb up to 15 feet to an unoccupied space, provided it has legs. Eldritch Cannons Cannon | Activation Flamethrower | The cannon exhales fire in an adjacent 15-foot cone that you designate. Each creature in that area must make a Dexterity saving throw against your spell save DC, taking 2d8 fire damage on a failed save or half as much damage on a successful one. The fire ignites any flammable objects in the area that aren't being worn or carried. Force Ballista | Make a ranged spell attack, originating from the cannon, at one creature or object within 120 feet of it. On a hit, the target takes 2d8 force damage, and if the target is a creature, it is pushed up to 5 feet away from the cannon. Protector | The cannon emits a burst of positive energy that grants itself and each creature of your choice within 10 feet of it a number of temporary hit points equal to 1d8 + your Intelligence modifier (minimum of +1). Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 17 Artillerist: Tool Proficiency When you adopt this specialization at 3rd level, you gain proficiency with woodcarver's tools. If you already have this proficiency, you gain proficiency with one other type of artisan's tools of your choice. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 17 Artificer Specialist: Artillerist An Artillerist specializes in using magic to create explosions and defensive positions, as well as magic-infused sidearms—especially wands—that can be used on the battlefield. Artillerists were valued by all the armies of the Last War. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 17 Artillerist: Arcane Turret At 3rd level, you learn how to create a magical turret. With your smith's tools in hand, you can take an action to magically summon a Medium turret in an unoccupied space on a horizontal surface within 5 feet of you. The turret is a magical object that occupies its space and that has crablike legs. It has an AC of 18 and a number of hit points equal to five times your artificer level. It is immune to poison damage, psychic damage, and all conditions. If it is forced to make an ability check or a saving throw, treat all its ability scores as 10 (+0). If the mending spell is cast on it, it regains 2d6 hit points. It disappears if it is reduced to 0 hit points or after 10 minutes. You can dismiss it early as an action. When you summon the turret, you decide which type it is, choosing from the options on the Arcane Turrets table. On each of your turns, you can take a bonus action to cause the turret to activate if you are within 60 feet of it. As part of the same action, you can direct the turret to walk or climb up to 15 feet to an unoccupied space. You can summon a turret once for free and must finish a long rest before doing so again. You can also summon the turret by expending a spell slot of 1st level or higher. If you summon a second turret, the first turret disappears. As an action, you can command your turret to detonate if you are within 60 feet of it. Doing so destroys the turret and forces each creature within 10 feet of it to make a Dexterity saving throw against your spell save DC, taking 3d6 force damage on a failed save or half as much damage on a successful one. Arcane Turrets Turret | Activation Flamethrower | The turret exhales fire in an adjacent 15-foot cone that you designate. Each creature in that area must make a Dexterity saving throw against your spell save DC, taking 1d8 fire damage on a failed save or half as much damage on a successful one. The fire ignites any flammable objects in the area that aren't being worn or carried. Force Ballista | Make a ranged spell attack, originating from the turret, at one creature or object within 120 feet of it. On a hit, the target takes 2d8 force damage, and if the target is a creature, it is pushed up to 5 feet away from the turret. Defender | The turret emits a burst of positive energy that grants itself and each creature of your choice within 10 feet of it a number of temporary hit points equal to 1d8 + your Intelligence modifier (minimum of +1). Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 17 Artillerist: Artillerist Spells Starting at 3rd level, you always have certain spells prepared after you reach particular levels in this class, as shown in the Alchemist Spells table. These spells count as artificer spells for you, but they don't count against the number of artificer spells you prepare. Artillerist Spells Artificer Level | Spell 3rd | shield, thunderwave 5th | scorching ray, shatter 9th | fireball, wind wall 13th | ice storm, wall of fire 17th | cone of cold, wall of force Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 17 Artillerist: Tools of the Trade By the time you adopt this specialty at 3rd level, you're deeply familiar with employing its tools. Artillerist: Proficiencies You gain proficiency with smith's tools and woodcarver's tools, assuming you don't already have them. You also gain those tools for free—the result of tinkering you've done as you've prepared for this specialization. In addition, you gain the ability to use rods, staffs, and wands as spellcasting focuses for your artificer spells. You also gain a nonmagical, wooden wand for free, which you've carved in your spare time. Artillerist: Crafting If you craft a magic item in the wand category, it takes you a quarter of the normal time, and it costs you half as much of the usual gold. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 17 Artificer Specialist: Battle Smith Armies require protection, and someone has to put things back together if defenses fail. A combination of protector and medic, a Battle Smith is an expert at defending others and repairing both material and personnel. To aid in their work, Battle Smiths are usually accompanied by a steel defender, a protective companion of their own creation. Many soldiers tell stories of nearly dying before being saved by a Battle Smith and a steel defender. Battle Smiths played a key role in House Cannith's work on battle constructs and the original warforged, and after the Last War, these artificers led efforts to aid those who were injured in the war's horrific battles. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 18 Battle Smith: Battle Ready When you reach 3rd level, your combat training and your experiments with magic have paid off in two ways: • You gain proficiency with martial weapons. • When you attack with a magic weapon, you can use your Intelligence modifier, instead of Strength or Dexterity modifier, for the attack and damage rolls. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 18 Battle Smith: Battle Smith Spells Starting at 3rd level, you always have certain spells prepared after you reach particular levels in this class, as shown in the Battle Smith Spells table. These spells count as artificer spells for you, but they don't count against the number of artificer spells you prepare. Battle Smith Spells Artificer Level | Spell 3rd | heroism, shield 5th | branding smite, warding bond 9th | aura of vitality, conjure barrage 13th | aura of purity, fire shield 17th | banishing smite, mass cure wounds Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 18 Battle Smith: Steel Defender By 3rd level, your tinkering has borne you a faithful companion, a steel defender. It is friendly to you and your companions, and it obeys your commands. See this creature's game statistics in the steel defender stat block, which uses your proficiency bonus (PB) in several places. You determine the creature's appearance and whether it has two legs or four; your choice has no effect on its game statistics. In combat, the defender shares your initiative count, but it takes its turn immediately after yours. It can move and use its reaction on its own, but the only action it takes on its turn is the Dodge action, unless you take a bonus action on your turn to command it to take another action. That action can be one in its stat block or some other action. If you are incapacitated, the defender can take any action of its choice, not just Dodge. If the mending spell is cast on it, it regains 2d6 hit points. If it has died within the last hour, you can use your smith's tools as an action to revive it, provided you are within 5 feet of it and you expend a spell slot of 1st level or higher. The steel defender returns to life after 1 minute with all its hit points restored. At the end of a long rest, you can create a new steel defender if you have your smith's tools with you. If you already have a steel defender from this feature, the first one immediately perishes. The defender also perishes if you die. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 18 Battle Smith: Tool Proficiency When you adopt this specialization at 3rd level, you gain proficiency with smith's tools. If you already have this proficiency, you gain proficiency with one other type of artisan's tools of your choice. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 18 Artificer Specialist: Battle Smith Armies require protection, and someone has to put things back together if defenses fail. A combination of protector and medic, a Battle Smith is an expert at defending others and repairing both materiel and personnel. To aid in their work, Battle Smiths are usually accompanied by an iron defender, a protective companion of their own creation. Many soldiers tell stories of nearly dying before being saved by a Battle Smith and an iron defender. Battle Smiths played a key role in House Cannith's work on battle constructs and the original warforged, and after the Last War, these artificers led efforts to aid those who were injured in the war's horrific battles. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 18 Battle Smith: Battle Ready When you reach 3rd level, your combat training and your experiments with magic and have paid off in two ways: • You gain proficiency with martial weapons. • When you attack with a magic weapon, you can use your Intelligence modifier, instead of Strength or Dexterity, for the attack and damage rolls. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 18 Battle Smith: Battle Smith Spells Starting at 3rd level, you always have certain spells prepared after you reach particular levels in this class, as shown in the Battle Smith Spells table. These spells count as artificer spells for you, but they don't count against the number of artificer spells you prepare. Battle Smith Spells Artificer Level | Spell 3rd | heroism, searing smite 5th | branding smite, warding bond 9th | aura of vitality, blinding smite 13th | aura of purity, staggering smite 17th | banishing smite, mass cure wounds Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 18 Battle Smith: Iron Defender By 3rd level, the tinkering in your free time has borne you a faithful companion, an iron defender. This metallic creature resembles a hound, a cougar, a bear, or another four-legged creature of your choice. It is friendly to you and your companions, and it obeys your commands. See this creature's game statistics in the iron defender stat block. In combat, the iron defender shares your initiative count, but it takes its turn immediately after yours. It can move and use its reaction on its own, but the only action it takes on its turn is the Dodge action, unless you take a bonus action on your turn to command it to take one of the actions in its stat block or the Dash, Disengage, or Help action. If the mending spell is cast on it, it regains 2d6 hit points. If it has died within the last hour, you can use your smith's tools as an action to revive it, provided you are within 5 feet of it and you expend a spell slot of 1st level or higher. The iron defender returns to life after 1 minute with all its hit points restored. At the end of a long rest, you can create a new iron defender if you have your smith's tools with you. If you already have an iron defender from this feature, the first one immediately perishes. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 18 Battle Smith: Tools of the Trade By the time you adopt this specialty at 3rd level, you're deeply familiar with employing its tools. Battle Smith: Proficiencies You gain proficiency with leatherworker's tools and smith's tools, assuming you don't already have them. You also gain leatherworker's tools and smith's tools for free—the result of tinkering you've done as you've prepared for this specialization. Battle Smith: Crafting If you craft a magic item in the armor category, it takes you a quarter of the normal time, and it costs you half as much of the usual gold. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 18 The Right Tool for the Job At 3rd level, you learn how to produce exactly the tool you need: with thieves' tools or artisan's tools in hand, you can magically create one set of artisan's tools in an unoccupied space within 5 feet of you. This creation requires 1 hour of uninterrupted work, which can coincide with a short or long rest. Though the product of magic, the tools are nonmagical, and they vanish when you use this feature again. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 9 2, 3 Ability Score Improvement When you reach 4th level, you can increase one ability score of your choice by 2, or you can increase two ability scores of your choice by 1. As normal, you can't increase an ability score above 20 using this feature. If your DM allows the use of feats, you may instead take a feat. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 9 2, 4, 2 Artificer Specialist Feature At 5th level, you gain a feature granted by your Artificer Specialist choice. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 9 Alchemist: Alchemical Savant At 5th level, you develop masterful command of magical chemicals, enhancing the healing and damage you create through them. Whenever you cast a spell using your alchemist's supplies as the spellcasting focus, you gain a bonus to one roll of the spell. That roll must restore hit points or be a damage roll that deals acid, fire, necrotic, or poison damage, and the bonus equals your Intelligence modifier (minimum of +1). Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 14 Armorer: Extra Attack 5th-level Armorer feature You can attack twice, rather than once, whenever you take the Attack action on your turn. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 15 Artillerist: Arcane Firearm At 5th level, you know how to turn a wand, staff, or rod into an arcane firearm, a conduit for your destructive spells. When you finish a long rest, you can use woodcarver's tools to carve special sigils into a wand, staff, or rod and thereby turn it into your arcane firearm. The sigils disappear from the object if you later carve them on a different item. The sigils otherwise last indefinitely. You can use your arcane firearm as a spellcasting focus for your artificer spells. When you cast an artificer spell through the firearm, roll a d8, and you gain a bonus to one of the spell's damage rolls equal to the number rolled. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 17 Battle Smith: Extra Attack Starting at 5th level, you can attack twice, rather than once, whenever you take the Attack action on your turn. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 18 2, 4, 2 Tool Expertise Starting at 6th level, your proficiency bonus is doubled for any ability check you make that uses your proficiency with a tool. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 9 2, 4, 3 Flash of Genius Starting at 7th level, you gain the ability to come up with solutions under pressure. When you or another creature you can see within 30 feet of you makes an ability check or a saving throw, you can use your reaction to add your Intelligence modifier to the roll. You can use this feature a number of times equal to your Intelligence modifier (minimum of once). You regain all expended uses when you finish a long rest. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 9 2, 4, 3 Ability Score Improvement When you reach 8th level, you can increase one ability score of your choice by 2, or you can increase two ability scores of your choice by 1. As normal, you can't increase an ability score above 20 using this feature. If your DM allows the use of feats, you may instead take a feat. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 9 2, 4, 3, 2 Artificer Specialist Feature At 9th level, you gain a feature granted by your Artificer Specialist choice. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 9 Alchemist: Restorative Reagents Starting at 9th level, you can incorporate restorative reagents into some of your works: • Whenever a creature drinks an experimental elixir you created, the creature gains temporary hit points equal to 2d6 + your Intelligence modifier (minimum of 1 temporary hit point). • You can cast lesser restoration without expending a spell slot and without preparing the spell, provided you use alchemist's supplies as the spellcasting focus. You can do so a number of times equal to your Intelligence modifier (minimum of once), and you regain all expended uses when you finish a long rest. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 14 Alchemist: Extra Alchemical Formula At 9th level, you learn an additional Alchemical Formula. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 14 Armorer: Armor Modifications 9th-level Armorer feature You learn how to use your artificer infusions to specially modify your Arcane Armor. That armor now counts as separate items for the purposes of your Infuse Items feature: armor (the chest piece), boots, helmet, and the armor's special weapon. Each of those items can bear one of your infusions, and the infusions transfer over if you change your armor's model with the Armor Model feature. In addition, the maximum number of items you can infuse at once increases by 2, but those extra items must be part of your Arcane Armor. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 15 Artillerist: Explosive Cannon Starting at 9th level, every eldritch cannon you create is more destructive: • The cannon's damage rolls all increase by 1d8. • As an action, you can command the cannon to detonate if you are within 60 feet of it. Doing so destroys the cannon and forces each creature within 20 feet of it to make a Dexterity saving throw against your spell save DC, taking 3d8 force damage on a failed save or half as much damage on a successful one. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 17 Battle Smith: Arcane Jolt At 9th level, you learn new ways to channel arcane energy to harm or heal. When either you hit a target with a magic weapon attack or your steel defender hits a target, you can channel magical energy through the strike to create one of the following effects: • The target takes an extra 2d6 force damage. • Choose one creature or object you can see within 30 feet of the target. Healing energy flows into the chosen recipient, restoring 2d6 hit points to it. You can use this energy a number of times equal to your Intelligence modifier (minimum of once), but you can do so no more than once on a turn. You regain all expended uses when you finish a long rest. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 18 3, 4, 3, 2 Magic Item Adept When you reach 10th level, you achieve a profound understanding of how to use and make magic items: • You can attune to up to four magic items at once. • If you craft a magic item with a rarity of common or uncommon, it takes you a quarter of the normal time, and it costs you half as much of the usual gold. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 9 3, 4, 3, 3 Spell-Storing Item At 11th level, you learn how to store a spell in an object. Whenever you finish a long rest, you can touch one simple or martial weapon or one item that you can use as a spellcasting focus, and you store a spell in it, choosing a 1st- or 2nd-level spell from the artificer spell list that requires 1 action to cast (you needn't have it prepared). While holding the object, a creature can take an action to produce the spell's effect from it, using your spellcasting ability modifier. If the spell requires concentration, the creature must concentrate. The spell stays in the object until it's been used a number of times equal to twice your Intelligence modifier (minimum of twice) or until you use this feature again to store a spell in an object. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 9 3, 4, 3, 3 Ability Score Improvement When you reach 12th level, you can increase one ability score of your choice by 2, or you can increase two ability scores of your choice by 1. As normal, you can't increase an ability score above 20 using this feature. If your DM allows the use of feats, you may instead take a feat. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 9 3, 4, 3, 3, 1 4, 4, 3, 3, 1 Magic Item Savant At 14th level, your skill with magic items deepens more: • You can attune to up to five magic items at once. • You ignore all class, race, spell, and level requirements on attuning to or using a magic item. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 9 4, 4, 3, 3, 2 Artificer Specialist Feature At 15th level, you gain a feature granted by your Artificer Specialist choice. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 9 Alchemist: Chemical Mastery By 15th level, you have been exposed to so many chemicals that they pose little risk to you, and you can use them to quickly end certain ailments: • You gain resistance to acid damage and poison damage, and you are immune to the poisoned condition. • You can cast greater restoration and heal without expending a spell slot, without preparing the spell, and without material components, provided you use alchemist's supplies as the spellcasting focus. Once you cast either spell with this feature, you can't cast that spell with it again until you finish a long rest. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 14 Armorer: Perfected Armor 15th-level Armorer feature Your Arcane Armor gains additional benefits based on its model, as shown below. Armorer: Guardian When a Huge or smaller creature you can see ends its turn within 30 feet of you, you can use your reaction to magically force the creature to make a Strength saving throw against your spell save DC, pulling the creature up to 30 feet toward you to an unoccupied space. If you pull the target to a space within 5 feet of you, you can make a melee weapon attack against it as part of this reaction. You can use this reaction a number of times equal to your proficiency bonus, and you regain all expended uses of it when you finish a long rest. Armorer: Infiltrator Any creature that takes lightning damage from your Lightning Launcher glimmers with magical light until the start of your next turn. The glimmering creature sheds dim light in a 5-foot radius, and it has disadvantage on attack rolls against you, as the light jolts it if it attacks you. In addition, the next attack roll against it has advantage, and if that attack hits, the target takes an extra 1d6 lightning damage. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 15 Artillerist: Fortified Position Starting at 15th level, you're a master at forming well-defended emplacements using Eldritch Cannon: • You and your allies have half cover while within 10 feet of a cannon you create with Eldritch Cannon, as a result of a shimmering field of magical protection that the cannon emits. • You can now have two cannons at the same time. You can create two with the same action (but not the same spell slot), and you can activate both of them with the same bonus action. You determine whether the cannons are identical to each other or different. You can't create a third cannon while you have two. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 17 Battle Smith: Improved Defender At 15th level, your Arcane Jolt and steel defender become more powerful: • The extra damage and the healing of your Arcane Jolt both increase to 4d6. • Your steel defender gains a +2 bonus to Armor Class. • Whenever your steel defender uses its Deflect Attack, the attacker takes force damage equal to 1d4 + your Intelligence modifier. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 18 4, 4, 3, 3, 2 Ability Score Improvement When you reach 16th level, you can increase one ability score of your choice by 2, or you can increase two ability scores of your choice by 1. As normal, you can't increase an ability score above 20 using this feature. If your DM allows the use of feats, you may instead take a feat. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 9 4, 4, 3, 3, 3, 1 4, 4, 3, 3, 3, 1 Magic Item Master Starting at 18th level, you can attune to up to six magic items at once. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 9 4, 4, 3, 3, 3, 2 Ability Score Improvement When you reach 19th level, you can increase one ability score of your choice by 2, or you can increase two ability scores of your choice by 1. As normal, you can't increase an ability score above 20 using this feature. If your DM allows the use of feats, you may instead take a feat. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 9 4, 4, 3, 3, 3, 2 Soul of Artifice At 20th level, you develop a mystical connection to your magic items, which you can draw on for protection: • You gain a +1 bonus to all saving throws per magic item you are currently attuned to. • If you're reduced to 0 hit points but not killed outright, you can use your reaction to end one of your artificer infusions, causing you to drop to 1 hit point instead of 0. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 9 Barbarian 12 Strength, Constitution, Animal Handling, Athletics, Intimidation, Nature, Perception, Survival 2 Starting Barbarian As a 1st-level Barbarian, you begin play with 12+your Constitution modifier hit points. You are proficient with the following items, in addition to any proficiencies provided by your race or background. • Armor: light, medium, shields • Weapons: simple, martial • Tools: none • Skills: Choose 2 from Animal Handling, Athletics, Intimidation, Nature, Perception, Survival You begin play with the following equipment, in addition to any equipment provided by your background. • (a) a greataxe or (b) any martial melee weapon • (a) two handaxe or (b) any simple weapon • An explorer's pack, and four javelin Alternatively, you may start with 2d4 x 10 gp and choose your own equipment. Source: Player's Handbook p. 46 Multiclass Barbarian To multiclass as a Barbarian, you must meet the following prerequisites: • Strength 13 You gain the following proficiencies: • Armor: shields • Tools: none Source: Player's Handbook p. 46 light, medium, shields simple, martial none 2d4x10 Rage In battle, you fight with primal ferocity. On your turn, you can enter a rage as a bonus action. While raging, you gain the following benefits if you aren't wearing heavy armor: • You have advantage on Strength checks and Strength saving throws. • When you make a melee weapon attack using Strength, you gain a +2 bonus to the damage roll. This bonus increases as you level. • You have resistance to bludgeoning, piercing, and slashing damage. If you are able to cast spells, you can't cast them or concentrate on them while raging. Your rage lasts for 1 minute. It ends early if you are knocked unconscious or if your turn ends and you haven't attacked a hostile creature since your last turn or taken damage since then. You can also end your rage on your turn as a bonus action. Once you have raged the maximum number of times for your barbarian level, you must finish a long rest before you can rage again. You may rage 2 times at 1st level, 3 at 3rd, 4 at 6th, 5 at 12th, and 6 at 17th. Source: Player's Handbook p. 46 Unarmored Defense While you are not wearing any armor, your Armor Class equals 10 + your Dexterity modifier + your Constitution modifier. You can use a shield and still gain this benefit. Source: Player's Handbook p. 46 Danger Sense At 2nd level, you gain an uncanny sense of when things nearby aren't as they should be, giving you an edge when you dodge away from danger. You have advantage on Dexterity saving throws against effects that you can see, such as traps and spells. To gain this benefit, you can't be blinded, deafened, or incapacitated. Source: Player's Handbook p. 46 Reckless Attack Starting at 2nd level, you can throw aside all concern for defense to attack with fierce desperation. When you make your first attack on your turn, you can decide to attack recklessly. Doing so gives you advantage on melee weapon attack rolls using Strength during this turn, but attack rolls against you have advantage until your next turn. Source: Player's Handbook p. 46 Primal Path At 3rd level, you choose a path that shapes the nature of your rage from the list of available paths. Your choice grants you features at 3rd level and again at 6th, 10th, and 14th levels. Source: Player's Handbook p. 46 Primal Path: Path of the Berserker For some barbarians, rage is a means to an end—that end being violence. The Path of the Berserker is a path of untrammeled fury, slick with blood. As you enter the berserker's rage, you thrill in the chaos of battle, heedless of your own health or well-being. Source: Player's Handbook p. 49 Path of the Berserker: Frenzy Starting when you choose this path at 3rd level, you can go into a frenzy when you rage. If you do so, for the duration of your rage you can make a single melee weapon attack as a bonus action on each of your turns after this one. When your rage ends, you suffer one level of exhaustion. Source: Player's Handbook p. 49 Path of the Totem Warrior: Bear While raging, you have resistance to all damage except psychic damage. The spirit of the bear makes you tough enough to stand up to any punishment. Source: Player's Handbook p. 50 Path of the Totem Warrior: Eagle While you're raging and aren't wearing heavy armor, other creatures have disadvantage on opportunity attack rolls against you, and you can use the Dash action as a bonus action on your turn. The spirit of the eagle makes you into a predator who can weave through the fray with ease. Source: Player's Handbook p. 50 Primal Path: Path of the Totem Warrior The Path of the Totem Warrior is a spiritual journey, as the barbarian accepts a spirit animal as guide, protector, and inspiration. In battle, your totem spirit fills you with supernatural might, adding magical fuel to your barbarian rage. Most barbarian tribes consider a totem animal to be kin to a particular clan. In such cases, it is unusual for an individual to have more than one totem animal spirit, though exceptions exist. Source: Player's Handbook p. 50 Path of the Totem Warrior: Wolf While you're raging, your friends have advantage on melee attack rolls against any creature within 5 feet of you that is hostile to you. The spirit of the wolf makes you a leader of hunters. Source: Player's Handbook p. 50 Path of the Totem Warrior: Spirit Seeker Yours is a path that seeks attunement with the natural world, giving you a kinship with beasts. At 3rd level when you adopt this path, you gain the ability to cast the beast sense and speak with animals spells, but only as rituals, as described in chapter 10. Source: Player's Handbook p. 50 Path of the Totem Warrior: Totem Spirit At 3rd level, when you adopt this path, you choose a totem spirit and gain its feature. You must make or acquire a physical totem object—an amulet or similar adornment—that incorporates fur or feathers, claws, teeth, or bones of the totem animal. At your option, you also gain minor physical attributes that are reminiscent of your totem spirit. For example, if you have a bear totem spirit, you might be unusually hairy and thick-skinned, or if your totem is the eagle, your eyes turn bright yellow. Your totem animal might be an animal related to those listed here but more appropriate to your homeland. For example, you could choose a hawk or vulture in place of an eagle. Source: Player's Handbook p. 50 Path of the Totem Warrior: Elk While you're raging and aren't wearing heavy armor, your walking speed increases by 15 feet. The spirit of the elk makes you extraordinarily swift. Source: Player's Handbook p. 50 Path of the Totem Warrior: Tiger While raging, you can add 10 feet to your long jump distance and 3 feet to your high jump distance. The spirit of the tiger empowers your leaps. Source: Player's Handbook p. 50 Ability Score Improvement When you reach 4th level, you can increase one ability score of your choice by 2, or you can increase two ability scores of your choice by 1. As normal, you can't increase an ability score above 20 using this feature. If your DM allows the use of feats, you may instead take a feat. Source: Player's Handbook p. 46 Extra Attack Beginning at 5th level, you can attack twice, instead of once, whenever you take the Attack action on your turn. Source: Player's Handbook p. 46 Fast Movement Starting at 5th level, your speed increases by 10 feet while you aren't wearing heavy armor. Source: Player's Handbook p. 46 Path Feature At 6th level, you gain a feature from your Primal Path. Source: Player's Handbook p. 46 Path of the Berserker: Mindless Rage Beginning at 6th level, you can't be charmed or frightened while raging. If you are charmed or frightened when you enter your rage, the effect is suspended for the duration of the rage. Source: Player's Handbook p. 49 Path of the Totem Warrior: Bear You gain the might of a bear. Your carrying capacity (including maximum load and maximum lift) is doubled, and you have advantage on Strength checks made to push, pull, lift, or break objects. Source: Player's Handbook p. 50 Path of the Totem Warrior: Eagle You gain the eyesight of an eagle. You can see up to 1 mile away with no difficulty, able to discern even fine details as though looking at something no more than 100 feet away from you. Additionally, dim light doesn't impose disadvantage on your Wisdom (Perception) checks. Source: Player's Handbook p. 50 Path of the Totem Warrior: Wolf You gain the hunting sensibilities of a wolf. You can track other creatures while traveling at a fast pace, and you can move stealthily while traveling at a normal pace. Source: Player's Handbook p. 50 Path of the Totem Warrior: Aspect of the Beast At 6th level, you gain a magical benefit based on the totem animal of your choice. You can choose the same animal you selected at 3rd level or a different one. Source: Player's Handbook p. 50 Path of the Totem Warrior: Elk Whether mounted or on foot, your travel pace is doubled, as is the travel pace of up to ten companions while they're within 60 feet of you and you're not incapacitated. The elk spirit helps you roam far and fast. Source: Player's Handbook p. 50 Path of the Totem Warrior: Tiger You gain proficiency in two skills from the following list: Athletics, Acrobatics, Stealth, and Survival. The cat spirit hones your survival instincts. Source: Player's Handbook p. 50 Feral Instinct By 7th level, your instincts are so honed that you have advantage on initiative rolls. Additionally, if you are surprised at the beginning of combat and aren't incapacitated, you can act normally on your first turn, but only if you enter your rage before doing anything else on that turn. Source: Player's Handbook p. 46 Ability Score Improvement When you reach 8th level, you can increase one ability score of your choice by 2, or you can increase two ability scores of your choice by 1. As normal, you can't increase an ability score above 20 using this feature. If your DM uses the optional Feats, you can instead take a feat. Source: Player's Handbook p. 46 Brutal Critical (1 die) Beginning at 9th level, you can roll one additional weapon damage die when determining the extra damage for a critical hit with a melee attack. This increases to two additional dice at 13th level and three additional dice at 17th level. Source: Player's Handbook p. 46 Path feature At 10th level, you gain a feature from your Primal Path. Source: Player's Handbook p. 46 Path of the Berserker: Intimidating Presence Beginning at 10th level, you can use your action to frighten someone with your menacing presence. When you do so, choose one creature that you can see within 30 feet of you. If the creature can see or hear you, it must succeed on a Wisdom saving throw (DC equal to 8 + your proficiency bonus + your Charisma modifier) or be frightened of you until the end of your next turn. On subsequent turns, you can use your action to extend the duration of this effect on the frightened creature until the end of your next turn. This effect ends if the creature ends its turn out of line of sight or more than 60 feet away from you. If the creature succeeds on its saving throw, you can't use this feature on that creature again for 24 hours. Source: Player's Handbook p. 49 Path of the Totem Warrior: Spirit Walker At 10th level, you can cast the commune with nature spell, but only as a ritual. When you do so, a spiritual version of one of the animals you chose for Totem Spirit or Aspect of the Beast appears to you to convey the information you seek. Source: Player's Handbook p. 50 Relentless Rage Starting at 11th level, your rage can keep you fighting despite grievous wounds. If you drop to 0 hit points while you're raging and don't die outright, you can make a DC 10 Constitution saving throw. If you succeed, you drop to 1 hit point instead. Each time you use this feature after the first, the DC increases by 5. When you finish a short or long rest, the DC resets to 10. Source: Player's Handbook p. 46 Ability Score Improvement When you reach 12th level, you can increase one ability score of your choice by 2, or you can increase two ability scores of your choice by 1. As normal, you can't increase an ability score above 20 using this feature. If your DM uses the optional Feats, you can instead take a feat. Source: Player's Handbook p. 46 Brutal Critical (2 dice) At 13th level, you can roll two additional weapon damage dice when determining the extra damage for a critical hit with a melee attack. This increases to three additional dice at 17th level. Source: Player's Handbook p. 46 Path feature At 14th level, you gain a feature from your Primal Path. Source: Player's Handbook p. 46 Path of the Berserker: Retaliation Starting at 14th level, when you take damage from a creature that is within 5 feet of you, you can use your reaction to make a melee weapon attack against that creature. Source: Player's Handbook p. 49 Path of the Totem Warrior: Bear While you're raging, any creature within 5 feet of you that's hostile to you has disadvantage on attack rolls against targets other than you or another character with this feature. An enemy is immune to this effect if it can't see or hear you or if it can't be frightened. Source: Player's Handbook p. 50 Path of the Totem Warrior: Eagle While raging, you have a flying speed equal to your current walking speed. This benefit works only in short bursts; you fall if you end your turn in the air and nothing else is holding you aloft. Source: Player's Handbook p. 50 Path of the Totem Warrior: Wolf While you're raging, you can use a bonus action on your turn to knock a Large or smaller creature prone when you hit it with melee weapon attack. Source: Player's Handbook p. 50 Path of the Totem Warrior: Totemic Attunement At 14th level, you gain a magical benefit based on a totem animal of your choice. You can choose the same animal you selected previously or a different one. Source: Player's Handbook p. 50 Path of the Totem Warrior: Elk While raging, you can use a bonus action during your move to pass through the space of a Large or smaller creature. That creature must succeed on a Strength saving throw (DC 8 + your Strength bonus + your proficiency bonus) or be knocked prone and take bludgeoning damage equal to 1d12 + your Strength modifier. Source: Player's Handbook p. 50 Path of the Totem Warrior: Tiger While you're raging, if you move at least 20 feet in a straight line toward a Large or smaller target right before making a melee weapon attack against it, you can use a bonus action to make an additional melee weapon attack against it. Source: Player's Handbook p. 50 Persistent Rage Beginning at 15th level, your rage is so fierce that it ends early only if you fall unconscious or if you choose to end it. Source: Player's Handbook p. 46 Ability Score Improvement When you reach 16th level, you can increase one ability score of your choice by 2, or you can increase two ability scores of your choice by 1. As normal, you can't increase an ability score above 20 using this feature. If your DM uses the optional Feats, you can instead take a feat. Source: Player's Handbook p. 46 Brutal Critical (3 dice) At 17th level, you can roll three additional weapon damage dice when determining the extra damage for a critical hit with a melee attack. Source: Player's Handbook p. 46 Indomitable Might Beginning at 18th level, if your total for a Strength check is less than your Strength score, you can use that score in place of the total. Source: Player's Handbook p. 46 Ability Score Improvement When you reach 19th level, you can increase one ability score of your choice by 2, or you can increase two ability scores of your choice by 1. As normal, you can't increase an ability score above 20 using this feature. If your DM uses the optional Feats, you can instead take a feat. Source: Player's Handbook p. 46 Primal Champion At 20th level, you embody the power of the wilds. Your Strength and Constitution scores increase by 4. Your maximum for those scores is now 24. Source: Player's Handbook p. 46 Primal Path: Path of the Beast Barbarians who walk the Path of the Beast draw their rage from a bestial spark burning within their souls. That beast bursts forth in the throes of rage, physically transforming the barbarian. Such a barbarian might be inhabited by a primal spirit or be descended from shape-shifters. You can choose the origin of your feral might or determine it by rolling on the Origin of the Beast table. Origin of the Beast d4 | Origin 1 | One of your parents is a lycanthrope, and you've inherited some of their curse. 2 | You are descended from an archdruid and inherited the ability to partially change shape. 3 | A fey spirit gifted you with the ability to adopt different bestial aspects. 4 | An ancient animal spirit dwells within you, allowing you to walk this path. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 24 Path of the Beast: Form of the Beast 3rd-level Path of the Beast feature When you enter your rage, you can transform, revealing the bestial power within you. Until the rage ends, you manifest a natural weapon. It counts as a simple melee weapon for you, and you add your Strength modifier to the attack and damage rolls when you attack with it, as normal. You choose the weapon's form each time you rage: Bite. • Your mouth transforms into a bestial muzzle or great mandibles (your choice). It deals 1d8 piercing damage on a hit. Once on each of your turns when you damage a creature with this bite, you regain a number of hit points equal to your proficiency bonus, provided you have less than half your hit points when you hit. Claws. • Each of your hands transforms into a claw, which you can use as a weapon if it's empty. It deals 1d6 slashing damage on a hit. Once on each of your turns when you attack with a claw using the Attack action, you can make one additional claw attack as part of the same action. Tail. • You grow a lashing, spiny tail, which deals 1d8 piercing damage on a hit and has the reach property. If a creature you can see within 10 feet of you hits you with an attack roll, you can use your reaction to swipe your tail and roll a d8, applying a bonus to your AC equal to the number rolled, potentially causing the attack to miss you. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 24 Primal Path: Path of Wild Magic Many places in the multiverse abound with beauty, intense emotion, and rampant magic; the Feywild, the Upper Planes, and other realms of supernatural power radiate with such forces and can profoundly influence people. As folk of deep feeling, barbarians are especially susceptible to these wild influences, with some barbarians being transformed by the magic. These magic-suffused barbarians walk the Path of Wild Magic. Elf, tiefling, aasimar, and genasi barbarians often seek this path, eager to manifest the otherworldly magic of their ancestors. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 25 Path of Wild Magic: Magic Awareness 3rd-level Path of Wild Magic feature As an action, you can open your awareness to the presence of concentrated magic. Until the end of your next turn, you know the location of any spell or magic item within 60 feet of you that isn't behind total cover. When you sense a spell, you learn which school of magic it belongs to. You can use this feature a number of times equal to your proficiency bonus, and you regain all expended uses when you finish a long rest. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 25 Path of Wild Magic: Wild Surge 3rd-level Path of Wild Magic feature The magical energy roiling inside you sometimes erupts from you. When you enter your rage, roll on the Wild Magic table to determine the magical effect produced. If the effect requires a saving throw, the DC equals 8 + your proficiency bonus + your Constitution modifier. Wild Magic d8 | Magical Effect 1 | Shadowy tendrils lash around you. Each creature of your choice that you can see within 30 feet of you must succeed on a Constitution saving throw or take 1d12 necrotic damage. You also gain 1d12 temporary hit points. 2 | You teleport up to 30 feet to an unoccupied space you can see. Until your rage ends, you can use this effect again on each of your turns as a bonus action. 3 | An intangible spirit, which looks like a flumph or a pixie (your choice), appears within 5 feet of one creature of your choice that you can see within 30 feet of you. At the end of the current turn, the spirit explodes, and each creature within 5 feet of it must succeed on a Dexterity saving throw or take 1d6 force damage. Until your rage ends, you can use this effect again, summoning another spirit, on each of your turns as a bonus action. 4 | Magic infuses one weapon of your choice that you are holding. Until your rage ends, the weapon's damage type changes to force, and it gains the light and thrown properties, with a normal range of 20 feet and a long range of 60 feet. If the weapon leaves your hand, the weapon reappears in your hand at the end of the current turn. 5 | Whenever a creature hits you with an attack roll before your rage ends, that creature takes 1d6 force damage, as magic lashes out in retribution. 6 | Until your rage ends, you are surrounded by multi colored, protective lights. You gain a +1 bonus to AC, and while within 10 feet of you, your allies gain the same bonus. 7 | Flowers and vines temporarily grow around you. Until your rage ends, the ground within 15 feet of you is difficult terrain for your enemies. 8 | A bolt of light shoots from your chest. Another creature of your choice that you can see within 30 feet of you must succeed on a Constitution saving throw or take 1d6 radiant damage and be blinded until the start of your next turn. Until your rage ends, you can use this effect again on each of your turns as a bonus action. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 25 Primal Knowledge 3rd-level barbarian optional class features When you reach 3rd level and again at 10th level, you gain proficiency in one skill of your choice from the list of skills available to barbarians at 1st level. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 24 Path of the Beast: Bestial Soul 6th-level Path of the Beast feature The feral power within you increases, causing the natural weapons of your Form of the Beast to count as magical for the purpose of overcoming resistance and immunity to nonmagical attacks and damage. You can also alter your form to help you adapt to your surroundings. When you finish a short or long rest, choose one of the following benefits, which lasts until you finish your next short or long rest: • You gain a swimming speed equal to your walking speed, and you can breathe underwater. • You gain a climbing speed equal to your walking speed, and you can climb difficult surfaces, including upside down on ceilings, without needing to make an ability check. • When you jump, you can make a Strength (Athletics) check and extend your jump by a number of feet equal to the check's total. You can make this special check only once per turn. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 24 Path of Wild Magic: Bolstering Magic 6th-level Path of Wild Magic feature You can harness your wild magic to bolster yourself or a companion. As an action, you can touch one creature (which can be yourself) and confer one of the following benefits of your choice to that creature: • For 10 minutes, the creature can roll a d3 whenever making an attack roll or an ability check and add the number rolled to the d20 roll. • Roll a d3. The creature regains one expended spell slot, the level of which equals the number rolled or lower (the creature's choice). Once a creature receives this benefit, that creature can't receive it again until after a long rest. You can take this action a number of times equal to your proficiency bonus, and you regain all expended uses when you finish a long rest. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 25 Instinctive Pounce 7th-level barbarian optional class features As part of the bonus action you take to enter your rage, you can move up to half your speed. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 24 Path of the Beast: Infectious Fury 10th-level Path of the Beast feature When you hit a creature with your natural weapons while you are raging, the beast within you can curse your target with rabid fury. The target must succeed on a Wisdom saving throw (DC equal to 8 + your Constitution modifier + your proficiency bonus) or suffer one of the following effects (your choice): • The target must use its reaction to make a melee attack against another creature of your choice that you can see. • The target takes 2d12 psychic damage. You can use this feature a number of times equal to your proficiency bonus, and you regain all expended uses when you finish a long rest. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 24 Path of Wild Magic: Unstable Backlash 10th-level Path of Wild Magic feature When you are imperiled during your rage, the magic within you can lash out; immediately after you take damage or fail a saving throw while raging, you can use your reaction to roll on the Wild Magic table and immediately produce the effect rolled. This effect replaces your current Wild Magic effect. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 25 Path of the Beast: Call the Hunt 14th-level Path of the Beast feature The beast within you grows so powerful that you can spread its ferocity to others and gain resilience from them joining your hunt. When you enter your rage, you can choose a number of other willing creatures you can see within 30 feet of you equal to your Constitution modifier (minimum of one creature). You gain 5 temporary hit points for each creature that accepts this feature. Until the rage ends, the chosen creatures can each use the following benefit once on each of their turns: when the creature hits a target with an attack roll and deals damage to it, the creature can roll a d6 and gain a bonus to the damage equal to the number rolled. You can use this feature a number of times equal to your proficiency bonus, and you regain all expended uses when you finish a long rest. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 24 Path of Wild Magic: Controlled Surge 14th-level Path of Wild Magic feature Whenever you roll on the Wild Magic table, you can roll the die twice and choose which of the two effects to unleash. If you roll the same number on both dice, you can ignore the number and choose any effect on the table. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 25 Primal Path: Path of the Battlerager Known as Kuldjargh (literally "axe idiot") in Dwarvish, battleragers are dwarf followers of the gods of war and take the Path of the Battlerager. They specialize in wearing bulky, spiked armor and throwing themselves into combat, striking with their body itself and giving themselves over to the fury of battle. Source: Sword Coast Adventurer's Guide p. 121 Path of the Battlerager: Battlerager Armor When you choose this path at 3rd level, you gain the ability to use spiked armor as a weapon. While you are wearing spiked armor and are raging, you can use a bonus action to make one melee weapon attack with your armor spikes at a target within 5 feet of you. If the attack hits, the spikes deal 1d4 piercing damage. You use your Strength modifier for the attack and damage rolls. Additionally, when you use the Attack action to grapple a creature, the target takes 3 piercing damage if your grapple check succeeds. Source: Sword Coast Adventurer's Guide p. 121 Path of the Battlerager: Restriction - Dwarves Only Only dwarves can follow the Path of the Battlerager. The battlerager fills a particular niche in dwarven society and culture. Your DM can lift this restriction to better suit the campaign. The restriction exists for the Forgotten Realms. It might not apply to your DM's setting or your DM's version of the Realms. Source: Sword Coast Adventurer's Guide p. 121 Path of the Battlerager: Reckless Abandon Beginning at 6th level, when you use Reckless Attack while raging, you also gain temporary hit points equal to your Constitution modifier (minimum of 1). They vanish if any of them are left when your rage ends. Source: Sword Coast Adventurer's Guide p. 121 Path of the Battlerager: Battlerager Charge Beginning at 10th level, you can take the Dash action as a bonus action while you are raging. Source: Sword Coast Adventurer's Guide p. 121 Path of the Battlerager: Spiked Retribution Starting at 14th level, when a creature within 5 feet of you hits you with a melee attack, the attacker takes 3 piercing damage if you are raging, aren't incapacitated, and are wearing spiked armor. Source: Sword Coast Adventurer's Guide p. 121 Primal Path: Path of the Ancestral Guardian Some barbarians hail from cultures that revere their ancestors. These tribes teach that the warriors of the past linger in the world as mighty spirits, who can guide and protect the living. When a barbarian who follows this path rages, the barbarian contacts the spirit world and calls on these guardian spirits for aid. Barbarians who draw on their ancestral guardians can better fight to protect their tribes and their allies. In order to cement ties to their ancestral guardians, barbarians who follow this path cover themselves in elaborate tattoos that celebrate their ancestors' deeds. These tattoos tell sagas of victories against terrible monsters and other fearsome rivals. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 9 Path of the Ancestral Guardian: Ancestral Protectors Starting when you choose this path at 3rd level, spectral warriors appear when you enter your rage. While you're raging, the first creature you hit with an attack on your turn becomes the target of the warriors, which hinder its attacks. Until the start of your next turn, that target has disadvantage on any attack roll that isn't against you, and when the target hits a creature other than you with an attack, that creature has resistance to the damage dealt by the attack. The effect on the target ends early if your rage ends. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 9 Primal Path: Path of the Storm Herald All barbarians harbor a fury within. Their rage grants them superior strength, durability, and speed. Barbarians who follow the Path of the Storm Herald learn to transform that rage into a mantle of primal magic, which swirls around them. When in a fury, a barbarian of this path taps into the forces of nature to create powerful magical effects. Storm heralds are typically elite champions who train alongside druids, rangers, and others sworn to protect nature. Other storm heralds hone their craft in lodges in regions wracked by storms, in the frozen reaches at the world's end, or deep in the hottest deserts. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 10 Path of the Storm Herald: Storm Aura Starting at 3rd level, you emanate a stormy, magical aura while you rage. The aura extends 10 feet from you in every direction, but not through total cover. Your aura has an effect that activates when you enter your rage, and you can activate the effect again on each of your turns as a bonus action. Choose desert, sea, or tundra. Your aura's effect depends on that chosen environment, as detailed below. You can change your environment choice whenever you gain a level in this class. If your aura's effects require a saving throw, the DC equals 8 + your proficiency bonus + your Constitution modifier. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 10 Path of the Storm Herald: Desert When this effect is activated, all other creatures in your aura take 2 fire damage each. The damage increases when you reach certain levels in this class, increasing to 3 at 5th level, 4 at 10th level, 5 at 15th level, and 6 at 20th level. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 10 Path of the Storm Herald: Sea When this effect is activated, you can choose one other creature you can see in your aura. The target must make a Dexterity saving throw. The target takes 1d6 lightning damage on a failed save, or half as much damage on a successful one. The damage increases when you reach certain levels in this class, increasing to 2d6 at 10th level, 3d6 at 15th level, and 4d6 at 20th level. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 10 Path of the Storm Herald: Tundra When this effect is activated, each creature of your choice in your aura gains 2 temporary hit points, as icy spirits inure it to suffering. The temporary hit points increase when you reach certain levels in this class, increasing to 3 at 5th level, 4 at 10th level, 5 at 15th level, and 6 at 20th level. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 10 Primal Path: Path of the Zealot Some deities inspire their followers to pitch themselves into a ferocious battle fury. These barbarians are zealots—warriors who channel their rage into powerful displays of divine power. A variety of gods across the worlds of D&D inspire their followers to embrace this path. Tempus from the Forgotten Realms and Hextor and Erythnul of Greyhawk are all prime examples. In general, the gods who inspire zealots are deities of combat, destruction, and violence. Not all are evil, but few are good. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 11 Path of the Zealot: Divine Fury Starting when you choose this path at 3rd level, you can channel divine fury into your weapon strikes. While you're raging, the first creature you hit on each of your turns with a weapon attack takes extra damage equal to 1d6 + half your barbarian level. The extra damage is necrotic or radiant; you choose the type of damage when you gain this feature. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 11 Path of the Zealot: Warrior of the Gods At 3rd level, your soul is marked for endless battle. If a spell, such as raise dead, has the sole effect of restoring you to life (but not undeath), the caster doesn't need material components to cast the spell on you. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 11 Path of the Ancestral Guardian: Spirit Shield Beginning at 6th level, the guardian spirits that aid you can provide supernatural protection to those you defend. If you are raging and another creature you can see within 30 feet of you takes damage, you can use your reaction to reduce that damage by 2d6. When you reach certain levels in this class, you can reduce the damage by more: by 3d6 at 10th level and by 4d6 at 14th level. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 9 Path of the Storm Herald: Storm Soul At 6th level, the storm grants you benefits even when your aura isn't active. The benefits are based on the environment you chose for your Storm Aura. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 10 Path of the Storm Herald: Desert You gain resistance to fire damage, and you don't suffer the effects of extreme heat, as described in the Dungeon Master's Guide. Moreover, as an action, you can touch a flammable object that isn't being worn or carried by anyone else and set it on fire. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 10 Path of the Storm Herald: Sea You gain resistance to lightning damage, and you can breathe underwater. You also gain a swimming speed of 30 feet. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 10 Path of the Storm Herald: Tundra You gain resistance to cold damage, and you don't suffer the effects of extreme cold, as described in the Dungeon Master's Guide. Moreover, as an action, you can touch water and turn a 5-foot cube of it into ice, which melts after 1 minute. This action fails if a creature is in the cube. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 10 Path of the Zealot: Fanatical Focus Starting at 6th level, the divine power that fuels your rage can protect you. If you fail a saving throw while you're raging, you can reroll it, and you must use the new roll. You can use this ability only once per rage. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 11 Path of the Ancestral Guardian: Consult the Spirits At 10th level, you gain the ability to consult with your ancestral spirits. When you do so, you cast the augury or clairvoyance spell, without using a spell slot or material components. Rather than creating a spherical sensor, this use of clairvoyance invisibly summons one of your ancestral spirits to the chosen location. Wisdom is your spellcasting ability for these spells. After you cast either spell in this way, you can't use this feature again until you finish a short or long rest. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 9 Path of the Storm Herald: Shielding Storm At 10th level, you learn to use your mastery of the storm to protect others. Each creature of your choice has the damage resistance you gained from the Storm Soul feature while the creature is in your Storm Aura. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 10 Path of the Zealot: Zealous Presence At 10th level, you learn to channel divine power to inspire zealotry in others. As a bonus action, you unleash a battle cry infused with divine energy. Up to ten other creatures of your choice within 60 feet of you that can hear you gain advantage on attack rolls and saving throws until the start of your next turn. Once you use this feature, you can't use it again until you finish a long rest. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 11 Path of the Ancestral Guardian: Vengeful Ancestors At 14th level, your ancestral spirits grow powerful enough to retaliate. When you use your Spirit Shield to reduce the damage of an attack, the attacker takes an amount of force damage equal to the damage that your Spirit Shield prevents. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 9 Path of the Storm Herald: Raging Storm At 14th level, the power of the storm you channel grows mightier, lashing out at your foes. The effect is based on the environment you chose for your Storm Aura. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 10 Path of the Storm Herald: Desert Immediately after a creature in your aura hits you with an attack, you can use your reaction to force that creature to make a Dexterity saving throw. On a failed save, the creature takes fire damage equal to half your barbarian level. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 10 Path of the Storm Herald: Sea When you hit a creature in your aura with an attack, you can use your reaction to force that creature to make a Strength saving throw. On a failed save, the creature is knocked prone, as if struck by a wave. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 10 Path of the Storm Herald: Tundra Whenever the effect of your Storm Aura is activated, you can choose one creature you can see in the aura. That creature must succeed on a Strength saving throw, or its speed is reduced to 0 until the start of your next turn, as magical frost covers it. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 10 Path of the Zealot: Rage beyond Death Beginning at 14th level, the divine power that fuels your rage allows you to shrug off fatal blows. While you're raging, having 0 hit points doesn't knock you unconscious. You still must make death saving throws, and you suffer the normal effects of taking damage while at 0 hit points. However, if you would die due to failing death saving throws, you don't die until your rage ends, and you die then only if you still have 0 hit points. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 11 Bard 8 Dexterity, Charisma, Athletics, Acrobatics, Sleight Of Hand, Stealth, Arcana, History, Investigation, Nature, Religion, Animal Handling, Insight, Medicine, Perception, Survival, Deception, Intimidation, Performance, Persuasion 3 Charisma Starting Bard As a 1st-level Bard, you begin play with 8+your Constitution modifier hit points. You are proficient with the following items, in addition to any proficiencies provided by your race or background. • Armor: light • Weapons: simple, hand crossbows, longswords, rapiers, shortswords • Tools: three musical instrument of your choice • Skills: Choose 3 from Athletics, Acrobatics, Sleight Of Hand, Stealth, Arcana, History, Investigation, Nature, Religion, Animal Handling, Insight, Medicine, Perception, Survival, Deception, Intimidation, Performance, Persuasion You begin play with the following equipment, in addition to any equipment provided by your background. • (a) a rapier, (b) a longsword, or (c) any simple weapon • (a) a diplomat's pack or (b) an entertainer's pack • (a) a lute or (b) any other musical instrument • Leather armor, and a dagger Alternatively, you may start with 5d4 x 10 gp and choose your own equipment. Source: Player's Handbook p. 51 Multiclass Bard To multiclass as a Bard, you must meet the following prerequisites: • Charisma 13 You gain the following proficiencies: • Armor: light • Weapons: none • Tools: none Source: Player's Handbook p. 51 light simple, hand crossbows, longswords, rapiers, shortswords three musical instrument of your choice 5d4x10 2, 2 Bardic Inspiration You can inspire others through stirring words or music. To do so, you use a bonus action on your turn to choose one creature other than yourself within 60 feet of you who can hear you. That creature gains one Bardic Inspiration die, a d6. Once within the next 10 minutes, the creature can roll the die and add the number rolled to one ability check, attack roll, or saving throw it makes. The creature can wait until after it rolls the d20 before deciding to use the Bardic Inspiration die, but must decide before the DM says whether the roll succeeds or fails. Once the Bardic Inspiration die is rolled, it is lost. A creature can have only one Bardic Inspiration die at a time. You can use this feature a number of times equal to your Charisma modifier (a minimum of once). You regain any expended uses when you finish a long rest. Your Bardic Inspiration die changes when you reach certain levels in this class. The die becomes a d8 at 5th level, a d10 at 10th level, and a d12 at 15th level. Source: Player's Handbook p. 51 Spellcasting You have learned to untangle and reshape the fabric of reality in harmony with your wishes and music. Your spells are part of your vast repertoire, magic that you can tune to different situations. See chapter 10 for the general rules of spellcasting and chapter 11 for the bard spell list. Cantrips: You know two cantrips of your choice from the bard spell list. You learn additional bard cantrips of your choice at higher levels, learning a 3rd cantrip at 4th level and a 4th at 10th level. Spell Slots: The Bard table shows how many spell slots you have to cast your bard spells of 1st level and higher. To cast one of these spells, you must expend a slot of the spell's level or higher. You regain all expended spell slots when you finish a long rest. For example, if you know the 1st-level spell cure wounds and have a 1st-level and a 2nd-level spell slot available, you can cast cure wounds using either slot. Spells Known of 1st Level and Higher: You know four 1st-level spells of your choice from the bard spell list. You learn an additional bard spell of your choice at each level except 12th, 16th, 19th, and 20th. Each of these spells must be of a level for which you have spell slots. For instance, when you reach 3rd level in this class, you can learn one new spell of 1st or 2nd level. Additionally, when you gain a level in this class, you can choose one of the bard spells you know and replace it with another spell from the bard spell list, which also must be of a level for which you have spell slots. Spellcasting Ability: Charisma is your spellcasting ability for your bard spells. Your magic comes from the heart and soul you pour into the performance of your music or oration. You use your Charisma whenever a spell refers to your spellcasting ability. In addition, you use your Charisma modifier when setting the saving throw DC for a bard spell you cast and when making an attack roll with one. Ritual Casting: You can cast any bard spell you know as a ritual if that spell has the ritual tag. Spellcasting Focus: You can use a musical instrument as a spellcasting focus for your bard spells. Source: Player's Handbook p. 51 2, 3 Jack of All Trades Starting at 2nd level, you can add half your proficiency bonus, rounded down, to any ability check you make that doesn't already include your proficiency bonus. Source: Player's Handbook p. 51 Song of Rest (d6) Beginning at 2nd level, you can use soothing music or oration to help revitalize your wounded allies during a short rest. If you or any friendly creatures who can hear your performance regain hit points by spending Hit Dice at the end of the short rest, each of those creatures regains an extra 1d6 hit points. The extra hit points increase when you reach certain levels in this class: to 1d8 at 9th level, to 1d10 at 13th level, and to 1d12 at 17th level. Source: Player's Handbook p. 51 2, 4, 2 Bard College At 3rd level, you delve into the advanced techniques of a bard college of your choice from the list of available colleges. Your choice grants you features at 3rd level and again at 6th and 14th level. Source: Player's Handbook p. 51 Bard College: College of Lore Bards of the College of Lore know something about most things, collecting bits of knowledge from sources as diverse as scholarly tomes and peasant tales. Whether singing folk ballads in taverns or elaborate compositions in royal courts, these bards use their gifts to hold audiences spellbound. When the applause dies down, the audience members might find themselves questioning everything they held to be true, from their faith in the priesthood of the local temple to their loyalty to the king. The loyalty of these bards lies in the pursuit of beauty and truth, not in fealty to a monarch or following the tenets of a deity. A noble who keeps such a bard as a herald or advisor knows that the bard would rather be honest than politic. The college's members gather in libraries and sometimes in actual colleges, complete with classrooms and dormitories, to share their lore with one another. They also meet at festivals or affairs of state, where they can expose corruption, unravel lies, and poke fun at self-important figures of authority. Source: Player's Handbook p. 54 College of Lore: Bonus Proficiencies When you join the College of Lore at 3rd level, you gain proficiency with three skills of your choice. Source: Player's Handbook p. 54 College of Lore: Cutting Words Also at 3rd level, you learn how to use your wit to distract, confuse, and otherwise sap the confidence and competence of others. When a creature that you can see within 60 feet of you makes an attack roll, an ability check, or a damage roll, you can use your reaction to expend one of your uses of Bardic Inspiration, rolling a Bardic Inspiration die and subtracting the number rolled from the creature's roll. You can choose to use this feature after the creature makes its roll, but before the DM determines whether the attack roll or ability check succeeds or fails, or before the creature deals its damage. The creature is immune if it can't hear you or if it's immune to being charmed. Source: Player's Handbook p. 54 Bard College: College of Valor Bards of the College of Valor are daring skalds whose tales keep alive the memory of the great heroes of the past, and thereby inspire a new generation of heroes. These bards gather in mead halls or around great bonfires to sing the deeds of the mighty, both past and present. They travel the land to witness great events firsthand and to ensure that the memory of those events doesn't pass from the world. With their songs, they inspire others to reach the same heights of accomplishment as the heroes of old. Source: Player's Handbook p. 55 College of Valor: Bonus Proficiencies When you join the College of Valor at 3rd level, you gain proficiency with medium armor, shields, and martial weapons. Source: Player's Handbook p. 55 College of Valor: Combat Inspiration Also at 3rd level, you learn to inspire others in battle. A creature that has a Bardic Inspiration die from you can roll that die and add the number rolled to a weapon damage roll it just made. Alternatively, when an attack roll is made against the creature, it can use its reaction to roll the Bardic Inspiration die and add the number rolled to its AC against that attack, after seeing the roll but before knowing whether it hits or misses. Source: Player's Handbook p. 55 Expertise At 3rd level, choose two of your skill proficiencies. Your proficiency bonus is doubled for any ability check you make that uses either of the chosen proficiencies. At 10th level, you can choose another two skill proficiencies to gain this benefit. Source: Player's Handbook p. 51 3, 4, 3 Ability Score Improvement When you reach 4th level, you can increase one ability score of your choice by 2, or you can increase two ability scores of your choice by 1. As normal, you can't increase an ability score above 20 using this feature. If your DM allows the use of feats, you may instead take a feat. Source: Player's Handbook p. 51 3, 4, 3, 2 Bardic Inspiration (d8) At 5th level, your Bardic Inspiration die changes to a d8. Source: Player's Handbook p. 51 Font of Inspiration Beginning when you reach 5th level, you regain all of your expended uses of Bardic Inspiration when you finish a short or long rest. Source: Player's Handbook p. 51 3, 4, 3, 3 Countercharm At 6th level, you gain the ability to use musical notes or words of power to disrupt mind-influencing effects. As an action, you can start a performance that lasts until the end of your next turn. During that time, you and any friendly creatures within 30 feet of you have advantage on saving throws against being frightened or charmed. A creature must be able to hear you to gain this benefit. The performance ends early if you are incapacitated or silenced or if you voluntarily end it (no action required). Source: Player's Handbook p. 51 Bard College feature At 6th level, you gain a feature from your Bard College. Source: Player's Handbook p. 51 College of Lore: Additional Magical Secrets At 6th level, you learn two spells of your choice from any class. A spell you choose must be of a level you can cast, as shown on the Bard table, or a cantrip. The chosen spells count as bard spells for you but don't count against the number of bard spells you know. Source: Player's Handbook p. 54 College of Valor: Extra Attack Starting at 6th level, you can attack twice, instead of once, whenever you take the Attack action on your turn. Source: Player's Handbook p. 55 3, 4, 3, 3, 1 3, 4, 3, 3, 2 Ability Score Improvement When you reach 8th level, you can increase one ability score of your choice by 2, or you can increase two ability scores of your choice by 1. As normal, you can't increase an ability score above 20 using this feature. If your DM allows the use of feats, you may instead take a feat. Source: Player's Handbook p. 51 3, 4, 3, 3, 3, 1 Song of Rest (d8) At 9th level, the extra hit points gained from Song of Rest increases to 1d8. Source: Player's Handbook p. 51 4, 4, 3, 3, 3, 2 Bardic Inspiration (d10) At 10th level, your Bardic Inspiration die changes to a d10. Source: Player's Handbook p. 51 Expertise At 10th level, you can choose another two skill proficiencies. Your proficiency bonus is doubled for any ability check you make that uses either of the chosen proficiencies. Source: Player's Handbook p. 51 Magical Secrets By 10th level, you have plundered magical knowledge from a wide spectrum of disciplines. Choose two spells from any classes, including this one. A spell you choose must be of a level you can cast, as shown on the Bard table, or a cantrip. The chosen spells count as bard spells for you and are included in the number in the Spells Known column of the Bard table. You learn two additional spells from any classes at 14th level and again at 18th level. Source: Player's Handbook p. 51 4, 4, 3, 3, 3, 2, 1 4, 4, 3, 3, 3, 2, 1 Ability Score Improvement When you reach 12th level, you can increase one ability score of your choice by 2, or you can increase two ability scores of your choice by 1. As normal, you can't increase an ability score above 20 using this feature. If your DM allows the use of feats, you may instead take a feat. Source: Player's Handbook p. 51 4, 4, 3, 3, 3, 2, 1, 1 Song of Rest (d10) At 13th level, the extra hit points gained from Song of Rest increases to 1d10. Source: Player's Handbook p. 51 4, 4, 3, 3, 3, 2, 1, 1 Magical Secrets At 14th level, choose two additional spells from any classes, including this one. A spell you choose must be of a level you can cast, as shown on the Bard table, or a cantrip. The chosen spells count as bard spells for you and are included in the number in the Spells Known column of the Bard table. Source: Player's Handbook p. 51 Bard College feature At 14th level, you gain a feature from your Bard College. Source: Player's Handbook p. 51 College of Lore: Peerless Skill Starting at 14th level, when you make an ability check, you can expend one use of Bardic Inspiration. Roll a Bardic Inspiration die and add the number rolled to your ability check. You can choose to do so after you roll the die for the ability check, but before the DM tells you whether you succeed or fail. Source: Player's Handbook p. 54 College of Valor: Battle Magic At 14th level, you have mastered the art of weaving spellcasting and weapon use into a single harmonious act. When you use your action to cast a bard spell, you can make one weapon attack as a bonus action. Source: Player's Handbook p. 55 4, 4, 3, 3, 3, 2, 1, 1, 1 Bardic Inspiration (d12) At 15th level, your Bardic Inspiration die changes to a d12. Source: Player's Handbook p. 51 4, 4, 3, 3, 3, 2, 1, 1, 1 Ability Score Improvement When you reach 16th level, you can increase one ability score of your choice by 2, or you can increase two ability scores of your choice by 1. As normal, you can't increase an ability score above 20 using this feature. If your DM allows the use of feats, you may instead take a feat. Source: Player's Handbook p. 51 4, 4, 3, 3, 3, 2, 1, 1, 1, 1 Song of Rest (d12) At 17th level, the extra hit points gained from Song of Rest increases to 1d12. Source: Player's Handbook p. 51 4, 4, 3, 3, 3, 3, 1, 1, 1, 1 Magical Secrets At 18th level, choose two additional spells from any class, including this one. A spell you choose must be of a level you can cast, as shown on the Bard table, or a cantrip. The chosen spells count as bard spells for you and are included in the number in the Spells Known column of the Bard table. Source: Player's Handbook p. 51 4, 4, 3, 3, 3, 3, 2, 1, 1, 1 Ability Score Improvement When you reach 19th level, you can increase one ability score of your choice by 2, or you can increase two ability scores of your choice by 1. As normal, you can't increase an ability score above 20 using this feature. If your DM allows the use of feats, you may instead take a feat. Source: Player's Handbook p. 51 4, 4, 3, 3, 3, 3, 2, 2, 1, 1 Superior Inspiration At 20th level, when you roll initiative and have no uses of Bardic Inspiration left, you regain one use. Source: Player's Handbook p. 51 Magical Inspiration 2nd-level bard optional class features If a creature has a Bardic Inspiration die from you and casts a spell that restores hit points or deals damage, the creature can roll that die and choose a target affected by the spell. Add the number rolled as a bonus to the hit points regained or the damage dealt. The Bardic Inspiration die is then lost. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 27 Bard College: College of Eloquence Adherents of the College of Eloquence master the art of oratory. Persuasion is regarded as a high art, and a well-reasoned, well-spoken argument often proves more persuasive than facts. These bards wield a blend of logic and theatrical wordplay, winning over skeptics and detractors with logical arguments and plucking at heartstrings to appeal to the emotions of audiences. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 29 College of Eloquence: Silver Tongue 3rd-level College of Eloquence feature You are a master at saying the right thing at the right time. When you make a Charisma (Persuasion) or Charisma (Deception) check, you can treat a d20 roll of 9 or lower as a 10. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 29 College of Eloquence: Unsettling Words 3rd-level College of Eloquence feature You can spin words laced with magic that unsettle a creature and cause it to doubt itself. As a bonus action, you can expend one use of your Bardic Inspiration and choose one creature you can see within 60 feet of you. Roll the Bardic Inspiration die. The creature must subtract the number rolled from the next saving throw it makes before the start of your next turn. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 29 Bardic Versatility 4th-level bard optional class features Whenever you reach a level in this class that grants the Ability Score Improvement feature, you can do one of the following, representing a change in focus as you use your skills and magic: • Replace one of the skills you chose for the Expertise feature with one of your other skill proficiencies that isn't benefiting from Expertise. • Replace one cantrip you learned from this class's Spellcasting feature with another cantrip from the bard spell list. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 27 College of Eloquence: Unfailing Inspiration 6th-level College of Eloquence feature Your inspiring words are so persuasive that others feel driven to succeed. When a creature adds one of your Bardic Inspiration dice to its ability check, attack roll, or saving throw and the roll fails, the creature can keep the Bardic Inspiration die. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 29 College of Eloquence: Universal Speech 6th-level College of Eloquence feature You have gained the ability to make your speech intelligible to any creature. As an action, choose one or more creatures within 60 feet of you, up to a number equal to your Charisma modifier (minimum of one creature). The chosen creatures can magically understand you, regardless of the language you speak, for 1 hour. Once you use this feature, you can't use it again until you finish a long rest, unless you expend a spell slot to use it again. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 29 College of Eloquence: Infectious Inspiration 14th-level College of Eloquence feature When you successfully inspire someone, the power of your eloquence can now spread to someone else. When a creature within 60 feet of you adds one of your Bardic Inspiration dice to its ability check, attack roll, or saving throw and the roll succeeds, you can use your reaction to encourage a different creature (other than yourself) that can hear you within 60 feet of you, giving it a Bardic Inspiration die without expending any of your Bardic Inspiration uses. You can use this reaction a number of times equal to your Charisma modifier (minimum of once), and you regain all expended uses when you finish a long rest. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 29 Bard College: College of Glamour The College of Glamour is the home of bards who mastered their craft in the vibrant realm of the Feywild or under the tutelage of someone who dwelled there. Tutored by satyrs, eladrin, and other fey, these bards learn to use their magic to delight and captivate others. The bards of this college are regarded with a mixture of awe and fear. Their performances are the stuff of legend. These bards are so eloquent that a speech or song that one of them performs can cause captors to release the bard unharmed and can lull a furious dragon into complacency. The same magic that allows them to quell beasts can also bend minds. Villainous bards of this college can leech off a community for weeks, misusing their magic to turn their hosts into thralls. Heroic bards of this college instead use this power to gladden the downtrodden and undermine oppressors. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 14 College of Glamour: Enthralling Performance Starting at 3rd level, you can charge your performance with seductive, fey magic. If you perform for at least 1 minute, you can attempt to inspire wonder in your audience by singing, reciting a poem, or dancing. At the end of the performance, choose a number of humanoids within 60 feet of you who watched and listened to all of it, up to a number equal to your Charisma modifier (minimum of one). Each target must succeed on a Wisdom saving throw against your spell save DC or be charmed by you. While charmed in this way, the target idolizes you, it speaks glowingly of you to anyone who talks to it, and it hinders anyone who opposes you, although it avoids violence unless it was already inclined to fight on your behalf. This effect ends on a target after 1 hour, if it takes any damage, if you attack it, or if it witnesses you attacking or damaging any of its allies. If a target succeeds on its saving throw, the target has no hint that you tried to charm it. Once you use this feature, you can't use it again until you finish a short or long rest. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 14 College of Glamour: Mantle of Inspiration When you join the College of Glamour at 3rd level, you gain the ability to weave a song of fey magic that imbues your allies with vigor and speed. As a bonus action, you can expend one use of your Bardic Inspiration to grant yourself a wondrous appearance. When you do so, choose a number of creatures you can see and that can see you within 60 feet of you, up to a number equal to your Charisma modifier (minimum of one). Each of them gains 5 temporary hit points. When a creature gains these temporary hit points, it can immediately use its reaction to move up to its speed, without provoking opportunity attacks. The number of temporary hit points increases when you reach certain levels in this class, increasing to 8 at 5th level, 11 at 10th level, and 14 at 15th level. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 14 Bard College: College of Swords Bards of the College of Swords are called blades, and they entertain through daring feats of weapon prowess. Blades perform stunts such as sword swallowing, knife throwing and juggling, and mock combats. Though they use their weapons to entertain, they are also highly trained and skilled warriors in their own right. Their talent with weapons inspires many blades to lead double lives. One blade might use a circus troupe as cover for nefarious deeds such as assassination, robbery, and blackmail. Other blades strike at the wicked, bringing justice to bear against the cruel and powerful. Most troupes are happy to accept a blade's talent for the excitement it adds to a performance, but few entertainers fully trust a blade in their ranks. Blades who abandon their lives as entertainers have often run into trouble that makes maintaining their secret activities impossible. A blade caught stealing or engaging in vigilante justice is too great a liability for most troupes. With their weapon skills and magic, these blades either take up work as enforcers for thieves' guilds or strike out on their own as adventurers. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 15 College of Swords: Blade Flourish At 3rd level, you learn to perform impressive displays of martial prowess and speed. Whenever you take the Attack action on your turn, your walking speed increases by 10 feet until the end of the turn, and if a weapon attack that you make as part of this action hits a creature, you can use one of the following Blade Flourish options of your choice. You can use only one Blade Flourish option per turn. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 15 College of Swords: Bonus Proficiencies When you join the College of Swords at 3rd level, you gain proficiency with medium armor and the scimitar. If you're proficient with a simple or martial melee weapon, you can use it as a spellcasting focus for your bard spells. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 15 College of Swords: Fighting Style At 3rd level, you adopt a style of fighting as your specialty. Choose one of the following options. You can't take a Fighting Style option more than once, even if something in the game lets you choose again. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 15 College of Swords: Defensive Flourish You can expend one use of your Bardic Inspiration to cause the weapon to deal extra damage to the target you hit. The damage equals the number you roll on the Bardic Inspiration die. You also add the number rolled to your AC until the start of your next turn. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 15 College of Swords: Mobile Flourish You can expend one use of your Bardic Inspiration to cause the weapon to deal extra damage to the target you hit. The damage equals the number you roll on the Bardic Inspiration die. You can also push the target up to 5 feet away from you, plus a number of feet equal to the number you roll on that die. You can then immediately use your reaction to move up to your walking speed to an unoccupied space within 5 feet of the target. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 15 College of Swords: Slashing Flourish You can expend one use of your Bardic Inspiration to cause the weapon to deal extra damage to the target you hit and to any other creature of your choice that you can see within 5 feet of you. The damage equals the number you roll on the Bardic Inspiration die. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 15 Bard College: College of Whispers Most folk are happy to welcome a bard into their midst. Bards of the College of Whispers use this to their advantage. They appear to be like other bards, sharing news, singing songs, and telling tales to the audiences they gather. In truth, the College of Whispers teaches its students that they are wolves among sheep. These bards use their knowledge and magic to uncover secrets and turn them against others through extortion and threats. Many other bards hate the College of Whispers, viewing it as a parasite that uses a bard's reputation to acquire wealth and power. For this reason, members of this college rarely reveal their true nature. They typically claim to follow some other college, or they keep their actual calling secret in order to infiltrate and exploit royal courts and other settings of power. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 16 College of Whispers: Psychic Blades When you join the College of Whispers at 3rd level, you gain the ability to make your weapon attacks magically toxic to a creature's mind. When you hit a creature with a weapon attack, you can expend one use of your Bardic Inspiration to deal an extra 2d6 psychic damage to that target. You can do so only once per round on your turn. The psychic damage increases when you reach certain levels in this class, increasing to 3d6 at 5th level, 5d6 at 10th level, and 8d6 at 15th level. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 16 College of Whispers: Words of Terror At 3rd level, you learn to infuse innocent-seeming words with an insidious magic that can inspire terror. If you speak to a humanoid alone for at least 1 minute, you can attempt to seed paranoia in its mind. At the end of the conversation, the target must succeed on a Wisdom saving throw against your spell save DC or be frightened of you or another creature of your choice. The target is frightened in this way for 1 hour, until it is attacked or damaged, or until it witnesses its allies being attacked or damaged. If the target succeeds on its saving throw, the target has no hint that you tried to frighten it. Once you use this feature, you can't use it again until you finish a short or long rest. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 16 College of Glamour: Mantle of Majesty At 6th level, you gain the ability to cloak yourself in a fey magic that makes others want to serve you. As a bonus action, you cast command, without expending a spell slot, and you take on an appearance of unearthly beauty for 1 minute or until your concentration ends (as if you were concentrating on a spell). During this time, you can cast command as a bonus action on each of your turns, without expending a spell slot. Any creature charmed by you automatically fails its saving throw against the command you cast with this feature. Once you use this feature, you can't use it again until you finish a long rest. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 14 College of Swords: Extra Attack Starting at 6th level, you can attack twice, instead of once, whenever you take the Attack action on your turn. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 15 College of Whispers: Mantle of Whispers At 6th level, you gain the ability to adopt a humanoid's persona. When a humanoid dies within 30 feet of you, you can magically capture its shadow using your reaction. You retain this shadow until you use it or you finish a long rest. You can use the shadow as an action. When you do so, it vanishes, magically transforming into a disguise that appears on you. You now look like the dead person, but healthy and alive. This disguise lasts for 1 hour or until you end it as a bonus action. While you're in the disguise, you gain access to all information that the humanoid would freely share with a casual acquaintance. Such information includes general details on its background and personal life, but doesn't include secrets. The information is enough that you can pass yourself off as the person by drawing on its memories. Another creature can see through this disguise by succeeding on a Wisdom (Insight) check contested by your Charisma (Deception) check. You gain a +5 bonus to your check. Once you capture a shadow with this feature, you can't capture another one with it until you finish a short or long rest. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 16 College of Glamour: Unbreakable Majesty At 14th level, your appearance permanently gains an otherworldly aspect that makes you look more lovely and fierce. In addition, as a bonus action, you can assume a magically majestic presence for 1 minute or until you are incapacitated. For the duration, whenever any creature tries to attack you for the first time on a turn, the attacker must make a Charisma saving throw against your spell save DC. On a failed save, it can't attack you on this turn, and it must choose a new target for its attack or the attack is wasted. On a successful save, it can attack you on this turn, but it has disadvantage on any saving throw it makes against your spells on your next turn. Once you assume this majestic presence, you can't do so again until you finish a short or long rest. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 14 College of Swords: Master's Flourish Starting at 14th level, whenever you use a Blade Flourish option, you can roll a d6 and use it instead of expending a Bardic Inspiration die. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 15 College of Whispers: Shadow Lore At 14th level, you gain the ability to weave dark magic into your words and tap into a creature's deepest fears. As an action, you magically whisper a phrase that only one creature of your choice within 30 feet of you can hear. The target must make a Wisdom saving throw against your spell save DC. It automatically succeeds if it doesn't share a language with you or if it can't hear you. On a successful saving throw, your whisper sounds like unintelligible mumbling and has no effect. On a failed saving throw, the target is charmed by you for the next 8 hours or until you or your allies attack it, damage it, or force it to make a saving throw. It interprets the whispers as a description of its most mortifying secret. You gain no knowledge of this secret, but the target is convinced you know it. The charmed creature obeys your commands for fear that you will reveal its secret. It won't risk its life for you or fight for you, unless it was already inclined to do so. It grants you favors and gifts it would offer to a close friend. When the effect ends, the creature has no understanding of why it held you in such fear. Once you use this feature, you can't use it again until you finish a long rest. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 16 Bard College: College of Eloquence Adherents of the College of Eloquence master the art of oratory. Persuasion is regarded as a high art, and a well-reasoned, well-spoken argument often proves more persuasive than facts. These bards wield a blend of logic and theatrical wordplay, winning over skeptics and detractors with logical arguments and plucking at heartstrings to appeal to the emotions of audiences. Source: Mythic Odysseys of Theros p. 28 College of Eloquence: Silver Tongue 3rd-level College of Eloquence feature You are a master at saying the right thing at the right time. When you make a Charisma (Persuasion) or Charisma (Deception) check, you can treat a d20 roll of 9 or lower as a 10. Source: Mythic Odysseys of Theros p. 28 College of Eloquence: Unsettling Words 3rd-level College of Eloquence feature You can spin words laced with magic that unsettle a creature and cause it to doubt itself. As a bonus action, you can expend one use of your Bardic Inspiration and choose one creature you can see within 60 feet of you. Roll the Bardic Inspiration die. The creature must subtract the number rolled from the next saving throw it makes before the start of your next turn. Source: Mythic Odysseys of Theros p. 28 College of Eloquence: Unfailing Inspiration 6th-level College of Eloquence feature Your inspiring words are so persuasive that others feel driven to succeed. When a creature adds one of your Bardic Inspiration dice to its ability check, attack roll, or saving throw and the roll fails, the creature can keep the Bardic Inspiration die. Source: Mythic Odysseys of Theros p. 28 College of Eloquence: Universal Speech 6th-level College of Eloquence feature You have gained the ability to make your speech intelligible to any creature. As an action, choose one or more creatures within 60 feet of you, up to a number equal to your Charisma modifier (minimum of one creature). The chosen creatures can magically understand you, regardless of the language you speak, for 1 hour. Once you use this feature, you can't use it again until you finish a long rest, unless you expend a spell slot to use it again. Source: Mythic Odysseys of Theros p. 28 College of Eloquence: Infectious Inspiration 14th-level College of Eloquence feature When you successfully inspire someone, the power of your eloquence can now spread to someone else. When a creature within 60 feet of you adds one of your Bardic Inspiration dice to its ability check, attack roll, or saving throw and the roll succeeds, you can use your reaction to encourage a different creature (other than yourself) that can hear you within 60 feet of you, giving it a Bardic Inspiration die without expending any of your Bardic Inspiration uses. You can use this reaction a number of times equal to your Charisma modifier (minimum of once), and you regain all expended uses when you finish a long rest. Source: Mythic Odysseys of Theros p. 28 Blood Hunter 10 Dexterity, Intelligence, Acrobatics, Arcana, Athletics, History, Insight, Religion, Survival Intelligence 3 Light armor, medium armor, shields Simple weapons, martial weapons Alchemist's supplies 4d4x10 Starting Blood Hunter You start with the following equipment, in addition to the equipment granted by your background: • (a) a martial weapon or (b) two simple weapons • (a) a light crossbow and 20 bolts or (b) hand crossbow and 20 bolts • (a) studded leather armor or (b) scale mail armor • an explorer’s pack Alternatively, you could begin with starting wealth of 4d4x10 gp and purchase starting items of your choice. Multiclass Blood Hunter Blood Hunter Multiclassing Prerequisites: Ability Score Minimum: Strength 13 or Dexterity 13, and Intelligence 13 Blood Hunter Multiclassing Proficiencies: Proficiencies Gained: Light armor, medium armor, shields, simple weapons, martial weapons, alchemical supplies. Blood Hunter Multiclassing with Warlock: If multiclassing Order of the Profane Soul with Warlock levels, add a third of your blood hunter levels (rounded down) to your Warlock level and consult the Warlock progression table in the Player’s Handbook for total Spell Slots, Cantrips known, and Spell Slot Level. Hunter's Bane Beginning at 1st level,you have survived theHunter’s Bane, a dangerous, long-guarded ritual that alters your life’s blood, forever binding you to the darkness and honing your senses against it. You have advantage on Wisdom (Survival) checks to track fey, fiends, or undead, as well as on Inteligence ability checks to recall information about them. The Hunter’s Bane also empowers your body to control and shape hemocraft magic, using your own blood and life essence to fuel your abilities. Some of your features require your target to make a saving throw to resist the feature’s effects. The saving throw DC is calculated as folows: Hemocraft save DC = 8 + your proficiency bonus + your Inteligence modifier. Blood Maledict At 1st level, you gain the ability to channel, and sometimes sacrifice, a part of your vital essence to curse and manipulate creatures through hemocraft magic. You gain one blood curse of your choice, detailed in the “Blood Curses” section at the end of the class description. You learn one blood curse of your choice, and you can choose one of the blood curses you know and replace it with another blood curse, at 6th, 10th, 14th, and 18th level. When you use your Blood Maledict, you choose which curse to invoke. While invoking a Blood Curse, but before it affects the target, you can amplify the curse by losing a number of hit points equal to one roll of your hemocraft die, as shown in the hemocraft die column of the Blood Hunter table. An amplified curse gains an additional effect, noted In the curse’s description. Creatures that do not have blood in their bodies are immune to blood curses, unless you have amplified the curse. You can use this feature once. The amount of times you can use it increases at 6th, 13th, and 17th level. You regain all expended uses when you finish a short or long rest. Blood Maledict 1 S List of Blood Curses Blood Curse of the Anxious As a bonus action, you magnify the adrenaline in the body of a creature within 30 feet of you, making them susceptible to forceful influence. Until the end of your next turn, all creatures have advantage on Charisma (Intimidation) checks directed at the target creature. Amplify: The next Wisdom saving throw the target has to make before this curse ends has disadvantage. Blood Curse of Binding As a bonus action, you can attempt to bind a creature you can see within 30 feet of you that is no more than one size larger than you. The target must succeed on a Strength saving throw or have their speed be reduced to 0 and they can’t use reactions until the end of your next turn. Amplify: This curse lasts for 1 minute and can affect a creature regardless of their size category. At the end of each of its turns, the cursed creature can make another Strength saving throw. On a success, this curse ends. Blood Curse of Bloated Agony As a bonus action, you curse a creature that you can see within 30 feet of you to painfully swell until the end of your next turn. For the duration of this curse, the creature has disadvantage on Strength and Dexterity ability checks, and suffers 1d8 necrotic damage if it makes more than one melee or ranged attack during its turn. Amplify: This curse lasts for 1 minute. At the end of each of its turns, the cursed creature can make a Constitution saving throw. On a success, this curse ends. Blood Curse of Corrosion Prerequisite: 15th level, Order of the Mutant As a bonus action, a creature within 30 feet of you must make a Constitution saving throw or become poisoned. At the end of each of its turns, the target can make another Constitution saving throw. On a success, the curse ends. Amplify: The cursed creature suffers 4d6 necrotic damage, and suffers this damage again every time it fails its Constitution saving throw to end this curse at the end of its turn. Blood Curse of Exposure When a creature you can see within 30 feet is hit by an attack or spell, you can use your reaction to temporarily weaken their resilience against it. Until the end of the turn, the target loses resistance to the damage types of the triggering attack or spell. Amplify: The target instead loses invulnerability to the damage types of the triggering attack or spell, having resistance to them until the end of the turn. Blood Curse of the Exorcist Prerequisite: 15th level, Order of the Ghostslayer As a bonus action, you can choose one creature you can see within 30 feet of you that is charmed, frightened, or possessed. The target creature is no longer charmed, frightened, or possessed. Amplify: The creature that charmed, frightened, or possessed the target of your curse suffers 3d6 psychic damage and must make a Wisdom saving throw or be stunned until the end of your next turn. Blood Curse of the Eyeless When a creature you can see within 30 feet of you makes an attack roll, you can use your reaction to roll one hemocraft die and subtract the number rolled from the creature’s attack roll. You can choose to use this feature after the creature’s roll, but before the DM determines whether the attack roll succeeds. The creature is immune if it is immune to blindness. Amplify: You apply this curse to all of the creature’s attack rolls until the end of the turn. You roll a new hemocraft die for each affected attack. Blood Curse of the Fallen Puppet When a creature you can see within 30 feet drops to 0 hit points, you can use your reaction to make that creature immediately makes a single weapon attack against a target of your choice within its attack range. Amplify: You can first move the cursed creature up to half their speed, and you grant a bonus to the cursed creature’s attack roll equal to your Intelligence modifier (minimum of 1). Blood Curse of the Howl Prerequisite: 18th level, Order of the Lycan As an action, you unleash a blood-curdling howl. Each creature within 30 feet of you that can hear you must succeed on a Wisdom saving throw or become frightened of you until the end of your next turn. If they fail their saving throw by 5 or more, they are stunned while frightened in this way. A creature that succeeds on this saving throw is immune to this blood curse for the next 24 hours. You can choose any number of creatures you can see to be unaffected by this howl. Amplify: The range of this curse increases to 60 feet. Blood Curse of the Marked As a bonus action, you can mark a creature within 30 feet of you. Until the end of your turn, you roll an additional hemocraft die whenever you deal rite damage to the target. Amplify: The next attack roll you make against the target before the end of your turn has advantage. Blood Curse of the Muddled Mind As a bonus action, you curse a creature that you can see within 30 feet of you that is concentrating on a spell. That creature has disadvantage on the next Constitution saving throw it must make to maintain concentration before the end of your next turn. Amplify: The cursed creature has disadvantage on all Constitution saving throws made to maintain concentration of spells until the end of your next turn. Blood Curse of the Souleater Prerequisite: 18th level, Order of the Profane Soul When a creature that isn’t a construct or undead is reduced to 0 hit points within 30 feet of you, you can use your reaction to usher their soul to your patron in exchange for power. Until the end of your next turn, your weapon attacks have advantage. Amplify: In addition, you regain an expended warlock spell slot. Once you’ve amplified this blood curse, you must finish a long rest before you can amplify it again. Fighting Style At 2nd level, you adopt a style of fighting as your specialty. Choose one of the following options. You can’t take a fighting style more than once, even if you later get to choose again. Fighting Style: Archery You gain a +2 bonus to attack rolls you make with ranged weapons. Source: Player's Handbook, p. 72 fighting style archery Fighting Style: Dueling When you are wielding a melee weapon in one hand and no other weapons, you gain a +2 bonus to damage rolls with that weapon. Source: Player's Handbook, p. 72 fighting style dueling Fighting Style: Great Weapon Fighting When you roll a 1 or 2 on a damage die for an attack you make with a melee weapon that you are wielding with two hands, you can reroll the die and must use the new roll, even if the new roll is a 1 or a 2. The weapon must have the two-handed or versatile property for you to gain this benefit. Source: Player's Handbook, p. 72 Fighting Style: Two-Weapon Fighting When you engage in two-weapon fighting, you can add your ability modifier to the damage of the second attack. Source: Player's Handbook, p. 72 Crimson Rite At 2nd level, you learn to invoke a rite of hemocraft within your weapon at the cost of your own vitality. Choose one rite from the Primal Rites list below to learn. As a bonus action, you can activate a crimson rite on a single weapon with the elemental energy of a known rite of your choice that lasts until you finish a short or long rest, or if you aren’t holding the weapon at the end of your turn. When you activate a rite, you lose a number of hit points equal to one roll of your hemocraft die, as shown in the hemocraft die column of the Blood Hunter table. While active, attacks from this weapon deal an additional 1d4 damage of the chosen rite’s type. This damage is magical, and increases as you gain levels as a blood hunter, as showin in the hemocraft die column of the Blood Hunter table. You learn an additional Primal Rite of your choice at 7th level, and choose an Esoteric Rite to learn at 14th level. Primal Rites Choose from the following: Rite of the Flame. Your rite damage is fire damage. Rite of the Frozen. Your rite damage is cold damage. Rite of the Storm. Your rite damage is lightning damage. Esoteric Rites Choose from the following: Rite of the Dead. Your rite damage is necrotic damage. Rite of the Oracle. Your rite damage is psychic damage. Rite of the Roar. Your rite damage is thunder damage. Blood Hunter Order There are a handful of secretive orders of blood hunters that guard their cryptic techniques and rituals. One must adhere to one of these orders to even be granted acess to the Hunter’s Bane rite that starts their journey, and only once they’ve proven their dedication and ability will the secrets of the order begin to be revealed. It’s within these small, enigmatic sects that the real power of a blood hunter is learned. At 3rd level, you commit to an order of blood hunter martial focus. Choose Order of the Ghostslayer, Order of the Profane Soul, Order of the Mutant, or Order of the Lycan. The order you choose grants you features at 3rd level, and again at 7th, 11th, 15th, and 18th level. Blood Hunter Order: Order of the Ghostslayer The Order of the Ghostslayer is the oldest of the orders, having originally rediscovered the secrets of blood magic and refined them for combat against the scourge of undeath. Ghostslayers seek out and study the moment of death, obsessing over the mysteries of the transition and how it can become corrupted by unholy powers to rise once more. Tuning their abilities to annihilate such abominations, these zealous blood hunters seek out the sources of such necromantic energies, intent to destroy them wherever they arise. Rite of the Dawn (Ghostslayer) When you join this order at 3rd level, you learn the Rite of the Dawn esoteric rite, detailed below. Rite of the Dawn: Your rite damage is radiant damage. While the rite is active, you gain the following benefits: • Your weapon sheds bright light out to a radius of 20 feet. • You have resistance to necrotic damage. • Your weapon deals one additional hemocraft die when you hit an undead. Curse Specialist (Ghostslayer) Beginning at 3rd level, your ancient order teaches advanced mastery over blood curses. You gain an additional use of your blood maledict feature. In addition, your blood curses can target any creature, whether it has blood or not. Blood Hunter Order: Order of the Profane Soul Those who have taken to the Order of the Profane Soul have seen the limits of hemocraft against some of the most ancient and cruel fiends and terrors of the world. Unable to pursue beings of such power, creatures able to vanish amongst the nobles without a trace, or bend the mind of the most stalwart warrior with but a glance, this order trusted in their resilience and delved into this same well of corrupting arcane knowledge, making pacts with lesser evils to better combat the greater. While they may have traded a part of themselves, members of this order believe the power gained far outweighs the price, for even devils now quake when they know they’ve drawn the attention of the Order of the Profane Soul. Otherworldly Patron (Profane Soul) When you reach 3rd level, you strike a bargain with an otherworldly being of your choice: the Archfey, the Fiend, or the Great Old One, each detailed in the Player’s Handbook, the Undying within the Sword Coast Adventurer’s Guide, and the Celestial or Hexblade in Xanathar’s Guide to Everything. Your choice augments some of your order features. 2, 1 Pact Magic (Profane Soul) When you reach 3rd level, you can augment your combat techniques with the ability to cast spells. See chapter 10 of the Player’s Handbook for the general rules of spellcasting and chapter 11 of the Player’s Handbook for the Warlock spell list. Cantrips: You learn two cantrips of your choice from the warlock spell list. You learn an additional warlock cantrip of your choice at 10th level. Spell Slots: The Profane Soul Spellcasting table shows how many spell slots you have. The table also shows what the level of those slots is; all of your spell slots are the same level. To cast one of your warlock spells of 1st level or higher, you must expend a spell slot. You regain all expended spell slots when you finish a short or long rest. For example, when you are 8th level, you have two 2nd-level spell slots. To cast the 1st-level spell witch bolt, you must spend one of those slots, and you cast it as a 2nd-level spell. Spells Known of 1st Level and Higher: At 3rd level, you know two 1st-level spells of your choice from the warlock spell list. The Spells Known column of the Profane Soul table shows when you learn more warlock spells of your choice of 1st level and higher. A spell you choose must be of a level no higher than what’s shown in the table’s Slot Level column for your level. When you reach 11th level, for example, you learn a new warlock spell, which can be 1st, 2nd, or 3rd level. Additionally, when you gain a level in this class and order, you can choose one of the warlock spells you know and replace it with another spell from the warlock spell list, which also must be of a level for which you have spell slots. Spellcasting Ability: Intelligence is your spellcasting ability for your warlock spells, so you use your Intelligence whenever a spell refers to your spellcasting ability. In addition, you use your Intelligence modifier when setting the saving throw DC for a warlock spell you cast and when making an attack roll with one. Spell save DC = 8 + your proficiency bonus + your Intelligence modifier. Spell attack modifier = your proficiency bonus + your Intelligence modifier. Rite Focus (Profane Soul) Beginning at 3rd level, your weapon becomes a core to your pact with your chosen dark patron. While you have an active Crimson Rite, you can use your weapon as a spellcasting focus (found in chapter 5 of the Player’s Handbook) for your warlock spells, and you gain a specific benefit based on your chosen pact (outlined below). The Archfey: When you deal rite damage to a creature, it glows with faint light until the end of your next turn. For the duration, the creature can’t benefit from half cover, three-quarters cover, or being invisible. The Fiend: When you hit a creature with your Rite of the Flame, if you roll a 1 or 2 on your hemocraft die, you can reroll the die. If you do so, you must use the new roll. The Great Old One: When you score a critical hit against a creature while using the weapon, that creature is frightened of you until the end of your next turn. The Undying: Whenever you reduce a hostile creature to 0 hit points using a weapon, you regain a number of hit points equal to one roll of your hemocraft die. The Celestial: You can expend a use of your Blood Maledict feature as a bonus action to heal one creature that you can see within 60 feet of you. They regain a number of hit points equal to one roll of your hemocraft die + your Intelligence modifier (minimum of 1). The Hexblade: Whenever you target a creature with a blood curse, your next attack against the cursed creature deals additional damage equal to your proficiency modifier. 2, 1 Blood Hunter Order: Order of the Mutant The process of the Hunter’s Bane is a painful, scarring, and sometimes fatal experience. Those that survive find themselves irrevocably changed, enhanced. Some found this experience exalting, embracing the ability to alter one’s own physiology through a combination of hemocraft and corrupted alchemy. Over generations of experimentation, a splinter order of blood hunters began to emerge, one that focused on brewing toxic elixirs to modify their capabilities in battle, altering their blood and, over time, become something beyond what they once were. They called themselves the Order of the Mutant. Researching their targets to know their strengths and weaknesses, these blood hunters can alter their biology to be best prepared for the coming conflict. Formulas (Mutant) You begin to uncover forbidden alchemical formulas that temporarily alter your mental and physical abilities. Beginning at 3rd level, you choose to learn four mutagen formulas. Your formula options are detailed at the end of this order description. You gain an additional formula at 7th level, 11th level, 15th level, and 18th level. Additionally, when you gain a new mutagen formula, you can choose one of the formulas you already know and replace it with a new mutagen formula. Mutagencraft (Mutant) At 3rd level, you can concoct a single mutagen when you finish a short or long rest. Starting at 7th level, the number of mutagens you can create when you finish a rest increases to two, and you can create three mutagens at 15th level. As a bonus action you can consume a single mutagen, and the effects and side effects last until you finish a short or long rest, unless otherwise specified. While one or more mutagens are affecting you, you can use an action to focus and flush the toxins from your system, ending the effects and side effects of all mutagens. Mutagens are designed for your biology and have no effect on other creatures. They are also unstable by nature, losing their potency over time and becoming inert if not used before you finish your next short or long rest. Mutagencraft 1 S Mutagen List (Mutant) Aether (11th Level Required) You gain a flying speed of 20 feet for 1 hour. As a side effect, you gain disadvantage on Strength and Dexterity ability checks for 1 hour. Alluring Your skin and voice become malleable, allowing you to slightly enhance your appearance and presence. You have advantage on Charisma ability checks. As a side effect, you gain disadvantage on initiative rolls. Celerity Your Dexterity score increases by 3, as does your Dexterity maximum. This bonus increases by 1 at 11th level (+4) and 18th level (+5). As a side effect, you gain disadvantage on Wisdom saving throws. Conversant You gain advantage on Intelligence ability checks. As a side effect, you gain disadvantage on Wisdom ability checks. Cruelty (11th level required) When you use the Attack action, you can make an additional weapon attack as a bonus action. As a side effect, you gain disadvantage on Intelligence, Wisdom, and Charisma saving throws. Deftness You gain advantage on Dexterity ability checks. As a side effect, you gain disadvantage on Wisdom ability checks. Embers You gain resistance to fire damage. As a side effect, you gain vulnerability to cold damage. Gelid You gain resistance to cold damage. As a side effect, you gain vulnerability to fire damage. Impermeable You gain resistance to piercing damage. As a side effect, you gain vulnerability to slashing damage. Mobile You are immune to the grappled and restrained conditions. At 11th level, you also are immune to the paralyzed condition. As a side effect, you gain disadvantage on Strength ability checks. Nighteye You gain darkvision for up to 60 feet. If you already have darkvision, this increases its range by 60 additional feet. As a side effect, you gain sunlight sensitivity (detailed in the Dark Elf section on page 24 in the Player’s Handbook). Percipient You gain advantage on Wisdom ability checks. As a side effect, you gain disadvantage on Charisma ability checks. Potency Your Strength score increases by 3, as does your Strength maximum. This bonus increases by 1 at 11th level (+4) and 18th level (+5). As a side effect, you have disadvantage on Dexterity saving throws. Precision (11th level required) Your weapon attacks score a critical hit on a roll of 19-20. As a side effect, you gain disadvantage on Strength saving throws. Rapidity Your speed increases by 10 feet. At 15th level, your speed increases by 15 feet instead. As a side effect, you gain disadvantage on Intelligence ability checks. Reconstruction (7th level required) For 1 hour, at the start of each of your turns, you regain hit points equal to your proficiency bonus if you have at least 1 hit point but no more than half of your hit points left. As a side effect, your speed decreases by 10 ft for 1 hour. Sagacity Your Intelligence score increases by 3, as does your Intelligence maximum. This bonus increases by 1 at 11th level (+4) and 18th level (+5). As a side effect, you gain disadvantage on Charisma saving throws. Shielded You gain resistance to slashing damage. As a side effect, you gain vulnerability to bludgeoning damage. Unbreakable. You gain resistance to bludgeoning damage. As a side effect, you gain vulnerability to piercing damage. Vermillion You gain an additional use of your Blood Maledict feature. As a side effect, you gain disadvantage on death saving throws. Blood Hunter Order: Order of the Lycan Of the many terrible curses that plague the realm, few are as ancient or as feared as Lycanthropy. Passed through blood, this affliction seeds a host with the savage strength and hunger for violence of a wicked beast. The Order of the Lycan is a proud order of blood hunters who undergo “The Taming,” a ceremonial inflicting of lycanthropy from a senior member. These hunters then use their abilities to harness the power of the monster they harbor without losing themselves to it. Through intense honing of one’s own willpower, combined with the secrets of the order’s blood magic rituals, members learn to control and unleash their hybrid form for short periods of time. Enhanced physical prowess, unnatural resilience, and razor sharp claws make these warriors a terrible foe to any evil that crosses their path. Yet, no training is perfect, and without care and complete focus, even the greatest of blood hunters can temporarily lose themselves to the bloodlust. Heightened Senses (Lycan) Starting when you choose this archetype at 3rd level, you begin to adopt the improved abilities of a natural predator. You gain advantage on Wisdom (Perception) checks that rely on hearing or smell. Hybrid Transformation (Lycan) Upon choosing this archetype at 3rd level, you begin to learn to control the lycanthropic curse that now lives in your blood. As a bonus action, you can transform into your hybrid form for up to 1 hour. You can speak, use equipment, and wear armor in this form. You can revert to your normal form earlier as a bonus action. You automatically revert to your normal form if you fall unconscious, drop to 0 hit points, or die. This feature replaces the rules for Lycanthropy within the Monster’s Manual. Once you use this feature, you must finish a short or long rest before you can use it again. While you are transformed, you gain the following features: Feral Might You gain a +1 to melee damage rolls. This bonus increases by 1 at 11th level (+2) and 18th level (+3). You also have advantage on Strength checks and Strength saving throws. Resilient Hide You have resistance to bludgeoning, piercing, and slashing damage from nonmagical attacks not made with silver weapons. While you are not wearing heavy armor, you gain a +1 bonus to your AC. Predatory Strikes Your can apply your Crimson Rite feature to your unarmed strikes. You can use Dexterity instead of Strength for the attack and damage rolIs of your unarmed strikes. When you use the Attack action with an unarmed strike, you can make one unarmed strike as a bonus action. Your unarmed strikes deal 1d6 slashing damage. The damage increases to 1d8 at 11th level. Bloodlust If you begin your turn with no more than half of your maximum hit points, you must succeed on a Wisdom saving throw (DC is equal to 8 + 1/3 of your blood hunter level) or move directly towards the nearest creature to you and use the Attack action against that creature. You can choose whether or not to use your Extra Attack feature for this frenzied attack. If there is more than one possible target, roll to randomly determine the target. You then regain control for the remainder of your turn. If you are under an effect that prevents you from concentrating (like the barbarian’s Rage feature), you automatically fail this saving throw. Hybrid Transformation 1 S Extra Attack Beginning at 5th level, you can attack twice, instead of once, whenever you take the attack action. 2, 2 Brand of Castigation At 6th level, whenever you damage a creature with your Crimson Rite feature, you can choose to sear an arcane brand of hemocraft magic into it (requires no action). You always know the direction to the branded creature, and each time the branded creature deals damage to you or a creature you can see within 5 feet of you, the branded creature suffers psychic damage equal to your intelligence modifier (minimum of 1 damage). Your brand lasts until you dismiss it, or you apply a brand to another creature. Your brand counts as a spell for the purposes of dispel magic, and the spell level is equal to half your blood hunter level (maximum of 9th level spell). Once you use this feature, you can’t use it again until you finish a rest. Brand of Castigation 1 S Blood Maledict 2 S Primal Rite You learn an additional Primal Rite of your choice at 7th level. Primal Rites Choose from the following: Rite of the Flame. Your rite damage is fire damage. Rite of the Frozen. Your rite damage is cold damage. Rite of the Storm. Your rite damage is lightning damage. Ethereal Step (Ghostslayer) Upon reaching 7th level, at the start of your turn, if you aren’t incapacitated, you can choose to magically step into the veil between planes. You can move through other creatures and objects as if they were difficult terrain, as well as see and affect objects on the Ethereal Plane. You take 1d10 force damage if you end your turn inside an object. If you are inside an object when this feature ends, you are immediately shunted to the nearest unoccupied space that you can occupy and take force damage equal to twice the number of feet you moved. This feature lasts for a number of rounds equal to your Intelligence modifier (minimum of one round). You can use this feature once. Beginning at 15th level, you can use your Ethereal step feature twice between rests. You regain all expended uses when you finish a short or long rest. Ethereal Step 1 S Mystic Frenzy (Profane Soul) Starting at 7th level, when you use your action to cast a cantrip, you can immediately make one weapon attack as a bonus action. Revealed Arcana (Profane Soul) At 7th level, your dark patron grants you the rare use of a dangerous arcane spell based on your pact. The Archfey: You can cast blur once using a pact magic spell slot. You can’t do so again until you finish a long rest. The Fiend: You can cast scorching ray once using a pact magic spell slot. You can’t do so again until you finish a long rest. The Great Old One: You can cast detect thoughts once using a pact magic spell slot. You can’t do so again until you finish a long rest. The Undying: You can cast blindness/deafness once using a pact magic spell slot. You can’t do so again until you finish a long rest. The Celestial: You can cast lesser restoration once using a pact magic spell slot. You can’t do so again until you finish a long rest. The Hexblade: You can cast branding smite once using a pact magic spell slot. You can’t do so again until you finish a long rest. Strange Metabolism (Mutant) Beginning at 7th level, your body has begun to adapt to toxins and venoms, ignoring their corroding effects. You gain immunity to poison damage and the poisoned condition. In addition, you can instill a burst of adrenaline to temporarily resist the negative effects of a mutagen. As a bonus action, you can choose to ignore the side effect of a mutagen affecting you for 1 minute. Once you use this feature to resist side effects, you can’t do so again until you finish a long rest. Strange Metabolism 1 L Stalker's Prowess (Lycan) At 7th level, your speed increases by 10 feet. You also can add 10 feet to your long jump distance and 3 feet to your high jump distance. In addition, your hybrid form gains the Improved Predatory Strikes feature. Improved Predatory Strikes You gain a +1 bonus to attack rolls made with your unarmed strikes. This bonus increases by 1 at 11th level (+2) and 18th level (+3). In addition, when you have an active Crimson Rite while in your hybrid form, your unarmed strikes are considered magical for the purpose of overcoming resistance and immunity to nonmagical attacks and damage. Grim Psychometry When you reach 9th level, you have a supernatural talent for discerning the history surrounding mysterious objects or places touched by evil. When making an Intelligence (History) check to recall information about a darker past surrounding an object you are touching, or a location you are present in, you have advantage on the roll. The information gleaned often leans towards the more sinister influences of the past, and sometimes conveys visions of things previously unknown to the character on higher rolls. 3, 0, 2 Dark Augmentation Upon reaching 10th level, arcane blood magic suffuses your body, permanently reinforcing your resilience. Your speed increases by 5 feet, and whenever you make a Strength, Dexterity, or Constitution saving throw, you gain a bonus equal to your Intelligence modifier (minimum of one). Brand of Sundering (Ghostslayer) Beginning at 11th level, your Brand of Castigation now exposes a fragment of your foe’s essence, leaving them vulnerable to your Crimson Rite. Whenever you damage a branded creature with your Crimson Rite, you reroll one additional hemocraft die. In addition, the branded creature can’t move through creatures or objects. Brand of the Sapping Scar (Profane Soul) Upon reaching 11th level, your Brand of Castigation feature now digs dark, arcane scars into your target, leaving them vulnerable to your magic. A creature branded by you has disadvantage on their saving throws against your warlock spells. Brand of Axiom (Mutant) At 11th level, your hemocraft has altered your Brand of Castigation to enforce a foe’s true nature. Any illusions disguising or making a creature invisible when you brand them end, and they can’t benefit from such illusions while branded. If a creature branded by you is polymorphed or has changed shape, they must succeed on a Wisdom saving throw or revert to their true form and be stunned until the end of your next turn. Whenever a branded creature attempts to polymorph or change shape, they must succeed on a Wisdom saving throw or the attempt fails, and they are stunned until the end of your next turn. Advanced Transformation (Lycan) Starting at 11th level, you learn to unleash and control more of the beast within. You can use your Hybrid Transformation feature twice, regaining all expended uses when you finish a short or long rest. In addition, your hybrid form gains the Lycan Regeneration feature. Lycan Regeneration At the start of each of your turns, you regain hit points equal to 1 + your Constitution modifier (minimum of 1) if you have at least 1 hit point and no more than half of your hit points left. Improved Predatory Strikes (Lycan) You gain a +2 bonus to attack rolls made with your unarmed strikes. Hybrid Transformation 2 S Blood Maledict 3 S 3, 0, 0, 2 Brand of Tethering Starting at 13th level, the psychic damage from your Brand of Castigation feature increases to twice your Intelligence modifier (minimum of 2). In addition, a branded creature can’t take the dash action, and if a creature branded to you attempts to teleport or leave their current plane via ability, spell, or portal, they take 4d6 psychic damage and must make a Wisdom saving throw. On a failure, the teleport or plane shift fails. Esoteric Rite Choose an Esoteric Rite to learn at 14th level. Esoteric Rites Choose from the following: Rite of the Dead. Your rite damage is necrotic damage. Rite of the Oracle. Your rite damage is psychic damage. Rite of the Roar. Your rite damage is thunder damage. Hardened Soul When you reach 14th level, you have advantage on saving throws against being charmed and frightened. Blood Maledict 3 S Curse of the Exorcist (Ghostslayer) At 15th level, you’ve honed your hemocraft to tear wicked influence from your allies, punishing those who would infiltrate their body and mind. You gain the Blood Curse of the Exorcist for your Blood Maledict feature. This doesn’t count against your number of curses known. Ethereal Step 1 S Unsealed Arcana (Profane Soul) At 15th level, your patron grants you the rare use of an additional arcane spell based on your pact. The Archfey. You can cast slow once without expending a spell slot. You can’t do so again until you finish a long rest. The Fiend. You can cast fireball once without expending a spell slot. You can’t do so again until you finish a long rest. The Great Old One. You can cast haste once without expending a spell slot. You can’t do so again until you finish a long rest. The Undying. You can cast bestow curse once without expending a spell slot. You can’t do so again until you finish a long rest. The Celestial. You can cast revivify once without expending a spell slot. You can’t do so again until you finish a long rest. The Hexblade. You can cast blink once without expending a spell slot. You can’t do so again until you finish a long rest. Blood Curse of Corrosion (Mutant) Starting at 15th level, your blood curse can wrack a creature’s body with terrible toxins. You gain the Blood Curse of Corrosion for your Blood Maledict feature. This does not count against your number of blood curses known. Brand of the Voracious (Lycan) At 15th level, you have advantage on your Wisdom saving throws to maintain control of your bloodlust in hybrid form. In addition, your Brand of Castigation now binds your foe to your hunter’s thirst for savagery. While in your hybrid form, your attacks have advantage against a creature branded by you. Blood Maledict 4 S Rite Revival (Ghostslayer) Upon reaching 18th level, you learn to protect your fading life by absorbing your blood rite. When you are reduced to 0 hit points while you have an active crimson rite, but don’t die outright, the rite ends and you drop to 1 hit point instead. If you have multiple rites active, you choose which one ends. Blood Curse of the Souleater (Profane Soul) Starting at 18th level, you’ve learned to siphon the soul from your fallen prey. You gain the Blood Curse of the Souleater for your Blood Maledict feature. This does not count against your number of blood curses known. Exalted Mutation (Mutant) At 18th level, your body has adapted to produce your toxins naturally in a moment of need. As a reaction, you can choose one mutagen currently affecting you to flush from your system and end, then immediately have a mutagen you know the formula for take effect in its place. You can use this feature a number of times equal to your Intelligence modifier (minimum of 1). You regain all uses of this feature after you finish a long rest. Hybrid Transformation Mastery (Lycan) At 18th level, you have wrestled your inner predator and mastered it. You can use your Hybrid Transformation feature an unlimited number of times, and your hybrid form can now last indefinitely. You also gain the Blood Curse of the Howl for your Blood Maledict feature. This does not count against your number of blood curses known. Improved Predatory Strikes (Lycan) You gain a +3 bonus to attack rolls made with your unarmed strikes. 3, 0, 0, 0, 2 Sanguine Mastery Upon becoming 20th level, you honed your control over blood magic, mitigating your sacrifice and empowering your capability. Once per turn, whenever a blood hunter feature requires you to roll a hemocraft die, you can choose to reroll the die and choose which result to use. In addition, whenever you score a critical hit with a weapon empowered by your Crimson Rite, you regain one expended use of your blood maledict feature. Cleric 8 Wisdom, Charisma, History, Insight, Medicine, Persuasion, Religion 2 Wisdom Starting Cleric As a 1st-level Cleric, you begin play with 8+your Constitution modifier hit points. You are proficient with the following items, in addition to any proficiencies provided by your race or background. • Armor: light, medium, shields • Weapons: simple • Tools: none • Skills: Choose 2 from History, Insight, Medicine, Persuasion, Religion You begin play with the following equipment, in addition to any equipment provided by your background. • (a) a mace or (b) a warhammer (if proficient) • (a) scale mail, (b) leather armor, or (c) chain mail (if proficient) • (a) a light crossbow and Crossbow Bolts (20) or (b) any simple weapon • (a) a priest's pack or (b) an explorer's pack • A shield and a holy symbol Alternatively, you may start with 5d4 x 10 gp and choose your own equipment. Source: Player's Handbook p. 36 Multiclass Cleric To multiclass as a Cleric, you must meet the following prerequisites: • Wisdom 13 You gain the following proficiencies: • Armor: light, medium, shields • Weapons: none • Tools: none Source: Player's Handbook p. 36 light, medium, shields simple none 5d4x10 3, 2 Spellcasting As a conduit for divine power, you can cast cleric spells. See chapter 10 for the general rules of spellcasting and chapter 11 for a selection of cleric spells. Cantrips: At 1st level, you know three cantrips of your choice from the cleric spell list. You learn additional cleric cantrips of your choice at higher levels, as shown in the Cantrips Known column of the Cleric table. Preparing and Casting Spells: The Cleric table shows how many spell slots you have to cast your cleric spells of 1st level and higher. To cast one of these spells, you must expend a slot of the spell's level or higher. You regain all expended spell slots when you finish a long rest. You prepare the list of cleric spells that are available for you to cast, choosing from the cleric spell list. When you do so, choose a number of cleric spells equal to your Wisdom modifier + your cleric level (minimum of one spell). The spells must be of a level for which you have spell slots. For example, if you are a 3rd-level cleric, you have four 1st-level and two 2nd-level spell slots. With a Wisdom of 16, your list of prepared spells can include six spells of 1st or 2nd level, in any combination. If you prepare the 1st-level spell cure wounds, you can cast it using a 1st-level or 2nd-level slot. Casting the spell doesn't remove it from your list of prepared spells. You can change your list of prepared spells when you finish a long rest. Preparing a new list of cleric spells requires time spent in prayer and meditation: at least 1 minute per spell level for each spell on your list. Spellcasting Ability: Wisdom is your spellcasting ability for your cleric spells. The power of your spells comes from your devotion to your deity. You use your Wisdom whenever a cleric spell refers to your spellcasting ability. In addition, you use your Wisdom modifier when setting the saving throw DC for a cleric spell you cast and when making an attack roll with one. Ritual Casting: You can cast a cleric spell as a ritual if that spell has the ritual tag and you have the spell prepared. Spellcasting Focus: You can use a holy symbol as a spellcasting focus for your cleric spells. Source: Player's Handbook p. 36 Divine Domain Choose one domain related to your deity from the list of available domains. Each domain is detailed in their own feature, and each one provides examples of gods associated with it. Your choice grants you domain spells and other features when you choose it at 1st level. It also grants you additional ways to use Channel Divinity when you gain that feature at 2nd level, and additional benefits at 6th, 8th, and 17th levels. Domain Spells: Each domain has a list of spells—its domain spells—that you gain at the cleric levels noted in the domain description. Once you gain a domain spell, you always have it prepared, and it doesn't count against the number of spells you can prepare each day. If you have a domain spell that doesn't appear on the cleric spell list, the spell is nonetheless a cleric spell for you. Source: Player's Handbook p. 36 Divine Domain: Knowledge Domain The gods of knowledge—including Oghma, Boccob, Gilean, Aureon, and Thoth—value learning and understanding above all. Some teach that knowledge is to be gathered and shared in libraries and universities, or promote the practical knowledge of craft and invention. Some deities hoard knowledge and keep its secrets to themselves. And some promise their followers that they will gain tremendous power if they unlock the secrets of the multiverse. Followers of these gods study esoteric lore, collect old tomes, delve into the secret places of the earth, and learn all they can. Some gods of knowledge promote the practical knowledge of craft and invention, including smith deities like Gond, Reorx, Onatar, Moradin, Hephaestus, and Goibhniu. At each indicated cleric level, you add the listed spells to your spells prepared. Knowledge Domain Spells Cleric Level | Spells 1st | command, identify 3rd | augury, suggestion 5th | nondetection, speak with dead 7th | arcane eye, confusion 9th | legend lore, scrying Source: Player's Handbook p. 59 Knowledge Domain: Blessings of Knowledge At 1st level, you learn two languages of your choice. You also become proficient in your choice of two of the following skills: Arcana, History, Nature, or Religion. Your proficiency bonus is doubled for any ability check you make that uses either of those skills. Source: Player's Handbook p. 59 Divine Domain: Life Domain The Life domain focuses on the vibrant positive energy—one of the fundamental forces of the universe—that sustains all life. The gods of life promote vitality and health through healing the sick and wounded, caring for those in need, and driving away the forces of death and undeath. Almost any non-evil deity can claim influence over this domain, particularly agricultural deities (such as Chauntea, Arawai, and Demeter), sun gods (such as Lathander, Pelor, and Re-Horakhty), gods of healing or endurance (such as Ilmater, Mishakal, Apollo, and Diancecht), and gods of home and community (such as Hestia, Hathor, and Boldrei). At each indicated cleric level, you add the listed spells to your spells prepared. Life Domain Spells Cleric Level | Spells 1st | bless, cure wounds 3rd | lesser restoration, spiritual weapon 5th | beacon of hope, revivify 7th | death ward, guardian of faith 9th | mass cure wounds, raise dead Source: Player's Handbook p. 60 Life Domain: Bonus Proficiency When you choose this domain at 1st level, you gain proficiency with heavy armor. Source: Player's Handbook p. 60 Life Domain: Disciple of Life Also starting at 1st level, your healing spells are more effective. Whenever you use a spell of 1st level or higher to restore hit points to a creature, the creature regains additional hit points equal to 2 + the spell's level. Source: Player's Handbook p. 60 Divine Domain: Light Domain Gods of light—including Helm, Lathander, Pholtus, Branchala, the Silver Flame, Belenus, Apollo, and Re-Horakhty—promote the ideals of rebirth and renewal, truth, vigilance, and beauty, often using the symbol of the sun. Some of these gods are portrayed as the sun itself or as a charioteer who guides the sun across the sky. Others are tireless sentinels whose eyes pierce every shadow and see through every deception. Some are deities of beauty and artistry, who teach that art is a vehicle for the soul's improvement. Clerics of a god of light are enlightened souls infused with radiance and the power of their gods' discerning vision, charged with chasing away lies and burning away darkness. At each indicated cleric level, you add the listed spells to your spells prepared. Light Domain Spells Cleric Level | Spells 1st | burning hands, faerie fire 3rd | flaming sphere, scorching ray 5th | daylight, fireball 7th | guardian of faith, wall of fire 9th | flame strike, scrying Source: Player's Handbook p. 60 Light Domain: Bonus Cantrip When you choose this domain at 1st level, you gain the light cantrip if you don't already know it. Source: Player's Handbook p. 60 Light Domain: Warding Flare Also at 1st level, you can interpose divine light between yourself and an attacking enemy. When you are attacked by a creature within 30 feet of you that you can see, you can use your reaction to impose disadvantage on the attack roll, causing light to flare before the attacker before it hits or misses. An attacker that can't be blinded is immune to this feature. You can use this feature a number of times equal to your Wisdom modifier (a minimum of once). You regain all expended uses when you finish a long rest. Source: Player's Handbook p. 60 Divine Domain: Nature Domain Gods of nature are as varied as the natural world itself, from inscrutable gods of the deep forests (such as Silvanus, Obad-Hai, Chislev, Balinor, and Pan) to friendly deities associated with particular springs and groves (such as Eldath). Druids revere nature as a whole and might serve one of these deities, practicing mysterious rites and reciting all-but-forgotten prayers in their own secret tongue. But many of these gods have clerics as well, champions who take a more active role in advancing the interests of a particular nature god. These clerics might hunt the evil monstrosities that despoil the woodlands, bless the harvest of the faithful, or wither the crops of those who anger their gods. At each indicated cleric level, you add the listed spells to your spells prepared. Nature Domain Spells Cleric Level | Spells 1st | animal friendship, speak with animals 3rd | barkskin, spike growth 5th | plant growth, wind wall 7th | dominate beast, grasping vine 9th | insect plague, tree stride Source: Player's Handbook p. 61 Nature Domain: Acolyte of Nature At 1st level, you learn one druid cantrip of your choice. You also gain proficiency in one of the following skills of your choice: Animal Handling, Nature, or Survival. Source: Player's Handbook p. 61 Nature Domain: Bonus Proficiency Also at 1st level, you gain proficiency with heavy armor. Source: Player's Handbook p. 61 Divine Domain: Tempest Domain Gods whose portfolios include the Tempest domain—including Talos, Umberlee, Kord, Zeboim, the Devourer, Zeus, and Thor—govern storms, sea, and sky. They include gods of lightning and thunder, gods of earthquakes, some fire gods, and certain gods of violence, physical strength, and courage. In some pantheons, a god of this domain rules over other deities and is known for swift justice delivered by thunderbolts. In the pantheons of seafaring people, gods of this domain are ocean deities and the patrons of sailors. Tempest gods send their clerics to inspire fear in the common folk, either to keep those folk on the path of righteousness or to encourage them to offer sacrifices of propitiation to ward off divine wrath. At each indicated cleric level, you add the listed spells to your spells prepared. Tempest Domain Spells Cleric Level | Spells 1st | fog cloud, thunderwave 3rd | gust of wind, shatter 5th | call lightning, sleet storm 7th | control water, ice storm 9th | destructive wave, insect plague Source: Player's Handbook p. 62 Tempest Domain: Bonus Proficiencies At 1st level, you gain proficiency with martial weapons and heavy armor. Source: Player's Handbook p. 62 Tempest Domain: Wrath of the Storm Also at 1st level, you can thunderously rebuke attackers. When a creature within 5 feet of you that you can see hits you with an attack, you can use your reaction to cause the creature to make a Dexterity saving throw. The creature takes 2d8 lightning or thunder damage (your choice) on a failed saving throw, and half as much damage on a successful one. You can use this feature a number of times equal to your Wisdom modifier (a minimum of once). You regain all expended uses when you finish a long rest. Source: Player's Handbook p. 62 Divine Domain: Trickery Domain Gods of trickery—such as Tymora, Beshaba, Olidammara, the Traveler, Garl Glittergold, and Loki—are mischief-makers and instigators who stand as a constant challenge to the accepted order among both gods and mortals. They're patrons of thieves, scoundrels, gamblers, rebels, and liberators. Their clerics are a disruptive force in the world, puncturing pride, mocking tyrants, stealing from the rich, freeing captives, and flouting hollow traditions. They prefer subterfuge, pranks, deception, and theft rather than direct confrontation. At each indicated cleric level, you add the listed spells to your spells prepared. Trickery Domain Spells Cleric Level | Spells 1st | charm person, disguise self 3rd | mirror image, pass without trace 5th | blink, dispel magic 7th | dimension door, polymorph 9th | dominate person, modify memory Source: Player's Handbook p. 62 Trickery Domain: Blessing of the Trickster Starting when you choose this domain at 1st level, you can use your action to touch a willing creature other than yourself to give it advantage on Dexterity (Stealth) checks. This blessing lasts for 1 hour or until you use this feature again. Source: Player's Handbook p. 62 Divine Domain: War Domain War has many manifestations. It can make heroes of ordinary people. It can be desperate and horrific, with acts of cruelty and cowardice eclipsing instances of excellence and courage. In either case, the gods of war watch over warriors and reward them for their great deeds. The clerics of such gods excel in battle, inspiring others to fight the good fight or offering acts of violence as prayers. Gods of war include champions of honor and chivalry (such as Torm, Heironeous, and Kiri-Jolith) as well as gods of destruction and pillage (such as Erythnul, the Fury, Gruumsh, and Ares) and gods of conquest and domination (such as Bane, Hextor, and Maglubiyet). Other war gods (such as Tempus, Nike, and Nuada) take a more neutral stance, promoting war in all its manifestations and supporting warriors in any circumstance. At each indicated cleric level, add the listed spells to your spells prepared. War Domain Spells Cleric Level | Spells 1st | divine favor, shield of faith 3rd | magic weapon, spiritual weapon 5th | crusader's mantle, spirit guardians 7th | freedom of movement, stoneskin 9th | flame strike, hold monster Source: Player's Handbook p. 63 War Domain: Bonus Proficiencies At 1st level, you gain proficiency with martial weapons and heavy armor. Source: Player's Handbook p. 63 War Domain: War Priest From 1st level, your god delivers bolts of inspiration to you while you are engaged in battle. When you use the Attack action, you can make one weapon attack as a bonus action. You can use this feature a number of times equal to your Wisdom modifier (a minimum of once). You regain all expended uses when you finish a long rest. Source: Player's Handbook p. 63 3, 3 Channel Divinity (1/rest) At 2nd level, you gain the ability to channel divine energy directly from your deity, using that energy to fuel magical effects. You start with two such effects: Turn Undead and an effect determined by your domain. Some domains grant you additional effects as you advance in levels, as noted in the domain description. When you use your Channel Divinity, you choose which effect to create. You must then finish a short or long rest to use your Channel Divinity again. Some Channel Divinity effects require saving throws. When you use such an effect from this class, the DC equals your cleric spell save DC. Beginning at 6th level, you can use your Channel Divinity twice between rests, and beginning at 18th level, you can use it three times between rests. When you finish a short or long rest, you regain your expended uses. Source: Player's Handbook p. 36 Divine Domain feature At 2nd level, you gain a feature from your Divine Domain. Source: Player's Handbook p. 36 Knowledge Domain: Channel Divinity: Knowledge of the Ages Starting at 2nd level, you can use your Channel Divinity to tap into a divine well of knowledge. As an action, you choose one skill or tool. For 10 minutes, you have proficiency with the chosen skill or tool. Source: Player's Handbook p. 59 Life Domain: Channel Divinity: Preserve Life Starting at 2nd level, you can use your Channel Divinity to heal the badly injured. As an action, you present your holy symbol and evoke healing energy that can restore a number of hit points equal to five times your cleric level. Choose any creatures within 30 feet of you, and divide those hit points among them. This feature can restore a creature to no more than half of its hit point maximum. You can't use this feature on an undead or a construct. Source: Player's Handbook p. 60 Light Domain: Channel Divinity: Radiance of the Dawn Starting at 2nd level, you can use your Channel Divinity to harness sunlight, banishing darkness and dealing radiant damage to your foes. As an action, you present your holy symbol, and any magical darkness within 30 feet of you is dispelled. Additionally, each hostile creature within 30 feet of you must make a Constitution saving throw. A creature takes radiant damage equal to 2d10 + your cleric level on a failed saving throw, and half as much damage on a successful one. A creature that has total cover from you is not affected. Source: Player's Handbook p. 60 Nature Domain: Channel Divinity: Charm Animals and Plants Starting at 2nd level, you can use your Channel Divinity to charm animals and plants. As an action, you present your holy symbol and invoke the name of your deity. Each beast or plant creature that can see you within 30 feet of you must make a Wisdom saving throw. If the creature fails its saving throw, it is charmed by you for 1 minute or until it takes damage. While it is charmed by you, it is friendly to you and other creatures you designate. Source: Player's Handbook p. 61 Tempest Domain: Channel Divinity: Destructive Wrath Starting at 2nd level, you can use your Channel Divinity to wield the power of the storm with unchecked ferocity. When you roll lightning or thunder damage, you can use your Channel Divinity to deal maximum damage, instead of rolling. Source: Player's Handbook p. 62 Trickery Domain: Channel Divinity: Invoke Duplicity Starting at 2nd level, you can use your Channel Divinity to create an illusory duplicate of yourself. As an action, you create a perfect illusion of yourself that lasts for 1 minute, or until you lose your concentration (as if you were concentrating on a spell). The illusion appears in an unoccupied space that you can see within 30 feet of you. As a bonus action on your turn, you can move the illusion up to 30 feet to a space you can see, but it must remain within 120 feet of you. For the duration, you can cast spells as though you were in the illusion's space, but you must use your own senses. Additionally, when both you and your illusion are within 5 feet of a creature that can see the illusion, you have advantage on attack rolls against that creature, given how distracting the illusion is to the target. Source: Player's Handbook p. 62 War Domain: Channel Divinity: Guided Strike Starting at 2nd level, you can use your Channel Divinity to strike with supernatural accuracy. When you make an attack roll, you can use your Channel Divinity to gain a +10 bonus to the roll. You make this choice after you see the roll, but before the DM says whether the attack hits or misses. Source: Player's Handbook p. 63 3, 4, 2 4, 4, 3 Ability Score Improvement When you reach 4th level, you can increase one ability score of your choice by 2, or you can increase two ability scores of your choice by 1. As normal, you can't increase an ability score above 20 using this feature. If your DM allows the use of feats, you may instead take a feat. Source: Player's Handbook p. 36 4, 4, 3, 2 Destroy Undead (CR 1/2) Starting at 5th level, when an undead of CR 1/2 or lower fails its saving throw against your Turn Undead feature, the creature is instantly destroyed. Source: Player's Handbook p. 36 4, 4, 3, 3 Channel Divinity (2/rest) Beginning at 6th level, you can use your Channel Divinity twice between rests. Source: Player's Handbook p. 36 Divine Domain feature At 6th level, you gain a feature from your Divine Domain. Source: Player's Handbook p. 36 Knowledge Domain: Channel Divinity: Read Thoughts At 6th level, you can use your Channel Divinity to read a creature's thoughts. You can then use your access to the creature's mind to command it. As an action, choose one creature that you can see within 60 feet of you. That creature must make a Wisdom saving throw. If the creature succeeds on the saving throw, you can't use this feature on it again until you finish a long rest. If the creature fails its save, you can read its surface thoughts (those foremost in its mind, reflecting its current emotions and what it is actively thinking about) when it is within 60 feet of you. This effect lasts for 1 minute. During that time, you can use your action to end this effect and cast the suggestion spell on the creature without expending a spell slot. The target automatically fails its saving throw against the spell. Source: Player's Handbook p. 59 Life Domain: Blessed Healer Beginning at 6th level, the healing spells you cast on others heal you as well. When you cast a spell of 1st level or higher that restores hit points to a creature other than you, you regain hit points equal to 2 + the spell's level. Source: Player's Handbook p. 60 Light Domain: Improved Flare Starting at 6th level, you can also use your Warding Flare feature when a creature that you can see within 30 feet of you attacks a creature other than you. Source: Player's Handbook p. 60 Nature Domain: Dampen Elements Starting at 6th level, when you or a creature within 30 feet of you takes acid, cold, fire, lightning, or thunder damage, you can use your reaction to grant resistance to the creature against that instance of the damage. Source: Player's Handbook p. 61 Tempest Domain: Thunderbolt Strike At 6th level, when you deal lightning damage to a Large or smaller creature, you can also push it up to 10 feet away from you. Source: Player's Handbook p. 62 Trickery Domain: Channel Divinity: Cloak of Shadows Starting at 6th level, you can use your Channel Divinity to vanish. As an action, you become invisible until the end of your next turn. You become visible if you attack or cast a spell. Source: Player's Handbook p. 62 War Domain: Channel Divinity: War God's Blessing At 6th level, when a creature within 30 feet of you makes an attack roll, you can use your reaction to grant that creature a +10 bonus to the roll, using your Channel Divinity. You make this choice after you see the roll, but before the DM says whether the attack hits or misses. Source: Player's Handbook p. 63 4, 4, 3, 3, 1 4, 4, 3, 3, 2 Ability Score Improvement When you reach 8th level, you can increase one ability score of your choice by 2, or you can increase two ability scores of your choice by 1. As normal, you can't increase an ability score above 20 using this feature. If your DM allows the use of feats, you may instead take a feat. Source: Player's Handbook p. 36 Destroy Undead (CR 1) Starting at 8th level, when an undead of CR 1 or lower fails its saving throw against your Turn Undead feature, the creature is instantly destroyed. Source: Player's Handbook p. 36 Divine Domain feature At 8th level, you gain a feature from your Divine Domain. Source: Player's Handbook p. 36 Knowledge Domain: Potent Spellcasting Starting at 8th level, you add your Wisdom modifier to the damage you deal with any cleric cantrip. Source: Player's Handbook p. 59 Life Domain: Divine Strike At 8th level, you gain the ability to infuse your weapon strikes with divine energy. Once on each of your turns when you hit a creature with a weapon attack, you can cause the attack to deal an extra 1d8 radiant damage to the target. When you reach 14th level, the extra damage increases to 2d8. Source: Player's Handbook p. 60 Light Domain: Potent Spellcasting Starting at 8th level, you add your Wisdom modifier to the damage you deal with any cleric cantrip. Source: Player's Handbook p. 60 Nature Domain: Divine Strike At 8th level, you gain the ability to infuse your weapon strikes with divine energy. Once on each of your turns when you hit a creature with a weapon attack, you can cause the attack to deal an extra 1d8 cold, fire, or lightning damage (your choice) to the target. When you reach 14th level, the extra damage increases to 2d8. Source: Player's Handbook p. 61 Tempest Domain: Divine Strike At 8th level, you gain the ability to infuse your weapon strikes with divine energy. Once on each of your turns when you hit a creature with a weapon attack, you can cause the attack to deal an extra 1d8 thunder damage to the target. When you reach 14th level, the extra damage increases to 2d8. Source: Player's Handbook p. 62 Trickery Domain: Divine Strike At 8th level, you gain the ability to infuse your weapon strikes with poison—a gift from your deity. Once on each of your turns when you hit a creature with a weapon attack, you can cause the attack to deal an extra 1d8 poison damage to the target. When you reach 14th level, the extra damage increases to 2d8. Source: Player's Handbook p. 62 War Domain: Divine Strike At 8th level, you gain the ability to infuse your weapon strikes with divine energy. Once on each of your turns when you hit a creature with a weapon attack, you can cause the attack to deal an extra 1d8 damage of the same type dealt by the weapon to the target. When you reach 14th level, the extra damage increases to 2d8. Source: Player's Handbook p. 63 4, 4, 3, 3, 3, 1 5, 4, 3, 3, 3, 2 Divine Intervention Beginning at 10th level, you can call on your deity to intervene on your behalf when your need is great. Imploring your deity's aid requires you to use your action. Describe the assistance you seek, and roll percentile dice. If you roll a number equal to or lower than your cleric level, your deity intervenes. The DM chooses the nature of the intervention; the effect of any cleric spell or cleric domain spell would be appropriate. If your deity intervenes, you can't use this feature again for 7 days. Otherwise, you can use it again after you finish a long rest. At 20th level, your call for intervention succeeds automatically, no roll required. Source: Player's Handbook p. 36 5, 4, 3, 3, 3, 2, 1 Destroy Undead (CR 2) Starting at 11th level, when an undead of CR 2 or lower or lower fails its saving throw against your Turn Undead feature, the creature is instantly destroyed. Source: Player's Handbook p. 36 5, 4, 3, 3, 3, 2, 1 Ability Score Improvement When you reach 12th level, you can increase one ability score of your choice by 2, or you can increase two ability scores of your choice by 1. As normal, you can't increase an ability score above 20 using this feature. If your DM allows the use of feats, you may instead take a feat. Source: Player's Handbook p. 36 5, 4, 3, 3, 3, 2, 1, 1 5, 4, 3, 3, 3, 2, 1, 1 Destroy Undead (CR 3) Starting at 14th level, when an undead of CR 3 or lower fails its saving throw against your Turn Undead feature, the creature is instantly destroyed. Source: Player's Handbook p. 36 5, 4, 3, 3, 3, 2, 1, 1, 1 5, 4, 3, 3, 3, 2, 1, 1, 1 Ability Score Improvement When you reach 16th level, you can increase one ability score of your choice by 2, or you can increase two ability scores of your choice by 1. As normal, you can't increase an ability score above 20 using this feature. If your DM allows the use of feats, you may instead take a feat. Source: Player's Handbook p. 36 5, 4, 3, 3, 3, 2, 1, 1, 1, 1 Destroy Undead (CR 4) Starting at 17th level, when an undead of CR 4 or lower fails its saving throw against your Turn Undead feature, the creature is instantly destroyed. Source: Player's Handbook p. 36 Divine Domain feature At 17th level, you gain a feature from your Divine Domain. Source: Player's Handbook p. 36 Knowledge Domain: Visions of the Past Starting at 17th level, you can call up visions of the past that relate to an object you hold or your immediate surroundings. You spend at least 1 minute in meditation and prayer, then receive dreamlike, shadowy glimpses of recent events. You can meditate in this way for a number of minutes equal to your Wisdom score and must maintain concentration during that time, as if you were casting a spell. Once you use this feature, you can't use it again until you finish a short or long rest. Knowledge Domain: Object Reading Holding an object as you meditate, you can see visions of the object's previous owner. After meditating for 1 minute, you learn how the owner acquired and lost the object, as well as the most recent significant event involving the object and that owner. If the object was owned by another creature in the recent past (within a number of days equal to your Wisdom score), you can spend 1 additional minute for each owner to learn the same information about that creature. Knowledge Domain: Area Reading As you meditate, you see visions of recent events in your immediate vicinity (a room, street, tunnel, clearing, or the like, up to a 50-foot cube), going back a number of days equal to your Wisdom score. For each minute you meditate, you learn about one significant event, beginning with the most recent. Significant events typically involve powerful emotions, such as battles and betrayals, marriages and murders, births and funerals. However, they might also include more mundane events that are nevertheless important in your current situation. Source: Player's Handbook p. 59 Life Domain: Supreme Healing Starting at 17th level, when you would normally roll one or more dice to restore hit points with a spell, you instead use the highest number possible for each die. For example, instead of restoring 2d6 hit points to a creature, you restore 12. Source: Player's Handbook p. 60 Light Domain: Corona of Light Starting at 17th level, you can use your action to activate an aura of sunlight that lasts for 1 minute or until you dismiss it using another action. You emit bright light in a 60-foot radius and dim light 30 feet beyond that. Your enemies in the bright light have disadvantage on saving throws against any spell that deals fire or radiant damage. Source: Player's Handbook p. 60 Nature Domain: Master of Nature At 17th level, you gain the ability to command animals and plant creatures. While creatures are charmed by your Charm Animals and Plants feature, you can take a bonus action on your turn to verbally command what each of those creatures will do on its next turn. Source: Player's Handbook p. 61 Tempest Domain: Stormborn At 17th level, you have a flying speed equal to your current walking speed whenever you are not underground or indoors. Source: Player's Handbook p. 62 Trickery Domain: Improved Duplicity At 17th level, you can create up to four duplicates of yourself, instead of one, when you use Invoke Duplicity. As a bonus action on your turn, you can move any number of them up to 30 feet, to a maximum range of 120 feet. Source: Player's Handbook p. 62 War Domain: Avatar of Battle At 17th level, you gain resistance to bludgeoning, piercing, and slashing damage from nonmagical weapons. Source: Player's Handbook p. 63 5, 4, 3, 3, 3, 3, 1, 1, 1, 1 Channel Divinity (3/rest) Beginning at 18th level, you can use your Channel Divinity three times between rests. Source: Player's Handbook p. 36 5, 4, 3, 3, 3, 3, 2, 1, 1, 1 Ability Score Improvement When you reach 19th level, you can increase one ability score of your choice by 2, or you can increase two ability scores of your choice by 1. As normal, you can't increase an ability score above 20 using this feature. If your DM allows the use of feats, you may instead take a feat. Source: Player's Handbook p. 36 5, 4, 3, 3, 3, 3, 2, 2, 1, 1 Divine Intervention Improvement At 20th level, your call for intervention succeeds automatically, no roll required. Source: Player's Handbook p. 36 Divine Domain: Forge Domain The gods of the forge are patrons of artisans who work with metal, from a humble blacksmith who keeps a village in horseshoes and plow blades to the mighty elf artisan whose diamond-tipped arrows of mithral have felled demon lords. The gods of the forge teach that, with patience and hard work, even the most intractable metal can be transformed from a lump of ore to a beautifully wrought object. Clerics of these deities search for objects lost to the forces of darkness, liberate mines overrun by orcs, and uncover rare and wondrous materials necessary to create potent magic items. Followers of these gods take great pride in their work, and they are willing to craft and use heavy armor and powerful weapons to protect them. Deities of this domain include Gond, Reorx, Onatar, Moradin, Hephaestus, and Goibhniu. At each indicated cleric level, add the listed spells to your spells prepared. Forge Domain Spells Cleric Level | Spells 1st | identify, searing smite 3rd | heat metal, magic weapon 5th | elemental weapon, protection from energy 7th | fabricate, wall of fire 9th | animate objects, creation Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 18 Forge Domain: Blessing of the Forge At 1st level, you gain the ability to imbue magic into a weapon or armor. At the end of a long rest, you can touch one nonmagical object that is a suit of armor or a simple or martial weapon. Until the end of your next long rest or until you die, the object becomes a magic item, granting a +1 bonus to AC if it's armor or a +1 bonus to attack and damage rolls if it's a weapon. Once you use this feature, you can't use it again until you finish a long rest. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 18 Forge Domain: Bonus Proficiency When you choose this domain at 1st level, you gain proficiency with heavy armor and smith's tools. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 18 Divine Domain: Grave Domain Gods of the grave watch over the line between life and death. To these deities, death and the afterlife are a foundational part of the multiverse. To desecrate the peace of the dead is an abomination. Deities of the grave include Kelemvor, Wee Jas, the ancestral spirits of the Undying Court, Hades, Anubis, and Osiris. Followers of these deities seek to put wandering spirits to rest, destroy the undead, and ease the suffering of the dying. Their magic also allows them to stave off death for a time, particularly for a person who still has some great work to accomplish in the world. This is a delay of death, not a denial of it, for death will eventually get its due. Grave Domain Spells Cleric Level | Spells 1st | bane, false life 3rd | gentle repose, ray of enfeeblement 5th | revivify, vampiric touch 7th | blight, death ward 9th | antilife shell, raise dead Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 19 Grave Domain: Circle of Mortality At 1st level, you gain the ability to manipulate the line between life and death. When you would normally roll one or more dice to restore hit points with a spell to a creature at 0 hit points, you instead use the highest number possible for each die. In addition, you learn the spare the dying cantrip, which doesn't count against the number of cleric cantrips you know. For you, it has a range of 30 feet, and you can cast it as a bonus action. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 19 Grave Domain: Eyes of the Grave At 1st level, you gain the ability to occasionally sense the presence of the undead, whose existence is an insult to the natural cycle of life. As an action, you can open your awareness to magically detect undead. Until the end of your next turn, you know the location of any undead within 60 feet of you that isn't behind total cover and that isn't protected from divination magic. This sense doesn't tell you anything about a creature's capabilities or identity. You can use this feature a number of times equal to your Wisdom modifier (minimum of once). You regain all expended uses when you finish a long rest. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 19 Forge Domain: Channel Divinity: Artisan's Blessing Starting at 2nd level, you can use your Channel Divinity to create simple items. You conduct an hour-long ritual that crafts a nonmagical item that must include some metal: a simple or martial weapon, a suit of armor, ten pieces of ammunition, a set of tools, or another metal object (see chapter 5, "Equipment," in the Player's Handbook for examples of these items). The creation is completed at the end of the hour, coalescing in an unoccupied space of your choice on a surface within 5 feet of you. The thing you create can be something that is worth no more than 100 gp. As part of this ritual, you must lay out metal, which can include coins, with a value equal to the creation. The metal irretrievably coalesces and transforms into the creation at the ritual's end, magically forming even nonmetal parts of the creation. The ritual can create a duplicate of a nonmagical item that contains metal, such as a key, if you possess the original during the ritual. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 18 Grave Domain: Channel Divinity: Path to the Grave Starting at 2nd level, you can use your Channel Divinity to mark another creature's life force for termination. As an action, you choose one creature you can see within 30 feet of you, cursing it until the end of your next turn. The next time you or an ally of yours hits the cursed creature with an attack, the creature has vulnerability to all of that attack's damage, and then the curse ends. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 19 Forge Domain: Soul of the Forge Starting at 6th level, your mastery of the forge grants you special abilities: • You gain resistance to fire damage. • While wearing heavy armor, you gain a +1 bonus to AC. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 18 Grave Domain: Sentinel at Death's Door At 6th level, you gain the ability to impede death's progress. As a reaction when you or a creature you can see within 30 feet of you suffers a critical hit, you can turn that hit into a normal hit. Any effects triggered by a critical hit are canceled. You can use this feature a number of times equal to your Wisdom modifier (minimum of once). You regain all expended uses when you finish a long rest. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 19 Forge Domain: Divine Strike At 8th level, you gain the ability to infuse your weapon strikes with the fiery power of the forge. Once on each of your turns when you hit a creature with a weapon attack, you can cause the attack to deal an extra 1d8 fire damage to the target. When you reach 14th level, the extra damage increases to 2d8. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 18 Grave Domain: Potent Spellcasting Starting at 8th level, you add your Wisdom modifier to the damage you deal with any cleric cantrip. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 19 Forge Domain: Saint of Forge and Fire At 17th level, your blessed affinity with fire and metal becomes more powerful: • You gain immunity to fire damage • While wearing heavy armor, you have resistance to bludgeoning, piercing, and slashing damage from nonmagical attacks. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 18 Grave Domain: Keeper of Souls Starting at 17th level, you can seize a trace of vitality from a parting soul and use it to heal the living. When an enemy you can see dies within 60 feet of you, you or one creature of your choice that is within 60 feet of you regains hit points equal to the enemy's number of Hit Dice. You can use this feature only if you aren't incapacitated. Once you use it, you can't do so again until the start of your next turn. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 19 Divine Domain: Order Domain The Order Domain represents discipline, as well as devotion to a society or an institution and strict obedience to the laws governing it. On Ravnica, the domain is favored by clerics of the Azorius Senate, who use it to maintain and enforce the law, and of the Orzhov Syndicate, who exploit law and order for their personal gain. On other worlds, gods who grant access to this domain include Bane, Tyr, Majere, Erathis, Pholtus, Wee Jas, Aureon, Maglubiyet, Nuada, Athena, Anubis, Forseti, and Asmodeus. The ideal of order is obedience to the law above all else, rather than to a specific individual or the passing influence of emotion or popular rule. Clerics of order are typically concerned with how things are done, rather than whether an action's results are just. Following the law and obeying its edicts is critical, especially when it benefits these clerics and their guilds or deities. Law establishes hierarchies. Those selected by the law to lead must be obeyed. Those who obey must do so to the best of their ability. In this manner, law creates an intricate web of obligations that allows society to forge order and security in a chaotic multiverse. At each indicated cleric level, you add the listed spells to your spells prepared. Order Domain Spells Cleric Level | Spells 1st | command, heroism 3rd | hold person, zone of truth 5th | mass healing word, slow 7th | compulsion, locate creature 9th | commune, dominate person Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 31 Order Domain: Bonus Proficiencies When you choose this domain at 1st level, you gain proficiency with heavy armor. You also gain proficiency in the Intimidation or Persuasion skill (your choice). Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 31 Order Domain: Voice of Authority Starting at 1st level, you can invoke the power of law to drive an ally to attack. If you cast a spell with a spell slot of 1st level or higher and target an ally with the spell, that ally can use their reaction immediately after the spell to make one weapon attack against a creature of your choice that you can see. If the spell targets more than one ally, you choose the ally who can make the attack. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 31 Divine Domain: Peace Domain The balm of peace thrives at the heart of healthy communities, between friendly nations, and in the souls of the kindhearted. The gods of peace inspire people of all sorts to resolve conflict and to stand up against those forces that try to prevent peace from flourishing. See the Peace Deities table for a list of some of the gods associated with this domain. Clerics of the Peace Domain preside over the signing of treaties, and they are often asked to arbitrate in disputes. These clerics' blessings draw people together and help them shoulder one another's burdens, and the clerics' magic aids those who are driven to fight for the way of peace. Peace Deities Example Deity | Pantheon Angharradh | Elven Berronar Truesilver | Dwarven Boldrei | Eberron Cyrrollalee | Halfling Eldath | Forgotten Realms Gaerdal | Ironhand Gnomish Paladine | Dragonlance Rao | Greyhawk Peace Domain: Domain Spells 1st-level Peace Domain feature You gain domain spells at the cleric levels listed in the Peace Domain Spells table. See the Divine Domain class feature for how domain spells work. Peace Domain Spells Cleric Level | Spells 1st | heroism, sanctuary 3rd | aid, warding bond 5th | beacon of hope, sending 7th | aura of purity, Otiluke's resilient sphere 9th | greater restoration, Rary's telepathic bond Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 32 Peace Domain: Emboldening Bond 1st-level Peace Domain feature You can forge an empowering bond among people who are at peace with one another. As an action, you choose a number of willing creatures within 30 feet of you (this can include yourself) equal to your proficiency bonus. You create a magical bond among them for 10 minutes or until you use this feature again. While any bonded creature is within 30 feet of another, the creature can roll a d4 and add the number rolled to an attack roll, an ability check, or a saving throw it makes. Each creature can add the d4 no more than once per turn. You can use this feature a number of times equal to your proficiency bonus, and you regain all expended uses when you finish a long rest. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 32 Peace Domain: Implement of Peace 1st-level Peace Domain feature You gain proficiency in the Insight, Performance, or Persuasion skill (your choice). Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 32 Divine Domain: Twilight Domain The twilit transition from light into darkness often brings calm and even joy, as the day's labors end and the hours of rest begin. The darkness can also bring terrors, but the gods of twilight guard against the horrors of the night. Clerics who serve these deities-examples of which appear on the Twilight Deities table-bring comfort to those who seek rest and protect them by venturing into the encroaching darkness to ensure that the dark is a comfort, not a terror. Twilight Deities Example Deity | Pantheon Boldrei | Eberron Celestian | Greyhawk Dol Arrah | Eberron Helm | Forgotten Realms Ilmater | Forgotten Realms Mishakal | Dragonlance Selûne | Forgotten Realms Yondalla | Halfling Twilight Domain: Domain Spells 1st-level Twilight Domain feature You gain domain spells at the cleric levels listed in the Twilight Domain Spells table. See the Divine Domain class feature for how domain spells work. Twilight Domain Spells Cleric Level | Spells 1st | faerie fire, sleep 3rd | moonbeam, see invisibility 5th | aura of vitality, Leomund's tiny hut 7th | aura of life, greater invisibility 9th | circle of power, mislead Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 34 Twilight Domain: Bonus Proficiencies 1st-level Twilight Domain feature You gain proficiency with martial weapons and heavy armor. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 34 Twilight Domain: Eyes of Night 1st-level Twilight Domain feature You can see through the deepest gloom. You have darkvision out to a range of 300 feet. In that radius, you can see in dim light as if it were bright light and in darkness as if it were dim light. As an action, you can magically share the darkvision of this feature with willing creatures you can see within 10 feet of you, up to a number of creatures equal to your Wisdom modifier (minimum of one creature). The shared darkvision lasts for 1 hour. Once you share it, you can't do so again until you finish a long rest, unless you expend a spell slot of any level to share it again. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 34 Twilight Domain: Vigilant Blessing 1st-level Twilight Domain feature The night has taught you to be vigilant. As an action, you give one creature you touch (including possibly yourself) advantage on the next initiative roll the creature makes. This benefit ends immediately after the roll or if you use this feature again. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 34 Channel Divinity: Harness Divine Power 2nd-level cleric optional class features You can expend a use of your Channel Divinity to fuel your spells. As a bonus action, you touch your holy symbol, utter a prayer, and regain one expended spell slot, the level of which can be no higher than half your proficiency bonus (rounded up). The number of times you can use this feature is based on the level you've reached in this class: 2nd level, once; 6th level, twice; and 18th level, thrice. You regain all expended uses when you finish a long rest. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 30 Order Domain: Channel Divinity: Order's Demand Starting at 2nd level, you can use your Channel Divinity to exert an intimidating presence over others. As an action, you present your holy symbol, and each creature of your choice that can see or hear you within 30 feet of you must succeed on a Wisdom saving throw or be charmed by you until the end of your next turn or until the charmed creature takes any damage. You can also cause any of the charmed creatures to drop what they are holding when they fail the saving throw. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 31 Peace Domain: Channel Divinity: Balm of Peace 2nd-level Peace Domain feature You can use your Channel Divinity to make your very presence a soothing balm. As an action, you can move up to your speed, without provoking opportunity attacks, and when you move within 5 feet of any other creature during this action, you can restore a number of hit points to that creature equal to 2d6 + your Wisdom modifier (minimum of 1 hit point). A creature can receive this healing only once whenever you take this action. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 32 Twilight Domain: Channel Divinity: Twilight Sanctuary 2nd-level Twilight Domain feature You can use your Channel Divinity to refresh your allies with soothing twilight. As an action, you present your holy symbol, and a sphere of twilight emanates from you. The sphere is centered on you, has a 30-foot radius, and is filled with dim light. The sphere moves with you, and it lasts for 1 minute or until you are incapacitated or die. Whenever a creature (including you) ends its turn in the sphere, you can grant that creature one of these benefits: • You grant it temporary hit points equal to 1d6 plus your cleric level. • You end one effect on it causing it to be charmed or frightened. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 34 Cantrip Versatility 4th-level cleric optional class features Whenever you reach a level in this class that grants the Ability Score Improvement feature, you can replace one cantrip you learned from this class's Spellcasting feature with another cantrip from the cleric spell list. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 30 Order Domain: Embodiment of the Law At 6th level, you become remarkably adept at channeling magical energy to compel others. If you cast a spell of the enchantment school using a spell slot of 1st level or higher, you can change the spell's casting time to 1 bonus action for this casting, provided the spell's casting time is normally 1 action. You can use this feature a number of times equal to your Wisdom modifier (minimum of once), and you regain all expended uses of it when you finish a long rest. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 31 Peace Domain: Protective Bond 6th-level Peace Domain feature The bond you forge between people helps them protect each other. When a creature affected by your Emboldening Bond feature is about to take damage, a second bonded creature within 30 feet of the first can use its reaction to teleport to an unoccupied space within 5 feet of the first creature. The second creature then takes all the damage instead. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 32 Twilight Domain: Steps of Night 6th-level Twilight Domain feature You can draw on the mystical power of night to rise into the air. As a bonus action when you are in dim light or darkness, you can magically give yourself a flying speed equal to your walking speed for 1 minute. You can use this bonus action a number of times equal to your proficiency bonus, and you regain all expended uses when you finish a long rest. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 34 Order Domain: Blessed Strikes 8th-level cleric optional class features, which replaces the Divine Strike feature You are blessed with divine might in battle. When a creature takes damage from one of your cantrips or weapon attacks, you can also deal 1d8 radiant damage to that creature. Once you deal this damage, you can't use this feature again until the start of your next turn. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 31 Order Domain: Divine Strike At 8th level, you gain the ability to infuse your weapon strikes with divine energy. Once on each of your turns when you hit a creature with a weapon attack, you can cause the attack to deal an extra 1d8 psychic damage to the target. When you reach 14th level, the extra damage increases to 2d8. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 31 Peace Domain: Blessed Strikes 8th-level cleric optional class features, which replaces the Potent Spellcasting feature You are blessed with divine might in battle. When a creature takes damage from one of your cantrips or weapon attacks, you can also deal 1d8 radiant damage to that creature. Once you deal this damage, you can't use this feature again until the start of your next turn. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 32 Peace Domain: Potent Spellcasting 8th-level Peace Domain feature You add your Wisdom modifier to the damage you deal with any cleric cantrip. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 32 Twilight Domain: Blessed Strikes 8th-level cleric optional class features, which replaces the Divine Strike feature You are blessed with divine might in battle. When a creature takes damage from one of your cantrips or weapon attacks, you can also deal 1d8 radiant damage to that creature. Once you deal this damage, you can't use this feature again until the start of your next turn. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 34 Twilight Domain: Divine Strike 8th-level Twilight Domain feature You gain the ability to infuse your weapon strikes with divine energy. Once on each of your turns when you hit a creature with a weapon attack, you can cause the attack to deal an extra 1d8 radiant damage. When you reach 14th level, the extra damage increases to 2d8. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 34 Order Domain: Order's Wrath Starting at 17th level, enemies you designate for destruction wilt under the combined efforts of you and your allies. If you deal your Divine Strike damage to a creature on your turn, you can curse that creature until the start of your next turn. The next time one of your allies hits the cursed creature with an attack, the target also takes 2d8 psychic damage, and the curse ends. You can curse a creature in this way only once per turn. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 31 Peace Domain: Expansive Bond 17th-level Peace Domain feature The benefits of your Emboldening Bond and Protective Bond features now work when the creatures are within 60 feet of each other. Moreover, when a creature uses Protective Bond to take someone else's damage, the creature has resistance to that damage. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 32 Twilight Domain: Twilight Shroud 17th-level Twilight Domain feature The twilight that you summon offers a protective embrace: you and your allies have half cover while in the sphere created by your Twilight Sanctuary. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 34 Divine Domain: Arcana Domain Magic is an energy that suffuses the multiverse and that fuels both destruction and creation. Gods of the Arcana domain know the secrets and potential of magic intimately. For some of these gods, magical knowledge is a great responsibility that comes with a special understanding of the nature of reality. Other gods of Arcana see magic as pure power, to be used as its wielder sees fit. The gods of this domain are often associated with knowledge, as learning and arcane power tend to go hand-in-hand. In the Realms, deities of this domain include Azuth and Mystra, as well as Corellon Larethian of the elven pantheon. In other worlds, this domain includes Hecate, Math Mathonwy, and Isis; the triple moon gods of Solinari, Lunitari, and Nuitari of Krynn; and Boccob, Vecna, and WeeJas of Greyhawk. At each indicated cleric level, add the listed spells to your spells prepared. They do not count towards your limit. Arcana Domain Spells Cleric Level | Spells 1st | detect magic, magic missile 3rd | magic weapon, Nystul's magic aura 5th | dispel magic, magic circle 7th | arcane eye, Leomund's secret chest 9th | planar binding, teleportation circle Source: Sword Coast Adventurer's Guide p. 125 Arcana Domain: Arcane Initiate When you choose this domain at 1st level, you gain proficiency in the Arcana skill, and you gain two cantrips of your choice from the wizard spell list. For you, these cantrips count as cleric cantrips. Source: Sword Coast Adventurer's Guide p. 125 Arcana Domain: Channel Divinity: Arcane Abjuration Starting at 2nd level, you can use your Channel Divinity to abjure otherworldly creatures. As an action, you present your holy symbol, and one celestial, elemental, fey, or fiend of your choice that is within 30 feet of you must make a Wisdom saving throw, provided that the creature can see or hear you. If the creature fails its saving throw, it is turned for 1 minute or until it takes any damage. A turned creature must spend its turns trying to move as far away from you as it can, and it can't willingly end its move in a space within 30 feet of you. It also can't take reactions. For its action, it can use only the Dash action or try to escape from an effect that prevents it from moving. If there's nowhere to move, then the creature can use the Dodge action. After you reach 5th level, when a creature fails its saving throw against your Arcane Abjuration feature, the creature is banished for 1 minute (as in the banishment spell, no concentration required) if it isn't on its plane of origin, and its challenge rating is at or below a certain threshold, as shown below. Arcane Banishment Cleric level | Banishes Creatures of CR... 5th | 1/2 or lower 8th | 1 or lower 11th | 2 or lower 14th | 3 or lower 17th | 4 or lower Source: Sword Coast Adventurer's Guide p. 125 Arcana Domain: Spell Breaker Starting at 6th level, when you restore hit points to an ally with a spell of 1st level or higher, you can also end one spell of your choice on that creature. The level of the spell you end must be equal to or lower than the level of the spell slot you use to cast the healing spell. Source: Sword Coast Adventurer's Guide p. 125 Arcana Domain: Potent Spellcasting Starting at 8th level, you add your Wisdom modifier to the damage you deal with any cleric cantrip. Source: Sword Coast Adventurer's Guide p. 125 Arcana Domain: Arcane Mastery At 17th level, you choose four spells from the Wizard spell list, one from each of the following levels: 6th, 7th, 8th, and 9th. You add them to your list of domain spells. Like your other domain spells, they are always prepared and count as cleric spells for you. Source: Sword Coast Adventurer's Guide p. 125 Divine Domain: Death Domain The Death domain is concerned with the forces that cause death, as well as the negative energy that gives rise to undead creatures. Deities such as Chemosh, Myrkul, and WeeJas are patrons of necromancers, death knights, liches, mummy lords, and vampires. Gods of the Death domain also embody murder (Anubis, Bhaal, and Pyremius), pain (Iuz or Loviatar), disease or poison (Incabulos, Talona, or Morgion), and the underworld (Hades and Hel). At each indicated cleric level, add the listed spells to your spells prepared. They do not count towards your limit. Death Domain Spells Cleric Level | Spells 1st | false life, ray of sickness 3rd | blindness/deafness, ray of enfeeblement 5th | animate dead, vampiric touch 7th | blight, death ward 9th | antilife shell, cloudkill Source: Dungeon Master's Guide p. 96 Death Domain: Bonus Proficiency When the cleric chooses this domain at 1st level, he or she gains proficiency with martial weapons. Source: Dungeon Master's Guide p. 96 Death Domain: Reaper At 1st level, the cleric learns one necromancy cantrip of his or her choice from any spell list. When the cleric casts a necromancy cantrip that normally targets only one creature, the spell can instead target two creatures within range and within 5 feet of each other. Source: Dungeon Master's Guide p. 96 Death Domain: Channel Divinity: Touch of Death Starting at 2nd level, the cleric can use Channel Divinity to destroy another creature's life force by touch. When the cleric hits a creature with a melee attack, the cleric can use Channel Divinity to deal extra necrotic damage to the target. The damage equals 5 + twice his or her cleric level. Source: Dungeon Master's Guide p. 96 Death Domain: Inescapable Destruction Starting at 6th level, the cleric's ability to channel negative energy becomes more potent. Necrotic damage dealt by the character's cleric spells and Channel Divinity options ignores resistance to necrotic damage. Source: Dungeon Master's Guide p. 96 Death Domain: Divine Strike At 8th level, the cleric gains the ability to infuse his or her weapon strikes with necrotic energy. Once on each of the cleric's turns when he or she hits a creature with a weapon attack, the cleric can cause the attack to deal an extra 1d8 necrotic damage to the target. When the cleric reaches 14th level, the extra damage increases to 2d8. Source: Dungeon Master's Guide p. 96 Death Domain: Improved Reaper Starting at 17th level, when the cleric casts a Necromancy spell of 1st through 5th-level that targets only one creature, the spell can instead target two creatures within range and within 5 feet of each other. If the spell consumes its material components, the cleric must provide them for each target. Source: Dungeon Master's Guide p. 96 Druid 8 Intelligence, Wisdom, Arcana, Animal Handling, Insight, Medicine, Nature, Perception, Religion, Survival 2 Wisdom Starting Druid As a 1st-level Druid, you begin play with 8+your Constitution modifier hit points. You are proficient with the following items, in addition to any proficiencies provided by your race or background. • Armor: light, medium, shields (druids will not wear armor or use shields made of metal) • Weapons: clubs, daggers, darts, javelins, maces, quarterstaffs, scimitars, sickles, slings, spears • Tools: Herbalism kit • Skills: Choose 2 from Arcana, Animal Handling, Insight, Medicine, Nature, Perception, Religion, Survival You begin play with the following equipment, in addition to any equipment provided by your background. • (a) a wooden shield or (b) any simple weapon • (a) a scimitar or (b) any simple melee weapon • Leather armor, an explorer's pack, and a druidic focus Alternatively, you may start with 2d4 x 10 gp and choose your own equipment. Source: Player's Handbook p. 64 Multiclass Druid To multiclass as a Druid, you must meet the following prerequisites: • Wisdom 13 You gain the following proficiencies: • Armor: light, medium, shields (druids will not wear armor or use shields made of metal) • Weapons: none • Tools: none Source: Player's Handbook p. 64 light, medium, shields (druids will not wear armor or use shields made of metal) clubs, daggers, darts, javelins, maces, quarterstaffs, scimitars, sickles, slings, spears Herbalism kit 2d4x10 2, 2 Druidic You know Druidic, the secret language of druids. You can speak the language and use it to leave hidden messages. You and others who know this language automatically spot such a message. Others spot the message's presence with a successful DC 15 Wisdom (Perception) check but can't decipher it without magic. Source: Player's Handbook p. 64 Spellcasting Drawing on the divine essence of nature itself, you can cast spells to shape that essence to your will. See chapter 10 for the general rules of spellcasting and chapter 11 for the druid spell list. Cantrips: At 1st level, you know two cantrips of your choice from the druid spell list. You learn additional druid cantrips of your choice at higher levels, as shown in the Cantrips Known column of the Druid table. Preparing and Casting Spells: The Druid table shows how many spell slots you have to cast your druid spells of 1st level and higher. To cast one of these druid spells, you must expend a slot of the spell's level or higher. You regain all expended spell slots when you finish a long rest. You prepare the list of druid spells that are available for you to cast, choosing from the druid spell list. When you do so, choose a number of druid spells equal to your Wisdom modifier + your druid level (minimum of one spell). The spells must be of a level for which you have spell slots. For example, if you are a 3rd-level druid, you have four 1st-level and two 2nd-level spell slots. With a Wisdom of 16, your list of prepared spells can include six spells of 1st or 2nd level, in any combination. If you prepare the 1st-level spell cure wounds, you can cast it using a 1st-level or 2nd-level slot. Casting the spell doesn't remove it from your list of prepared spells. You can also change your list of prepared spells when you finish a long rest. Preparing a new list of druid spells requires time spent in prayer and meditation: at least 1 minute per spell level for each spell on your list. Spellcasting Ability: Wisdom is your spellcasting ability for your druid spells, since your magic draws upon your devotion and attunement to nature. You use your Wisdom whenever a spell refers to your spellcasting ability. In addition, you use your Wisdom modifier when setting the saving throw DC for a druid spell you cast and when making an attack roll with one. Ritual Casting: You can cast a druid spell as a ritual if that spell has the ritual tag and you have the spell prepared. Spellcasting Focus: You can use a druidic focus as a spellcasting focus for your druid spells Source: Player's Handbook p. 64 2, 3 Wild Shape Starting at 2nd level, you can use your action to magically assume the shape of a beast that you have seen before. You can use this feature twice. You regain expended uses when you finish a short or long rest. Your druid level determines the beasts you can transform into, as shown in the Beast Shapes table. At 2nd level, for example, you can transform into any beast that has a challenge rating of 1/4 or lower that doesn't have a flying or swimming speed. Beast Shapes Level | Max. CR | Limitations | Example 2nd | 1/4 | No flying or swimming speed | Wolf 4th | 1/2 | No flying speed | Crocodile 8th | 1 | — | Giant eagle You can stay in a beast shape for a number of hours equal to half your druid level (rounded down). You then revert to your normal form unless you expend another use of this feature. You can revert to your normal form earlier by using a bonus action on your turn. You automatically revert if you fall unconscious, drop to 0 hit points, or die. While you are transformed, the following rules apply: • Your game statistics are replaced by the statistics of the beast, but you retain your alignment, personality, and Intelligence, Wisdom, and Charisma scores. You also retain all of your skill and saving throw proficiencies, in addition to gaining those of the creature. If the creature has the same proficiency as you and the bonus in its stat block is higher than yours, use the creature's bonus instead of yours. If the creature has any legendary or lair actions, you can't use them. • When you transform, you assume the beast's hit points and Hit Dice. When you revert to your normal form, you return to the number of hit points you had before you transformed. However, if you revert as a result of dropping to 0 hit points, any excess damage carries over to your normal form. For example, if you take 10 damage in animal form and have only 1 hit point left, you revert and take 9 damage. As long as the excess damage doesn't reduce your normal form to 0 hit points, you aren't knocked unconscious. • You can't cast spells, and your ability to speak or take any action that requires hands is limited to the capabilities of your beast form. Transforming doesn't break your concentration on a spell you've already cast, however, or prevent you from taking actions that are part of a spell, such as call lightning, that you've already cast. • You retain the benefit of any features from your class, race, or other source and can use them if the new form is physically capable of doing so. However, you can't use any of your special senses, such as darkvision, unless your new form also has that sense. • You choose whether your equipment falls to the ground in your space, merges into your new form, or is worn by it. Worn equipment functions as normal, but the DM decides whether it is practical for the new form to wear a piece of equipment, based on the creature's shape and size. Your equipment doesn't change size or shape to match the new form, and any equipment that the new form can't wear must either fall to the ground or merge with it. Equipment that merges with the form has no effect until you leave the form. Source: Player's Handbook p. 64 Druid Circle At 2nd level, you choose to identify with a circle of druids from the list of available circles. Your choice grants you features at 2nd level and again at 6th, 10th, and 14th level. Source: Player's Handbook p. 64 Druid Circle: Circle of the Land The Circle of the Land is made up of mystics and sages who safeguard ancient knowledge and rites through a vast oral tradition. These druids meet within sacred circles of trees or standing stones to whisper primal secrets in Druidic. The circle's wisest members preside as the chief priests of communities that hold to the Old Faith and serve as advisors to the rulers of those folk. As a member of this circle, your magic is influenced by the land where you were initiated into the circle's mysterious rites. Source: Player's Handbook p. 68 Circle of the Land: Bonus Cantrip You learn one additional druid cantrip of your choice. Source: Player's Handbook p. 68 Circle of the Land: Circle Spells Your mystical connection to the land infuses you with the ability to cast certain spells. At 3rd, 5th, 7th, and 9th level you gain access to circle spells connected to the land where you became a druid. Choose that land - arctic, coast, desert, forest, grassland, mountain, swamp, or Underdark - and consult the associated list of spells. Once you gain access to a circle spell, you always have it prepared, and it doesn't count against the number of spells you can prepare each day. If you gain access to a spell that doesn't appear on the druid spell list, the spell is nonetheless a druid spell for you. Arctic Druid Level | Circle Spells 3rd | hold person, spike growth 5th | sleet storm, slow 7th | freedom of movement, ice storm 9th | commune with nature, cone of cold Coast Druid Level | Circle Spells 3rd | mirror image, misty step 5th | water breathing, water walk 7th | control water, freedom of movement 9th | conjure elemental, scrying Desert Druid Level | Circle Spells 3rd | blur, silence 5th | create food and water, protection from energy 7th | blight, hallucinatory terrain 9th | insect plague, wall of stone Forest Druid Level | Circle Spells 3rd | barkskin, spider climb 5th | call lightning, plant growth 7th | divination, freedom of movement 9th | commune with nature, tree stride Grassland Druid Level | Circle Spells 3rd | invisibility, pass without trace 5th | daylight, haste 7th | divination, freedom of movement 9th | dream, insect plague Mountain Druid Level | Circle Spells 3rd | spider climb, spike growth 5th | lightning bolt, meld into stone 7th | stone shape, stoneskin 9th | passwall, wall of stone Swamp Druid Level | Circle Spells 3rd | darkness, Melf's acid arrow 5th | water walk, stinking cloud 7th | freedom of movement, locate creature 9th | insect plague, scrying Underdark Druid Level | Circle Spells 3rd | spider climb, web 5th | gaseous form, stinking cloud 7th | greater invisibility, stone shape 9th | cloudkill, insect plague Source: Player's Handbook p. 68 Circle of the Land: Natural Recovery Starting at 2nd level, you can regain some of your magical energy by sitting in meditation and communing with nature. During a short rest, you choose expended spell slots to recover. The spell slots can have a combined level that is equal to or less than half your druid level (rounded up), and none of the slots can be 6th level or higher. You can't use this feature again until you finish a long rest. For example, when you are a 4th-level druid, you can recover up to two levels worth of spell slots. You can recover either a 2nd-level slot or two 1st-level slots. Source: Player's Handbook p. 68 Druid Circle: Circle of the Moon Druids of the Circle of the Moon are fierce guardians of the wilds. Their order gathers under the full moon to share news and trade warnings. They haunt the deepest parts of the wilderness, where they might go for weeks on end before crossing paths with another humanoid creature, let alone another druid. Changeable as the moon, a druid of this circle might prowl as a great cat one night, soar over the treetops as an eagle the next day, and crash through the undergrowth in bear form to drive off a trespassing monster. The wild is in the druid's blood. Source: Player's Handbook p. 69 Circle of the Moon: Circle Forms The rites of your circle grant you the ability to transform into more dangerous animal forms. Starting at 2nd level, you can use your Wild Shape to transform into a beast with a challenge rating as high as 1 (you ignore the Max. CR column of the Beast Shapes table, but must abide by the other limitations there). Starting at 6th level, you can transform into a beast with a challenge rating as high as your druid level divided by 3, rounded down. Circle of the Moon Beast Shapes Level | Max. CR | Limitations 2nd | 1 | No flying or swimming speed 4th | 1 | No flying speed 6th | 2 | No flying speed 8th | 2 | — 9th | 3 | — 12th | 4 | — 15th | 5 | — 18th | 6 | — Source: Player's Handbook p. 69 Circle of the Moon: Combat Wild Shape You gain the ability to use Wild Shape on your turn as a bonus action, rather than as an action. Additionally, while you are transformed by Wild Shape, you can use a bonus action to expend one spell slot to regain 1d8 hit points per level of the spell slot expended. Source: Player's Handbook p. 69 2, 4, 2 3, 4, 3 Wild Shape Improvement At 4th level, your Wild Shape improves as shown on the Beast Shapes table. Source: Player's Handbook p. 64 Ability Score Improvement When you reach 4th level, you can increase one ability score of your choice by 2, or you can increase two ability scores of your choice by 1. As normal, you can't increase an ability score above 20 using this feature. If your DM allows the use of feats, you may instead take a feat. Source: Player's Handbook p. 64 3, 4, 3, 2 3, 4, 3, 3 Druid Circle feature At 6th level, you gain a feature granted by your Druid Circle. Source: Player's Handbook p. 64 Circle of the Land: Land's Stride Starting at 6th level, moving through nonmagical difficult terrain costs you no extra movement. You can also pass through nonmagical plants without being slowed by them and without taking damage from them if they have thorns, spines, or a similar hazard. In addition, you have advantage on saving throws against plants that are magically created or manipulated to impede movement, such those created by the entangle spell. Source: Player's Handbook p. 68 Circle of the Moon: Primal Strike Starting at 6th level, your attacks in beast form count as magical for the purpose of overcoming resistance and immunity to nonmagical attacks and damage. Source: Player's Handbook p. 69 3, 4, 3, 3, 1 3, 4, 3, 3, 2 Wild Shape Improvement At 8th level, your Wild Shape improves as shown on the Beast Shapes table. Source: Player's Handbook p. 64 Ability Score Improvement When you reach 8th level, you can increase one ability score of your choice by 2, or you can increase two ability scores of your choice by 1. As normal, you can't increase an ability score above 20 using this feature. If your DM allows the use of feats, you may instead take a feat. Source: Player's Handbook p. 64 3, 4, 3, 3, 3, 1 4, 4, 3, 3, 3, 2 Druid Circle feature At 10th level, you gain a feature granted by your Druid Circle feature. Source: Player's Handbook p. 64 Circle of the Land: Nature's Ward When you reach 10th level, you can't be charmed or frightened by elementals or fey, and you are immune to poison and disease. Source: Player's Handbook p. 68 Circle of the Moon: Elemental Wild Shape At 10th level, you can expend two uses of Wild Shape at the same time to transform into an air elemental, an earth elemental, a fire elemental, or a water elemental. Source: Player's Handbook p. 69 4, 4, 3, 3, 3, 2, 1 4, 4, 3, 3, 3, 2, 1 Ability Score Improvement When you reach 12th level, you can increase one ability score of your choice by 2, or you can increase two ability scores of your choice by 1. As normal, you can't increase an ability score above 20 using this feature. If your DM allows the use of feats, you may instead take a feat. Source: Player's Handbook p. 64 4, 4, 3, 3, 3, 2, 1, 1 4, 4, 3, 3, 3, 2, 1, 1 Druid Circle feature At 14th level, you gain a feature granted by your Druid Circle feature. Source: Player's Handbook p. 64 Circle of the Land: Nature's Sanctuary When you reach 14th level, creatures of the natural world sense your connection to nature and become hesitant to attack you. When a beast or plant creature attacks you, that creature must make a Wisdom saving throw against your druid spell save DC. On a failed save, the creature must choose a different target, or the attack automatically misses. On a successful save, the creature is immune to this effect for 24 hours. The creature is aware of this effect before it makes its attack against you. Source: Player's Handbook p. 68 Circle of the Moon: Thousand Forms By 14th level, you have learned to use magic to alter your physical form in more subtle ways. You can cast the alter self spell at will. Source: Player's Handbook p. 69 4, 4, 3, 3, 3, 2, 1, 1, 1 4, 4, 3, 3, 3, 2, 1, 1, 1 Ability Score Improvement When you reach 16th level, you can increase one ability score of your choice by 2, or you can increase two ability scores of your choice by 1. As normal, you can't increase an ability score above 20 using this feature. If your DM allows the use of feats, you may instead take a feat. Source: Player's Handbook p. 64 4, 4, 3, 3, 3, 2, 1, 1, 1, 1 4, 4, 3, 3, 3, 3, 1, 1, 1, 1 Timeless Body Starting at 18th level, the primal magic that you wield causes you to age more slowly. For every 10 years that pass, your body ages only 1 year. Source: Player's Handbook p. 64 Beast Spells Beginning at 18th level, you can cast many of your druid spells in any shape you assume using Wild Shape. You can perform the somatic and verbal components of a druid spell while in a beast shape, but you aren't able to provide material components. Source: Player's Handbook p. 64 4, 4, 3, 3, 3, 3, 2, 1, 1, 1 Ability Score Improvement When you reach 19th level, you can increase one ability score of your choice by 2, or you can increase two ability scores of your choice by 1. As normal, you can't increase an ability score above 20 using this feature. If your DM allows the use of feats, you may instead take a feat. Source: Player's Handbook p. 64 4, 4, 3, 3, 3, 3, 2, 2, 1, 1 Archdruid At 20th level, you can use your Wild Shape an unlimited number of times. Additionally, you can ignore the verbal and somatic components of your druid spells, as well as any material components that lack a cost and aren't consumed by a spell. You gain this benefit in both your normal shape and your beast shape from Wild Shape. Source: Player's Handbook p. 64 Wild Companion 2nd-level druid optional class features You gain the ability to summon a spirit that assumes an animal form: as an action, you can expend a use of your Wild Shape feature to cast the find familiar spell, without material components. When you cast the spell in this way, the familiar is a fey instead of a beast, and the familiar disappears after a number of hours equal to half your druid level. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 35 Druid Circle: Circle of Spores Druids of the Circle of Spores find beauty in decay. They see within mold and other fungi the ability to transform lifeless material into abundant, albeit somewhat strange, life. These druids believe that life and death are parts of a grand cycle, with one leading to the other and then back again. Death isn't the end of life, but instead a change of state that sees life shift into a new form. Druids of this circle have a complex relationship with the undead. Unlike most other druids, they see nothing inherently wrong with undeath, which they consider to be a companion to life and death. But these druids believe that the natural cycle is healthiest when each segment of it is vibrant and changing. Undead that seek to replace all life with undeath, or that try to avoid passing to a final rest, violate the cycle and must be thwarted. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 36 Circle of Spores: Circle Spells Your symbiotic link to fungus and your ability to tap into the cycle of life and death grants you access to certain spells. At 2nd level, you learn the chill touch cantrip. At 3rd, 5th, 7th, and 9th level you gain access to the spells listed for that level in the Circle of Spores Spells table. Once you gain access to one of these spells, you always have it prepared, and it doesn't count against the number of spells you can prepare each day. If you gain access to a spell that doesn't appear on the druid spell list, the spell is nonetheless a druid spell for you. Circle of Spores Spells Druid Level | Circle Spells 3rd | blindness/deafness, gentle repose 5th | animate dead, gaseous form 7th | blight, confusion 9th | cloudkill, contagion Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 36 Circle of Spores: Halo of Spores Starting at 2nd level, you are surrounded by invisible, necrotic spores that are harmless until you unleash them on a creature nearby. When a creature you can see moves into a space within 10 feet of you or starts its turn there, you can use your reaction to deal 1d4 necrotic damage to that creature unless it succeeds on a Constitution saving throw against your spell save DC. The necrotic damage increases to 1d6 at 6th level, 1d8 at 10th level, and 1d10 at 14th level. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 36 Circle of Spores: Symbiotic Entity At 2nd level, you gain the ability to channel magic into your spores. As an action, you can expend a use of your Wild Shape feature to awaken those spores, rather than transforming into a beast form, and you gain 4 temporary hit points for each level you have in this class. While this feature is active, you gain the following benefits: • When you deal your Halo of Spores damage, roll the damage die a second time and add it to the total. • Your melee weapon attacks deal an extra 1d6 necrotic damage to any target they hit. These benefits last for 10 minutes, until you lose all these temporary hit points, or until you use your Wild Shape again. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 36 Druid Circle: Circle of Stars The Circle of Stars allows druids to draw on the power of starlight. These druids have tracked heavenly patterns since time immemorial, discovering secrets hidden amid the constellations. By revealing and understanding these secrets, the Circle of the Stars seeks to harness the powers of the cosmos. Many druids of this circle keep records of the constellations and the stars' effects on the world. Some groups document these observations at megalithic sites, which serve as enigmatic libraries of lore. These repositories might take the form of stone circles, pyramids, petroglyphs, and underground temples-any construction durable enough to protect the circle's sacred knowledge even against a great cataclysm. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 38 Circle of Stars: Star Map 2nd-level Circle of the Stars feature You've created a star chart as part of your heavenly studies. It is a Tiny object and can serve as a spellcasting focus for your druid spells. You determine its form by rolling on the Star Map table or by choosing one. Star Map d6 | Map Form 1 | A scroll covered with depictions of constellations 2 | A stone tablet with fine holes drilled through it 3 | A speckled owlbear hide, tooled with raised marks 4 | A collection of maps bound in an ebony cover 5 | A crystal that projects starry patterns when placed before a light 6 | Glass disks that depict constellations While holding this map, you have these benefits: • You know the guidance cantrip. • You have the guiding bolt spell prepared. It counts as a druid spell for you, and it doesn't count against the number of spells you can have prepared. • You can cast guiding bolt without expending a spell slot. You can do so a number of times equal to your proficiency bonus, and you regain all expended uses when you finish a long rest. If you lose the map, you can perform a 1-hour ceremony to magically create a replacement. This ceremony can be performed during a short or long rest, and it destroys the previous map. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 38 Circle of Stars: Starry Form 2nd-level Circle of the Stars feature As a bonus action, you can expend a use of your Wild Shape feature to take on a starry form, rather than transforming into a beast. While in your starry form, you retain your game statistics, but your body becomes luminous; your joints glimmer like stars, and glowing lines connect them as on a star chart. This form sheds bright light in a 10-foot radius and dim light for an additional 10 feet. The form lasts for 10 minutes. It ends early if you dismiss it (no action required), are incapacitated, die, or use this feature again. Whenever you assume your starry form, choose which of the following constellations glimmers on your body; your choice gives you certain benefits while in the form: Circle of Stars: Archer A constellation of an archer appears on you. When you activate this form, and as a bonus action on your subsequent turns while it lasts, you can make a ranged spell attack, hurling a luminous arrow that targets one creature within 60 feet of you. On a hit, the attack deals radiant damage equal to 1d8 + your Wisdom modifier. Circle of Stars: Chalice A constellation of a life-giving goblet appears on you. Whenever you cast a spell using a spell slot that restores hit points to a creature, you or another creature within 30 feet of you can regain hit points equal to 1d8 + your Wisdom modifier. Circle of Stars: Dragon A constellation of a wise dragon appears on you. When you make an Intelligence or a Wisdom check or a Constitution saving throw to maintain concentration on a spell, you can treat a roll of 9 or lower on the d20 as a 10. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 38 Druid Circle: Circle of Wildfire Druids within the Circle of Wildfire understand that destruction is sometimes the precursor of creation, such as when a forest fire promotes later growth. These druids bond with a primal spirit that harbors both destructive and creative power, allowing the druids to create controlled flames that burn away one thing but give life to another. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 39 Circle of Wildfire: Circle Spells 2nd-level Circle of Wildfire feature You have formed a bond with a wildfire spirit, a primal being of creation and destruction. Your link with this spirit grants you access to some spells when you reach certain levels in this class, as shown on the Circle of Wildfire Spells table. Once you gain access to one of these spells, you always have it prepared, and it doesn't count against the number of spells you can prepare each day. If you gain access to a spell that doesn't appear on the druid spell list, the spell is nonetheless a druid spell for you. Circle of Wildfire Spells Druid Level | Circle Spells 2nd | burning hands, cure wounds 3rd | flaming sphere, scorching ray 5th | plant growth, revivify 7th | aura of life, fire shield 9th | flame strike, mass cure wounds Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 39 Circle of Wildfire: Summon Wildfire Spirit 2nd-level Circle of Wildfire feature You can summon the primal spirit bound to your soul. As an action, you can expend one use of your Wild Shape feature to summon your wildfire spirit, rather than assuming a beast form. The spirit appears in an unoccupied space of your choice that you can see within 30 feet of you. Each creature within 10 feet of the spirit (other than you) when it appears must succeed on a Dexterity saving throw against your spell save DC or take 2d6 fire damage. The spirit is friendly to you and your companions and obeys your commands. See this creature's game statistics in the Wildfire Spirit stat block, which uses your proficiency bonus (PB) in several places. You determine the spirit's appearance. Some spirits take the form of a humanoid figure made of gnarled branches covered in flame, while others look like beasts wreathed in fire. In combat, the spirit shares your initiative count, but it takes its turn immediately after yours. The only action it takes on its turn is the Dodge action, unless you take a bonus action on your turn to command it to take another action. That action can be one in its stat block or some other action. If you are incapacitated, the spirit can take any action of its choice, not just Dodge. The spirit manifests for 1 hour, until it is reduced to 0 hit points, until you use this feature to summon the spirit again, or until you die. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 39 Cantrip Versatility 4th-level druid optional class features Whenever you reach a level in this class that grants the Ability Score Improvement feature, you can replace one cantrip you learned from this class's Spellcasting feature with another cantrip from the druid spell list. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 35 Circle of Spores: Fungal Infestation At 6th level, your spores gain the ability to infest a corpse and animate it. If a beast or a humanoid that is Small or Medium dies within 10 feet of you, you can use your reaction to animate it, causing it to stand up immediately with 1 hit point. The creature uses the zombie stat block in the Monster Manual. It remains animate for 1 hour, after which time it collapses and dies. In combat, the zombie's turn comes immediately after yours. It obeys your mental commands, and the only action it can take is the Attack action, making one melee attack. You can use this feature a number of times equal to your Wisdom modifier (minimum of once), and you regain all expended uses of it when you finish a long rest. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 36 Circle of Stars: Cosmic Omen 6th-level Circle of the Stars feature Whenever you finish a long rest, you can consult your Star Map for omens. When you do so, roll a die. Until you finish your next long rest, you gain access to a special reaction based on whether you rolled an even or an odd number on the die: Weal (even). • Whenever a creature you can see within 30 feet of you is about to make an attack roll, a saving throw, or an ability check, you can use your reaction to roll a d6 and add the number rolled to the total. Woe (odd). • Whenever a creature you can see within 30 feet of you is about to make an attack roll, a saving throw, or an ability check, you can use your reaction to roll a d6 and subtract the number rolled from the total. You can use this reaction a number of times equal to your proficiency bonus, and you regain all expended uses when you finish a long rest. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 38 Circle of Wildfire: Enhanced Bond 6th-level Circle of Wildfire feature The bond with your wildfire spirit enhances your destructive and restorative spells. Whenever you cast a spell that deals fire damage or restores hit points while your wildfire spirit is summoned, roll a d8, and you gain a bonus equal to the number rolled to one damage or healing roll of the spell. In addition, when you cast a spell with a range other than self, the spell can originate from you or your wildfire spirit. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 39 Circle of Spores: Spreading Spores At 10th level, you gain the ability to seed an area with deadly spores. As a bonus action while your Symbiotic Entity feature is active, you can hurl spores up to 30 feet away, where they swirl in a 10-foot cube for 1 minute. The spores disappear early if you use this feature again, if you dismiss them as a bonus action, or if your Symbiotic Entity feature is no longer active. Whenever a creature moves into the cube or starts its turn there, that creature takes your Halo of Spores damage, unless the creature succeeds on a Constitution saving throw against your spell save DC. A creature can take this damage no more than once per turn. While the cube of spores persists, you can't use your Halo of Spores reaction. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 36 Circle of Stars: Twinkling Constellations 10th-level Circle of the Stars feature The constellations of your Starry Form improve. The 1d8 of the Archer and the Chalice becomes 2d8, and while the Dragon is active, you have a flying speed of 20 feet and can hover. Moreover, at the start of each of your turns while in your Starry Form, you can change which constellation glimmers on your body. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 38 Circle of Wildfire: Cauterizing Flames 10th-level Circle of Wildfire feature You gain the ability to turn death into magical flames that can heal or incinerate. When a Small or larger creature dies within 30 feet of you or your wildfire spirit, a harmless spectral flame springs forth in the dead creature's space and flickers there for 1 minute. When a creature you can see enters that space, you can use your reaction to extinguish the spectral flame there and either heal the creature or deal fire damage to it. The healing or damage equals 2d10 + your Wisdom modifier. You can use this reaction a number of times equal to your proficiency bonus, and you regain all expended uses when you finish a long rest. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 39 Circle of Spores: Fungal Body At 14th level, the fungal spores in your body alter you: you can't be blinded, deafened, frightened, or poisoned, and any critical hit against you counts as a normal hit instead, unless you're incapacitated. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 36 Circle of Stars: Full of Stars 14th-level Circle of the Stars feature While in your Starry Form, you become partially incorporeal, giving you resistance to bludgeoning, piercing, and slashing damage. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 38 Circle of Wildfire: Blazing Revival 14th-level Circle of Wildfire feature The bond with your wildfire spirit can save you from death. If the spirit is within 120 feet of you when you are reduced to 0 hit points and thereby fall unconscious, you can cause the spirit to drop to 0 hit points. You then regain half your hit points and immediately rise to your feet. Once you use this feature, you can't use it again until you finish a long rest. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 39 Druid Circle: Circle of Dreams Druids who are members of the Circle of Dreams hail from regions that have strong ties to the Feywild and its dreamlike realms. The druids' guardianship of the natural world makes for a natural alliance between them and good-aligned fey. These druids seek to fill the world with dreamy wonder. Their magic mends wounds and brings joy to downcast hearts, and the realms they protect are gleaming, fruitful places, where dream and reality blur together and where the weary can find rest. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 22 Circle of Dreams: Balm of the Summer Court At 2nd level, you become imbued with the blessings of the Summer Court. You are a font of energy that offers respite from injuries. You have a pool of fey energy represented by a number of d6s equal to your druid level. As a bonus action, you can choose one creature you can see within 120 feet of you and spend a number of those dice equal to half your druid level or less. Roll the spent dice and add them together. The target regains a number of hit points equal to the total. The target also gains 1 temporary hit point per die spent. You regain all expended dice when you finish a long rest. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 22 Druid Circle: Circle of the Shepherd Druids of the Circle of the Shepherd commune with the spirits of nature, especially the spirits of beasts and the fey, and call to those spirits for aid. These druids recognize that all living things play a role in the natural world, yet they focus on protecting animals and fey creatures that have difficulty defending themselves. Shepherds, as they are known, see such creatures as their charges. They ward off monsters that threaten them, rebuke hunters who kill more prey than necessary, and prevent civilization from encroaching on rare animal habitats and on sites sacred to the fey. Many of these druids are happiest far from cities and towns, content to spend their days in the company of animals and the fey creatures of the wilds. Members of this circle become adventurers to oppose forces that threaten their charges or to seek knowledge and power that will help them safeguard their charges better. Wherever these druids go, the spirits of the wilderness are with them. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 23 Circle of the Shepherd: Speech of the Woods At 2nd level, you gain the ability to converse with beasts and many fey. You learn to speak, read, and write Sylvan. In addition, beasts can understand your speech, and you gain the ability to decipher their noises and motions. Most beasts lack the intelligence to convey or understand sophisticated concepts, but a friendly beast could relay what it has seen or heard in the recent past. This ability doesn't grant you friendship with beasts, though you can combine this ability with gifts to curry favor with them as you would with any nonplayer character. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 23 Circle of the Shepherd: Spirit Totem Starting at 2nd level, you can call forth nature spirits to influence the world around you. As a bonus action, you can magically summon an incorporeal spirit to a point you can see within 60 feet of you. The spirit creates an aura in a 30-foot radius around that point. It counts as neither a creature nor an object, though it has the spectral appearance of the creature it represents. As a bonus action, you can move the spirit up to 60 feet to a point you can see. The spirit persists for 1 minute or until you're incapacitated. Once you use this feature, you can't use it again until you finish a short or long rest. The effect of the spirit's aura depends on the type of spirit you summon from the options below. Circle of the Shepherd: Bear Spirit The bear spirit grants you and your allies its might and endurance. Each creature of your choice in the aura when the spirit appears gains temporary hit points equal to 5 + your druid level. In addition, you and your allies gain advantage on Strength checks and Strength saving throws while in the aura. Circle of the Shepherd: Hawk Spirit The hawk spirit is a consummate hunter, aiding you and your allies with its keen sight. When a creature makes an attack roll against a target in the spirit's aura, you can use your reaction to grant advantage to that attack roll. In addition, you and your allies have advantage on Wisdom (Perception) checks while in the aura. Circle of the Shepherd: Unicorn Spirit The unicorn spirit lends its protection to those nearby. You and your allies gain advantage on all ability checks made to detect creatures in the spirit's aura. In addition, if you cast a spell using a spell slot that restores hit points to any creature inside or outside the aura, each creature of your choice in the aura also regains hit points equal to your druid level. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 23 Circle of Dreams: Hearth of Moonlight and Shadow At 6th level, home can be wherever you are. During a short or long rest, you can invoke the shadowy power of the Gloaming Court to help guard your respite. At the start of the rest, you touch a point in space, and an invisible, 30-foot-radius sphere of magic appears, centered on that point. Total cover blocks the sphere. While within the sphere, you and your allies gain a +5 bonus to Dexterity (Stealth) and Wisdom (Perception) checks, and any light from open flames in the sphere (a campfire, torches, or the like) isn't visible outside it. The sphere vanishes at the end of the rest or when you leave the sphere. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 22 Circle of the Shepherd: Mighty Summoner Starting at 6th level, beasts and fey that you conjure are more resilient than normal. Any beast or fey summoned or created by a spell that you cast gains the following benefits: • The creature appears with more hit points than normal: 2 extra hit points per Hit Die it has. • The damage from its natural weapons is considered magical for the purpose of overcoming immunity and resistance to nonmagical attacks and damage. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 23 Circle of Dreams: Hidden Paths Starting at 10th level, you can use the hidden, magical pathways that some fey use to traverse space in the blink of an eye. As a bonus action on your turn, you can teleport up to 60 feet to an unoccupied space you can see. Alternatively, you can use your action to teleport one willing creature you touch up to 30 feet to an unoccupied space you can see. You can use this feature a number of times equal to your Wisdom modifier (minimum of once), and you regain all expended uses of it when you finish a long rest. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 22 Circle of the Shepherd: Guardian Spirit Beginning at 10th level, your Spirit Totem safeguards the beasts and fey that you call forth with your magic. When a beast or fey that you summoned or created with a spell ends its turn in your Spirit Totem aura, that creature regains a number of hit points equal to half your druid level. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 23 Circle of Dreams: Walker in Dreams At 14th level, the magic of the Feywild grants you the ability to travel mentally or physically through dreamlands. When you finish a short rest, you can cast one of the following spells, without expending a spell slot or requiring material components: dream (with you as the messenger), scrying, or teleportation circle. This use of teleportation circle is special. Rather than opening a portal to a permanent teleportation circle, it opens a portal to the last location where you finished a long rest on your current plane of existence. If you haven't taken a long rest on your current plane, the spell fails but isn't wasted. Once you use this feature, you can't use it again until you finish a long rest. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 22 Circle of the Shepherd: Faithful Summons Starting at 14th level, the nature spirits you commune with protect you when you are the most defenseless. If you are reduced to 0 hit points or are incapacitated against your will, you can immediately gain the benefits of conjure animals as if it were cast using a 9th-level spell slot. It summons four beasts of your choice that are challenge rating 2 or lower. The conjured beasts appear within 20 feet of you. If they receive no commands from you, they protect you from harm and attack your foes. The spell lasts for 1 hour, requiring no concentration, or until you dismiss it (no action required). Once you use this feature, you can't use it again until you finish a long rest. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 23 Fighter 10 Strength, Constitution, Acrobatics, Animal Handling, Athletics, History, Insight, Intimidation, Perception, Survival 2 Starting Fighter As a 1st-level Fighter, you begin play with 10+your Constitution modifier hit points. You are proficient with the following items, in addition to any proficiencies provided by your race or background. • Armor: light, medium, heavy, shields • Weapons: simple, martial • Tools: none • Skills: Choose 2 from Acrobatics, Animal Handling, Athletics, History, Insight, Intimidation, Perception, Survival You begin play with the following equipment, in addition to any equipment provided by your background. • (a) chain mail or (b) leather armor, longbow, and arrows (20) • (a) a martial weapon and a shield or (b) two martial weapons • (a) a light crossbow and crossbow bolts (20) or (b) two handaxe • (a) a dungeoneer's pack or (b) an explorer's pack Alternatively, you may start with 5d4 x 10 gp and choose your own equipment. Source: Player's Handbook p. 70 Multiclass Fighter To multiclass as a Fighter, you must meet the following prerequisites: • Strength 13 • Dexterity 13 You gain the following proficiencies: • Armor: light, medium, shields • Tools: none Source: Player's Handbook p. 70 light, medium, heavy, shields simple, martial none 5d4x10 Fighting Style You adopt a particular style of fighting as your specialty. Choose one of the following options. You can't take the same Fighting Style option more than once, even if you get to choose again. Source: Player's Handbook p. 72 Fighting Style: Archery You gain a +2 bonus to attack rolls you make with ranged weapons. Source: Player's Handbook p. 72 Fighting Style: Defense While you are wearing armor, you gain a +1 bonus to AC. Source: Player's Handbook p. 72 Fighting Style: Dueling When you are wielding a melee weapon in one hand and no other weapons, you gain a +2 bonus to damage rolls with that weapon. Source: Player's Handbook p. 72 Fighting Style: Great Weapon Fighting When you roll a 1 or 2 on a damage die for an attack you make with a melee weapon that you are wielding with two hands, you can reroll the die and must use the new roll, even if the new roll is a 1 or a 2. The weapon must have the two-handed or versatile property for you to gain this benefit. Source: Player's Handbook p. 72 Fighting Style: Protection When a creature you can see attacks a target other than you that is within 5 feet of you, you can use your reaction to impose disadvantage on the attack roll. You must be wielding a shield. Source: Player's Handbook p. 72 Fighting Style: Two-Weapon Fighting When you engage in two-weapon fighting, you can add your ability modifier to the damage of the second attack. Source: Player's Handbook p. 72 Second Wind You have a limited well of stamina that you can draw on to protect yourself from harm. On your turn, you can use a bonus action to regain hit points equal to 1d10 + your fighter level. Once you use this feature, you must finish a short or long rest before you can use it again. Source: Player's Handbook p. 72 Action Surge Starting at 2nd level, you can push yourself beyond your normal limits for a moment. On your turn, you can take one additional action. Once you use this feature, you must finish a short or long rest before you can use it again. Starting at 17th level, you can use it twice before a rest, but only once on the same turn. Source: Player's Handbook p. 72 Martial Archetype At 3rd level, you choose an archetype from the list available that you strive to emulate in your combat styles and techniques. The archetype you choose grants you features at 3rd level and again at 7th, 10th, 15th, and 18th level. Source: Player's Handbook p. 72 Martial Archetype: Battle Master Those who emulate the archetypal Battle Master employ martial techniques passed down through generations. To a Battle Master, combat is an academic field, sometimes including subjects beyond battle such as weaponsmithing and calligraphy. Not every fighter absorbs the lessons of history, theory, and artistry that are reflected in the Battle Master archetype, but those who do are well-rounded fighters of great skill and knowledge. Source: Player's Handbook p. 73 Battle Master: Combat Superiority When you choose this archetype at 3rd level, you learn maneuvers that are fueled by special dice called superiority dice. Maneuvers You learn three maneuvers of your choice, which are listed under "Maneuvers" below. Many maneuvers enhance an attack in some way. You can use only one maneuver per attack. You learn two additional maneuvers of your choice at 7th, 10th, and 15th level. Each time you learn new maneuvers, you can also replace one maneuver you know with a different one. Superiority Dice You have four superiority dice, which are d8s. A superiority die is expended when you use it. You regain all of your expended superiority dice when you finish a short or long rest. You gain another superiority die at 7th level and one more at 15th level. Saving Throws Some of your maneuvers require your target to make a saving throw to resist the maneuver's effects. The saving throw DC is calculated as follows: Source: Player's Handbook p. 73 Battle Master: Maneuvers The maneuvers are presented in alphabetical order. Source: Player's Handbook p. 73 Battle Master: Student of War At 3rd level, you gain proficiency with one type of artisan's tools of your choice. Source: Player's Handbook p. 73 Martial Archetype: Champion The archetypal Champion focuses on the development of raw physical power honed to deadly perfection. Those who model themselves on this archetype combine rigorous training with physical excellence to deal devastating blows. Source: Player's Handbook p. 72 Champion: Improved Critical Beginning when you choose this archetype at 3rd level, your weapon attacks score a critical hit on a roll of 19 or 20. Source: Player's Handbook p. 72 Martial Archetype: Eldritch Knight The archetypal Eldritch Knight combines the martial mastery common to all fighters with a careful study of magic. Eldritch Knights use magical techniques similar to those practiced by wizards. They focus their study on two of the eight schools of magic—abjuration and evocation. Abjuration spells grant an Eldritch Knight additional protection in battle, and evocation spells deal damage to many foes at once, extending the fighter's reach in combat. These knights learn a comparatively small number of spells, committing them to memory instead of keeping them in a spellbook. Source: Player's Handbook p. 74 Eldritch Knight: Spellcasting When you reach 3rd level, you augment your martial prowess with the ability to cast spells. See chapter 10 for the general rules of spellcasting and chapter 11 for the wizard spell list. Eldritch Knight: Cantrips You learn two cantrips of your choice from the wizard spell list. You learn an additional wizard cantrip of your choice at 10th level. Eldritch Knight: Spell Slots The Eldritch Knight Spellcasting table shows how many spell slots you have to cast your wizard spells of 1st level and higher. To cast one of these spells, you must expend a slot of the spell's level or higher. You regain all expended spell slots when you finish a long rest. For example, if you know the 1st-level spell shield and have a 1st-level and a 2nd-level spell slot available, you can cast shield using either slot. Eldritch Knight: Spells Known of 1st-Level and Higher You know three 1st-level wizard spells of your choice, two of which you must choose from the abjuration and evocation spells on the wizard spell list. The Spells Known column of the Eldritch Knight Spellcasting table shows when you learn more wizard spells of 1st level or higher. Each of these spells must be an abjuration or evocation spell of your choice, and must be of a level for which you have spell slots. For instance, when you reach 7th level in this class, you can learn one new spell of 1st or 2nd level. The spells you learn at 8th, 14th, and 20th level can come from any school of magic. Whenever you gain a level in this class, you can replace one of the wizard spells you know with another spell of your choice from the wizard spell list. The new spell must be of a level for which you have spell slots, and it must be an abjuration or evocation spell, unless you're replacing the spell you gained at 3rd, 8th, 14th, or 20th level from any school of magic. Eldritch Knight: Spellcasting Ability Intelligence is your spellcasting ability for your wizard spells, since you learn your spells through study and memorization. You use your Intelligence whenever a spell refers to your spellcasting ability. In addition, you use your Intelligence modifier when setting the saving throw DC for a wizard spell you cast and when making an attack roll with one. Source: Player's Handbook p. 74 Eldritch Knight: Weapon Bond At 3rd level, you learn a ritual that creates a magical bond between yourself and one weapon. You perform the ritual over the course of 1 hour, which can be done during a short rest. The weapon must be within your reach throughout the ritual, at the conclusion of which you touch the weapon and forge the bond. Once you have bonded a weapon to yourself, you can't be disarmed of that weapon unless you are incapacitated. If it is on the same plane of existence, you can summon that weapon as a bonus action on your turn, causing it to teleport instantly to your hand. You can have up to two bonded weapons, but can summon only one at a time with your bonus action. If you attempt to bond with a third weapon, you must break the bond with one of the other two. Source: Player's Handbook p. 74 Ability Score Improvement When you reach 4th level, you can increase one ability score of your choice by 2, or you can increase two ability scores of your choice by 1. As normal, you can't increase an ability score above 20 using this feature. If your DM allows the use of feats, you may instead take a feat. Source: Player's Handbook p. 72 Extra Attack Beginning at 5th level, you can attack twice, instead of once, whenever you take the Attack action on your turn. The number of attacks increases to three when you reach 11th level in this class and to four when you reach 20th level in this class. Source: Player's Handbook p. 72 Ability Score Improvement When you reach 6th level, you can increase one ability score of your choice by 2, or you can increase two ability scores of your choice by 1. As normal, you can't increase an ability score above 20 using this feature. If your DM allows the use of feats, you may instead take a feat. Source: Player's Handbook p. 72 Martial Archetype feature At 7th level, you gain a feature granted by your Martial Archetype. Source: Player's Handbook p. 72 Battle Master: Additional Maneuvers At 7th level, you learn two additional maneuvers of your choice. Source: Player's Handbook p. 73 Battle Master: Additional Superiority Die You gain another superiority die at 7th level. Source: Player's Handbook p. 73 Battle Master: Know Your Enemy If you spend at least 1 minute observing or interacting with another creature outside combat, you can learn certain information about its capabilities compared to your own. The DM tells you if the creature is your equal, superior, or inferior in regard to two of the following characteristics of your choice: • Strength score • Dexterity score • Constitution score • Armor Class • Current hit points • Total class levels (if any) • Fighter class levels (if any) Source: Player's Handbook p. 73 Champion: Remarkable Athlete Starting at 7th level, you can add half your proficiency bonus (round up) to any Strength, Dexterity, or Constitution check you make that doesn't already use your proficiency bonus. In addition, when you make a running long jump, the distance you can cover increases by a number of feet equal to your Strength modifier. Source: Player's Handbook p. 72 Eldritch Knight: War Magic Beginning at 7th level, when you use your action to cast a cantrip, you can make one weapon attack as a bonus action. Source: Player's Handbook p. 74 Ability Score Improvement When you reach 8th level, you can increase one ability score of your choice by 2, or you can increase two ability scores of your choice by 1. As normal, you can't increase an ability score above 20 using this feature. If your DM allows the use of feats, you may instead take a feat. Source: Player's Handbook p. 72 Indomitable Beginning at 9th level, you can reroll a saving throw that you fail. If you do so, you must use the new roll, and you can't use this feature again until you finish a long rest. You can use this feature twice between long rests starting at 13th level and three times between long rests starting at 17th level. Source: Player's Handbook p. 72 Martial Archetype feature At 10th level, you gain a feature granted by your Martial Archetype. Source: Player's Handbook p. 72 Battle Master: Additional Maneuvers At 10th level, you learn two additional maneuvers of your choice. Source: Player's Handbook p. 73 Battle Master: Improved Combat Superiority (d10) At 10th level, your superiority dice turn into d10s. Source: Player's Handbook p. 73 Champion: Additional Fighting Style At 10th level, you can choose a second option from the Fighting Style class feature. Source: Player's Handbook p. 72 Eldritch Knight: Eldritch Strike At 10th level, you learn how to make your weapon strikes undercut a creature's resistance to your spells. When you hit a creature with a weapon attack, that creature has disadvantage on the next saving throw it makes against a spell you cast before the end of your next turn. Source: Player's Handbook p. 74 Extra Attack (2) At 11th level, you can attack three times whenever you take the Attack action on your turn. Source: Player's Handbook p. 72 Ability Score Improvement When you reach 12th level, you can increase one ability score of your choice by 2, or you can increase two ability scores of your choice by 1. As normal, you can't increase an ability score above 20 using this feature. If your DM allows the use of feats, you may instead take a feat. Source: Player's Handbook p. 72 Indomitable (two uses) At 13th level, you can use Indomitable twice between long rests. Source: Player's Handbook p. 72 Ability Score Improvement When you reach 14th level, you can increase one ability score of your choice by 2, or you can increase two ability scores of your choice by 1. As normal, you can't increase an ability score above 20 using this feature. If your DM allows the use of feats, you may instead take a feat. Source: Player's Handbook p. 72 Martial Archetype feature At 15th level, you gain a feature granted by your Martial Archetype. Source: Player's Handbook p. 72 Battle Master: Additional Maneuvers At 15th level, you learn two additional maneuvers of your choice. Source: Player's Handbook p. 73 Battle Master: Additional Superiority Die You gain another superiority die at 15th level. Source: Player's Handbook p. 73 Battle Master: Relentless Starting at 15th level, when you roll initiative and have no superiority dice remaining, you regain 1 superiority die. Source: Player's Handbook p. 73 Champion: Superior Critical Starting at 15th level, your weapon attacks score a critical hit on a roll of 18-20. Source: Player's Handbook p. 72 Eldritch Knight: Arcane Charge At 15th level, you gain the ability to teleport up to 30 feet to an unoccupied space you can see when you use your Action Surge. You can teleport before or after the additional action. Source: Player's Handbook p. 74 Ability Score Improvement When you reach 16th level, you can increase one ability score of your choice by 2, or you can increase two ability scores of your choice by 1. As normal, you can't increase an ability score above 20 using this feature. If your DM allows the use of feats, you may instead take a feat. Source: Player's Handbook p. 72 Action Surge (two uses) At 17th level, you can use Action Surge twice before a rest, but only once on the same turn. Source: Player's Handbook p. 72 Indomitable (three uses) At 17th level, you can use Indomitable three times between long rests. Source: Player's Handbook p. 72 Martial Archetype feature At 18th level, you gain a feature granted by your Martial Archetype. Source: Player's Handbook p. 72 Battle Master: Improved Combat Superiority (d12) At 18th level, your superiority dice turn into d12s. Source: Player's Handbook p. 73 Champion: Survivor At 18th level, you attain the pinnacle of resilience in battle. At the start of each of your turns, you regain hit points equal to 5 + your Constitution modifier if you have no more than half of your hit points left. You don't gain this benefit if you have 0 hit points. Source: Player's Handbook p. 72 Eldritch Knight: Improved War Magic Starting at 18th level, when you use your action to cast a spell, you can make one weapon attack as a bonus action. Source: Player's Handbook p. 74 Ability Score Improvement When you reach 19th level, you can increase one ability score of your choice by 2, or you can increase two ability scores of your choice by 1. As normal, you can't increase an ability score above 20 using this feature. If your DM allows the use of feats, you may instead take a feat. Source: Player's Handbook p. 72 Extra Attack (3) At 20th level, you can attack four times whenever you take the Attack action on your turn. Source: Player's Handbook p. 72 Fighting Style: Blind Fighting You have blindsight with a range of 10 feet. Within that range, you can effectively see anything that isn't behind total cover, even if you're blinded or in darkness. Moreover, you can see an invisible creature within that range, unless the creature successfully hides from you. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 72 Fighting Style: Interception When a creature you can see hits a target, other than you, within 5 feet of you with an attack, you can use your reaction to reduce the damage the target takes by 1d10 + your proficiency bonus (to a minimum of 0 damage). You must be wielding a shield or a simple or martial weapon to use this reaction. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 72 Fighting Style: Superior Technique You learn one maneuver of your choice from among those available to the fighter archetype. If a maneuver you use requires your target to make a saving throw to resist the maneuver's effects, the saving throw DC equals 8 + your proficiency bonus + your Strength or Dexterity modifier (your choice). You gain one superiority die, which is a d6 (this die is added to any superiority dice you have from another source). This die is used to fuel your maneuvers. A superiority die is expended when you use it. You regain your expended superiority dice when you finish a short or long rest. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 72 Fighting Style: Thrown Weapon Fighting You can draw a weapon that has the thrown property as part of the attack you make with the weapon. In addition, when you hit with a ranged attack using a thrown weapon, you gain a +2 bonus to the damage roll. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 72 Fighting Style: Unarmed Fighting Your unarmed strikes can deal bludgeoning damage equal to 1d6 + your Strength modifier on a hit. If you aren't wielding any weapons or a shield when you make the attack roll, the d6 becomes a d8. At the start of each of your turns, you can deal 1d4 bludgeoning damage to one creature grappled by you. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 72 Martial Archetype: Psi Warrior Awake to the psionic power within, a Psi Warrior is a fighter who augments their physical might with psi-infused weapon strikes, telekinetic lashes, and barriers of mental force. Many githyanki train to become such warriors, as do some of the most disciplined high elves. In the world of Eberron, many young kalashtar dream of becoming Psi Warriors. As a Psi Warrior, you might have honed your psionic abilities through solo discipline, unlocked it under the tutelage of a master, or refined it at an academy dedicated to wielding the mind's power as both weapon and shield. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 42 Psi Warrior: Psionic Power 3rd-level Psi Warrior feature You harbor a wellspring of psionic energy within yourself. This energy is represented by your Psionic Energy dice, which are each a d6. You have a number of these dice equal to twice your proficiency bonus, and they fuel various psionic powers you have, which are detailed below. Some of your powers expend the Psionic Energy die they use, as specified in a power's description, and you can't use a power if it requires you to use a die when your dice are all expended. You regain all your expended Psionic Energy dice when you finish a long rest. In addition, as a bonus action, you can regain one expended Psionic Energy die, but you can't do so again until you finish a short or long rest. When you reach certain levels in this class, the size of your Psionic Energy dice increases: at 5th level (d8), 11th level (d10), and 17th level (d12). The powers below use your Psionic Energy dice. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 42 Psi Warrior: Protective Field When you or another creature you can see within 30 feet of you takes damage, you can use your reaction to expend one Psionic Energy die, roll the die, and reduce the damage taken by the number rolled plus your Intelligence modifier (minimum reduction of 1), as you create a momentary shield of telekinetic force. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 42 Psi Warrior: Psionic Strike You can propel your weapons with psionic force. Once on each of your turns, immediately after you hit a target within 30 feet of you with an attack and deal damage to it with a weapon, you can expend one Psionic Energy die, rolling it and dealing force damage to the target equal to the number rolled plus your Intelligence modifier. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 42 Psi Warrior: Telekinetic Movement You can move an object or a creature with your mind. As an action, you target one loose object that is Large or smaller or one willing creature, other than yourself. If you can see the target and it is within 30 feet of you, you can move it up to 30 feet to an unoccupied space you can see. Alternatively, if it is a Tiny object, you can move it to or from your hand. Either way, you can move the target horizontally, vertically, or both. Once you take this action, you can't do so again until you finish a short or long rest, unless you expend a Psionic Energy die to take it again. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 42 Martial Archetype: Rune Knight Rune Knights enhance their martial prowess using the supernatural power of runes, an ancient practice that originated with giants. Rune cutters can be found among any family of giants, and you likely learned your methods first or second hand from such a mystical artisan. Whether you found the giant's work carved into a hill or cave, learned of the runes from a sage, or met the giant in person, you studied the giant's craft and learned how to apply magic runes to empower your equipment. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 44 Rune Knight: Bonus Proficiencies 3rd-level Rune Knight feature You gain proficiency with smith's tools, and you learn to speak, read, and write Giant. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 44 Rune Knight: Giant's Might 3rd-level Rune Knight feature You have learned how to imbue yourself with the might of giants. As a bonus action, you magically gain the following benefits, which last for 1 minute: • If you are smaller than Large, you become Large, along with anything you are wearing. If you lack the room to become Large, your size doesn't change. • You have advantage on Strength checks and Strength saving throws. • Once on each of your turns, one of your attacks with a weapon or an unarmed strike can deal an extra 1d6 damage to a target on a hit. You can use this feature a number of times equal to your proficiency bonus, and you regain all expended uses of it when you finish a long rest. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 44 Rune Knight: Rune Carver 3rd-level Rune Knight feature You can use magic runes to enhance your gear. You learn two runes of your choice, from among the runes described below, and each time you gain a level in this class, you can replace one rune you know with a different one from this feature. When you reach certain levels in this class, you learn additional runes, as shown in the Runes Known table. Whenever you finish a long rest, you can touch a number of objects equal to the number of runes you know, and you inscribe a different rune onto each of the objects. To be eligible, an object must be a weapon, a suit of armor, a shield, a piece of jewelry, or something else you can wear or hold in a hand. Your rune remains on an object until you finish a long rest, and an object can bear only one of your runes at a time. Runes Known Fighter Level | Number of Runes 3rd | 2 7th | 3 10th | 4 15th | 5 The following runes are available to you when you learn a rune. If a rune has a level requirement, you must be at least that level in this class to learn the rune. If a rune requires a saving throw, your Rune Magic save DC equals 8 + your proficiency bonus + your Constitution modifier. Rune Knight: Cloud Rune This rune emulates the deceptive magic used by some cloud giants. While wearing or carrying an object inscribed with this rune, you have advantage on Dexterity (Sleight of Hand) checks and Charisma (Deception) checks. In addition, when you or a creature you can see within 30 feet of you is hit by an attack roll, you can use your reaction to invoke the rune and choose a different creature within 30 feet of you, other than the attacker. The chosen creature becomes the target of the attack, using the same roll. This magic can transfer the attack's effects regardless of the attack's range. Once you invoke this rune, you can't do so again until you finish a short or long rest. Rune Knight: Fire Rune This rune's magic channels the masterful craftsmanship of great smiths. While wearing or carrying an object inscribed with this rune, your proficiency bonus is doubled for any ability check you make that uses your proficiency with a tool. In addition, when you hit a creature with an attack using a weapon, you can invoke the rune to summon fiery shackles: the target takes an extra 2d6 fire damage, and it must succeed on a Strength saving throw or be restrained for 1 minute. While restrained by the shackles, the target takes 2d6 fire damage at the start of each of its turns. The target can repeat the saving throw at the end of each of its turns, banishing the shackles on a success. Once you invoke this rune, you can't do so again until you finish a short or long rest. Rune Knight: Frost Rune This rune's magic evokes the might of those who survive in the wintry wilderness, such as frost giants. While wearing or carrying an object inscribed with this rune, you have advantage on Wisdom (Animal Handling) checks and Charisma (Intimidation) checks. In addition, you can invoke the rune as a bonus action to increase your sturdiness. For 10 minutes, you gain a +2 bonus to all ability checks and saving throws that use Strength or Constitution. Once you invoke this rune, you can't do so again until you finish a short or long rest. Rune Knight: Stone Rune This rune's magic channels the judiciousness associated with stone giants. While wearing or carrying an object inscribed with this rune, you have advantage on Wisdom (Insight) checks, and you have darkvision out to a range of 120 feet. In addition, when a creature you can see ends its turn within 30 feet of you, you can use your reaction to invoke the rune and force the creature to make a Wisdom saving throw. Unless the save succeeds, the creature is charmed by you for 1 minute. While charmed in this way, the creature has a speed of 0 and is incapacitated, descending into a dreamy stupor. The creature repeats the saving throw at the end of each of its turns, ending the effect on a success. Once you invoke this rune, you can't do so again until you finish a short or long rest. Rune Knight: Hill Rune (7th Level or Higher) This rune's magic bestows a resilience reminiscent of a hill giant. While wearing or carrying an object that bears this rune, you have advantage on saving throws against being poisoned, and you have resistance against poison damage. In addition, you can invoke the rune as a bonus action, gaining resistance to bludgeoning, piercing, and slashing damage for 1 minute. Once you invoke this rune, you can't do so again until you finish a short or long rest. Rune Knight: Storm Rune (7th Level or Higher) Using this rune, you can glimpse the future like a storm giant seer. While wearing or carrying an object inscribed with this rune, you have advantage on Intelligence (Arcana) checks, and you can't be surprised as long as you aren't incapacitated. In addition, you can invoke the rune as a bonus action to enter a prophetic state for 1 minute or until you're incapacitated. Until the state ends, when you or another creature you can see within 60 feet of you makes an attack roll, a saving throw, or an ability check, you can use your reaction to cause the roll to have advantage or disadvantage. Once you invoke this rune, you can't do so again until you finish a short or long rest. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 44 Martial Versatility 4th-level fighter optional class features Whenever you reach a level in this class that grants the Ability Score Improvement feature, you can do one of the following, as you shift the focus of your martial practice: • Replace a fighting style you know with another fighting style available to fighters. • If you know any maneuvers from the fighter archetype, you can replace one maneuver you know with a different maneuver. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 41 Psi Warrior: Telekinetic Adept 7th-level Psi Warrior feature You have mastered new ways to use your telekinetic abilities, detailed below. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 42 Psi Warrior: Psi-Powered Leap. As a bonus action, you can propel your body with your mind. You gain a flying speed equal to twice your walking speed until the end of the current turn. Once you take this bonus action, you can't do so again until you finish a short or long rest, unless you expend a Psionic Energy die to take it again. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 42 Psi Warrior: Telekinetic Thrust. When you deal damage to a target with your Psionic Strike, you can force the target to make a Strength saving throw against a DC equal to 8 + your proficiency bonus + your Intelligence modifier. If the save fails, you can knock the target prone or move it up to 10 feet in any direction horizontally. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 42 Rune Knight: Runic Shield 7th-level Rune Knight feature You learn to invoke your rune magic to protect your allies. When another creature you can see within 60 feet of you is hit by an attack roll, you can use your reaction to force the attacker to reroll the d20 and use the new roll. You can use this feature a number of times equal to your proficiency bonus, and you regain all expended uses when you finish a long rest. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 44 Psi Warrior: Guarded Mind 10th-level Psi Warrior feature The psionic energy flowing through you has bolstered your mind. You have resistance to psychic damage. Moreover, if you start your turn charmed or frightened, you can expend a Psionic Energy die and end every effect on yourself subjecting you to those conditions. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 42 Rune Knight: Great Stature 10th-level Rune Knight feature The magic of your runes permanently alters you. When you gain this feature, roll 3d4. You grow a number of inches in height equal to the roll. Moreover, the extra damage you deal with your Giant's Might feature increases to 1d8. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 44 Psi Warrior: Bulwark of Force 15th-level Psi Warrior feature You can shield yourself and others with telekinetic force. As a bonus action, you can choose creatures, which can include you, that you can see within 30 feet of you, up to a number of creatures equal to your Intelligence modifier (minimum of one creature). Each of the chosen creatures is protected by half cover for 1 minute or until you're incapacitated. Once you take this bonus action, you can't do so again until you finish a long rest, unless you expend a Psionic Energy die to take it again. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 42 Rune Knight: Master of Runes 15th-level Rune Knight feature You can invoke each rune you know from your Rune Carver feature twice, rather than once, and you regain all expended uses when you finish a short or long rest. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 44 Psi Warrior: Telekinetic Master 18th-level Psi Warrior feature Your ability to move creatures and objects with your mind is matched by few. You can cast the telekinesis spell, requiring no components, and your spellcasting ability for the spell is Intelligence. On each of your turns while you concentrate on the spell, including the turn when you cast it, you can make one attack with a weapon as a bonus action. Once you cast the spell with this feature, you can't do so again until you finish a long rest, unless you expend a Psionic Energy die to cast it again. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 42 Rune Knight: Runic Juggernaut 18th-level Rune Knight feature You learn how to amplify your rune-powered transformation. As a result, the extra damage you deal with the Giant's Might feature increases to 1d10. Moreover, when you use that feature, your size can increase to Huge, and while you are that size, your reach increases by 5 feet. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 44 Martial Archetype: Arcane Archer An Arcane Archer studies a unique elven method of archery that weaves magic into attacks to produce supernatural effects. Arcane Archers are some of the most elite warriors among the elves. They stand watch over the fringes of elven domains, keeping a keen eye out for trespassers and using magic-infused arrows to defeat monsters and invaders before they can reach elven settlements. Over the centuries, the methods of these elf archers have been learned by members of other races who can also balance arcane aptitude with archery. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 28 Arcane Archer: Arcane Archer Lore At 3rd level, you learn magical theory or some of the secrets of nature—typical for practitioners of this elven martial tradition. You choose to gain proficiency in either the Arcana or the Nature skill, and you choose to learn either the prestidigitation or the druidcraft cantrip. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 28 Arcane Archer: Arcane Shot At 3rd level, you learn to unleash special magical effects with some of your shots. When you gain this feature, you learn two Arcane Shot options of your choice (see "Arcane Shot Options" below). Once per turn when you fire an arrow from a shortbow or longbow as part of the Attack action, you can apply one of your Arcane Shot options to that arrow. You decide to use the option when the arrow hits a creature, unless the option doesn't involve an attack roll. You have two uses of this ability, and you regain all expended uses of it when you finish a short or long rest. You gain an additional Arcane Shot option of your choice when you reach certain levels in this class: 7th, 10th, 15th, and 18th level. Each option also improves when you become an 18th-level fighter. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 28 Arcane Archer: Arcane Shot Options The Arcane Shot feature lets you choose options for it at certain levels. The options are presented here in alphabetical order. They are all magical effects, and each one is associated with one of the schools of magic. If an option requires a saving throw, your Arcane Shot save DC is calculated as follows: Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 28 Martial Archetype: Cavalier The archetypal Cavalier excels at mounted combat. Usually born among the nobility and raised at court, a Cavalier is equally at home leading a cavalry charge or exchanging repartee at a state dinner. Cavaliers also learn how to guard those in their charge from harm, often serving as the protectors of their superiors and of the weak. Compelled to right wrongs or earn prestige, many of these fighters leave their lives of comfort to embark on glorious adventure. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 30 Cavalier: Bonus Proficiency When you choose this archetype at 3rd level, you gain proficiency in one of the following skills of your choice: Animal Handling, History, Insight, Performance, or Persuasion. Alternatively, you learn one language of your choice. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 30 Cavalier: Born to the Saddle Starting at 3rd level, your mastery as a rider becomes apparent. You have advantage on saving throws made to avoid falling off your mount. If you fall off your mount and descend no more than 10 feet, you can land on your feet if you're not incapacitated. Finally, mounting or dismounting a creature costs you only 5 feet of movement, rather than half your speed. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 30 Cavalier: Unwavering Mark Starting at 3rd level, you can menace your foes, foiling their attacks and punishing them for harming others. When you hit a creature with a melee weapon attack, you can mark the creature until the end of your next turn. This effect ends early if you are incapacitated or you die, or if someone else marks the creature. While it is within 5 feet of you, a creature marked by you has disadvantage on any attack roll that doesn't target you. In addition, if a creature marked by you deals damage to anyone other than you, you can make a special melee weapon attack against the marked creature as a bonus action on your next turn. You have advantage on the attack roll, and if it hits, the attack's weapon deals extra damage to the target equal to half your fighter level. Regardless of the number of creatures you mark, you can make this special attack a number of times equal to your Strength modifier (minimum of once), and you regain all expended uses of it when you finish a long rest. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 30 Martial Archetype: Samurai The Samurai is a fighter who draws on an implacable fighting spirit to overcome enemies. A Samurai's resolve is nearly unbreakable, and the enemies in a Samurai's path have two choices: yield or die fighting. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 31 Samurai: Bonus Proficiency When you choose this archetype at 3rd level, you gain proficiency in one of the following skills of your choice: History, Insight, Performance, or Persuasion. Alternatively, you learn one language of your choice. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 31 Samurai: Fighting Spirit Starting at 3rd level, your intensity in battle can shield you and help you strike true. As a bonus action on your turn, you can give yourself advantage on weapon attack rolls until the end of the current turn. When you do so, you also gain 5 temporary hit points. The number of temporary hit points increases when you reach certain levels in this class, increasing to 10 at 10th level and 15 at 15th level. You can use this feature three times, and you regain all expended uses of it when you finish a long rest. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 31 Arcane Archer: Additional Arcane Shot Option You gain an additional Arcane Shot option of your choice when you reach 7th level. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 28 Arcane Archer: Curving Shot At 7th level, you learn how to direct an errant arrow toward a new target. When you make an attack roll with a magic arrow and miss, you can use a bonus action to reroll the attack roll against a different target within 60 feet of the original target. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 28 Arcane Archer: Magic Arrow At 7th level, you gain the ability to infuse arrows with magic. Whenever you fire a nonmagical arrow from a shortbow or longbow, you can make it magical for the purpose of overcoming resistance and immunity to nonmagical attacks and damage. The magic fades from the arrow immediately after it hits or misses its target. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 28 Cavalier: Warding Maneuver At 7th level, you learn to fend off strikes directed at you, your mount, or other creatures nearby. If you or a creature you can see within 5 feet of you is hit by an attack, you can roll 1d8 as a reaction if you're wielding a melee weapon or a shield. Roll the die, and add the number rolled to the target's AC against that attack. If the attack still hits, the target has resistance against the attack's damage. You can use this feature a number of times equal to your Constitution modifier (minimum of once), and you regain all expended uses of it when you finish a long rest. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 30 Samurai: Elegant Courtier Starting at 7th level, your discipline and attention to detail allow you to excel in social situations. Whenever you make a Charisma (Persuasion) check, you gain a bonus to the check equal to your Wisdom modifier. Your self-control also causes you to gain proficiency in Wisdom saving throws. If you already have this proficiency, you instead gain proficiency in Intelligence or Charisma saving throws (your choice). Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 31 Arcane Archer: Additional Arcane Shot Option You gain an additional Arcane Shot option of your choice when you reach 10th level. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 28 Cavalier: Hold the Line At 10th level, you become a master of locking down your enemies. Creatures provoke an opportunity attack from you when they move 5 feet or more while within your reach, and if you hit a creature with an opportunity attack, the target's speed is reduced to 0 until the end of the current turn. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 30 Samurai: Tireless Spirit Starting at 10th level, when you roll initiative and have no uses of Fighting Spirit remaining, you regain one use. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 31 Arcane Archer: Additional Arcane Shot Option You gain an additional Arcane Shot option of your choice when you reach 15th level. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 28 Arcane Archer: Ever-Ready Shot Starting at 15th level, your magical archery is available whenever battle starts. If you roll initiative and have no uses of Arcane Shot remaining, you regain one use of it. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 28 Cavalier: Ferocious Charger Starting at 15th level, you can run down your foes, whether you're mounted or not. If you move at least 10 feet in a straight line right before attacking a creature and you hit it with the attack, that target must succeed on a Strength saving throw (DC 8 + your proficiency bonus + your Strength modifier) or be knocked prone. You can use this feature only once on each of your turns. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 30 Samurai: Rapid Strike Starting at 15th level, you learn to trade accuracy for swift strikes. If you take the Attack action on your turn and have advantage on an attack roll against one of the targets, you can forgo the advantage for that roll to make an additional weapon attack against that target, as part of the same action. You can do so no more than once per turn. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 31 Arcane Archer: Additional Arcane Shot Option You gain an additional Arcane Shot option of your choice when you reach 18th level. Each option also improves when you become an 18th-level fighter. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 28 Cavalier: Vigilant Defender Starting at 18th level, you respond to danger with extraordinary vigilance. In combat, you get a special reaction that you can take once on every creature's turn, except your turn. You can use this special reaction only to make an opportunity attack, and you can't use it on the same turn that you take your normal reaction. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 30 Samurai: Strength before Death Starting at 18th level, your fighting spirit can delay the grasp of death. If you take damage that reduces you to 0 hit points and doesn't kill you outright, you can use your reaction to delay falling unconscious, and you can immediately take an extra turn, interrupting the current turn. While you have 0 hit points during that extra turn, taking damage causes death saving throw failures as normal, and three death saving throw failures can still kill you. When the extra turn ends, you fall unconscious if you still have 0 hit points. Once you use this feature, you can't use it again until you finish a long rest. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 31 Martial Archetype: Echo Knight A mysterious and feared frontline warrior of the Kryn Dynasty, the Echo Knight has mastered the art of using dunamis to summon the fading shades of unrealized timelines to aid them in battle. Surrounded by echoes of their own might, they charge into the fray as a cycling swarm of shadows and strikes. Source: Explorer's Guide to Wildemount p. 183 Echo Knight: Manifest Echo 3rd-level Echo Knight feature You can use a bonus action to magically manifest an echo of yourself in an unoccupied space you can see within 15 feet of you. This echo is a magical, translucent, gray image of you that lasts until it is destroyed, until you dismiss it as a bonus action, until you manifest another echo, or until you're incapacitated. Your echo has AC 14 + your proficiency bonus, 1 hit point, and immunity to all conditions. If it has to make a saving throw, it uses your saving throw bonus for the roll. It is the same size as you, and it occupies its space. On your turn, you can mentally command the echo to move up to 30 feet in any direction (no action required). If your echo is ever more than 30 feet from you at the end of your turn, it is destroyed. You can use the echo in the following ways: • As a bonus action, you can teleport, magically swapping places with your echo at a cost of 15 feet of your movement, regardless of the distance between the two of you. • When you take the Attack action on your turn, any attack you make with that action can originate from your space or the echo's space. You make this choice for each attack. • When a creature that you can see within 5 feet of your echo moves at least 5 feet away from it, you can use your reaction to make an opportunity attack against that creature as if you were in the echo's space. Source: Explorer's Guide to Wildemount p. 183 Echo Knight: Unleash Incarnation 3rd-level Echo Knight feature You can heighten your echo's fury. Whenever you take the Attack action, you can make one additional melee attack from the echo's position. You can use this feature a number of times equal to your Constitution modifier (a minimum of once). You regain all expended uses when you finish a long rest. Source: Explorer's Guide to Wildemount p. 183 Echo Knight: Echo Avatar 7th-level Echo Knight feature You can temporarily transfer your consciousness to your echo. As an action, you can see through your echo's eyes and hear through its ears. During this time, you are deafened and blinded. You can sustain this effect for up to 10 minutes, and you can end it at any time (requires no action). While your echo is being used in this way, it can be up to 1,000 feet away from you without being destroyed. Source: Explorer's Guide to Wildemount p. 183 Echo Knight: Shadow Martyr 10th-level Echo Knight feature You can make your echo throw itself in front of an attack directed at another creature that you can see. Before the attack roll is made, you can use your reaction to teleport the echo to an unoccupied space within 5 feet of the targeted creature. The attack roll that triggered the reaction is instead made against your echo. Once you use this feature, you can't use it again until you finish a short or long rest. Source: Explorer's Guide to Wildemount p. 183 Echo Knight: Reclaim Potential 15th-level Echo Knight feature You've learned to absorb the fleeting magic of your echo. When an echo of yours is destroyed by taking damage, you can gain a number of temporary hit points equal to 2d6 + your Constitution modifier, provided you don't already have temporary hit points. You can use this feature a number of times equal to your Constitution modifier (a minimum of once). You regain all expended uses when you finish a long rest. Source: Explorer's Guide to Wildemount p. 183 Echo Knight: Legion of One 18th-level Echo Knight feature You can use a bonus action to create two echoes with your Manifest Echo feature, and these echoes can coexist. If you try to create a third echo, the previous two echoes are destroyed. Anything you can do from one echo's position can be done from the other's instead. In addition, when you roll initiative and have no uses of your Unleash Incarnation feature left, you regain one use of that feature. Source: Explorer's Guide to Wildemount p. 183 Martial Archetype: Purple Dragon Knight (Banneret) Purple Dragon Knights are warriors who hail from the kingdom of Cormyr. Pledged to protect the crown, they take the fight against evil beyond the kingdom's borders. They are tasked with wandering the land as knights errant, relying on their judgment, bravery, and fidelity to guide them in defeating evildoers. A Purple Dragon Knight inspires greatness in others by committing brave deeds in battle. The mere presence of a knight in a hamlet is enough to cause some orcs and bandits to seek easier prey. A lone knight is a skilled warrior, but a knight leading a band of allies can transform even the most poorly equipped militia into a ferocious war band. A knight prefers to lead through deeds, not words. As a knight spearheads an attack, the knight's actions can awaken reserves of courage and conviction in allies that they never suspected they had. Source: Sword Coast Adventurer's Guide p. 128 Purple Dragon Knight (Banneret): Rallying Cry When you choose this archetype at 3rd level, you learn how to inspire your allies to fight on past their injuries. When you use your Second Wind feature, you can choose up to three creatures within 60 feet of you that are allied with you. Each one regains hit points equal to your fighter level, provided that the creature can see or hear you. Source: Sword Coast Adventurer's Guide p. 128 Purple Dragon Knight (Banneret): Restriction: Knighthood Purple Dragon Knights are tied to a specific order of Cormyrean knighthood. Banneret serves as the generic name for this archetype if you use it in other campaign settings or to model warlords other than the Purple Dragon Knights. Source: Sword Coast Adventurer's Guide p. 128 Purple Dragon Knight (Banneret): Royal Envoy A Purple Dragon Knight serves as an envoy of the Cormyrean crown. Knights of high standing are expected to conduct themselves with grace. At 7th level, you gain proficiency in the Persuasion skill. If you are already proficient in it, you gain proficiency in one of the following skills of your choice: Animal Handling, Insight, Intimidation, or Performance. Your proficiency bonus is doubled for any ability check you make that uses Persuasion. You receive this benefit regardless of the skill proficiency you gain from this feature. Source: Sword Coast Adventurer's Guide p. 128 Purple Dragon Knight (Banneret): Inspiring Surge Starting at 10th level, when you use your Action Surge feature, you can choose one creature within 60 feet of you that is allied with you. That creature can make one melee or ranged weapon attack with its reaction, provided that it can see or hear you. Starting at 18th level, you can choose two allies within 60 feet of you, rather than one. Source: Sword Coast Adventurer's Guide p. 128 Purple Dragon Knight (Banneret): Bulwark Beginning at 15th level, you can extend the benefit of your Indomitable feature to an ally. When you decide to use Indomitable to reroll an Intelligence, a Wisdom, or a Charisma saving throw and you aren't incapacitated, you can choose one ally within 60 feet of you that also failed its saving throw against the same effect. If that creature can see or hear you, it can reroll its saving throw and must use the new roll. Source: Sword Coast Adventurer's Guide p. 128 Purple Dragon Knight (Banneret): Inspiring Surge Starting at 18th level, you can choose two allies within 60 feet of you, rather than one. Source: Sword Coast Adventurer's Guide p. 128 Monk 8 Strength, Dexterity, Acrobatics, Athletics, History, Insight, Religion, Stealth 2 Starting Monk As a 1st-level Monk, you begin play with 8+your Constitution modifier hit points. You are proficient with the following items, in addition to any proficiencies provided by your race or background. • Armor: none • Weapons: simple, shortswords • Tools: any one type of artisan's tools or any one musical instrument of your choice • Skills: Choose 2 from Acrobatics, Athletics, History, Insight, Religion, Stealth You begin play with the following equipment, in addition to any equipment provided by your background. • (a) a shortsword or (b) any simple weapon • (a) a dungeoneer's pack or (b) an explorer's pack • 10 dart Alternatively, you may start with 5d4 gp and choose your own equipment. Source: Player's Handbook p. 76 Multiclass Monk To multiclass as a Monk, you must meet the following prerequisites: • Wisdom 13 You gain the following proficiencies: • Armor: none • Tools: none Source: Player's Handbook p. 76 none simple, shortswords any one type of artisan's tools or any one musical instrument of your choice 5d4 Unarmored Defense Beginning at 1st level, while you are wearing no armor and not wielding a shield, your AC equals 10 + your Dexterity modifier + your Wisdom modifier. Source: Player's Handbook p. 76 Martial Arts Your practice of martial arts gives you mastery of combat styles that use unarmed strikes and monk weapons, which are shortswords and any simple melee weapons that don't have the two-handed or heavy property. You gain the following benefits while you are unarmed or wielding only monk weapons and you aren't wearing armor or wielding a shield. • You can use Dexterity instead of Strength for the attack and damage rolls of your unarmed strikes and monk weapons. • You can roll a d4 in place of the normal damage of your unarmed strike or monk weapon. This die changes as you gain monk levels, as shown in the Martial Arts column of the Monk table. • When you use the Attack action with an unarmed strike or a monk weapon on your turn, you can make one unarmed strike as a bonus action. For example, if you take the Attack action and attack with a quarterstaff, you can also make an unarmed strike as a bonus action, assuming you haven't already taken a bonus action this turn. Certain monasteries use specialized forms of the monk weapons. For example, you might use a club that is two lengths of wood connected by a short chain (called a nunchaku) or a sickle with a shorter, straighter blade (called a kama). Source: Player's Handbook p. 76 Ki Starting at 2nd level, your training allows you to harness the mystic energy of ki. Your access to this energy is represented by a number of ki points. Your monk level determines the number of points you have, as shown in the Ki Points column of the Monk table. You can spend these points to fuel various ki features. You start knowing three such features: Flurry of Blows, Patient Defense, and Step of the Wind. You learn more ki features as you gain levels in this class. When you spend a ki point, it is unavailable until you finish a short or long rest, at the end of which you draw all of your expended ki back into yourself. You must spend at least 30 minutes of the rest meditating to regain your ki points. Some of your ki features require your target to make a saving throw to resist the feature's effects. The saving throw DC is calculated as follows: Flurry of Blows: Immediately after you take the Attack action on your turn, you can spend 1 ki point to make two unarmed strikes as a bonus action. Patient Defense: You can spend 1 ki point to take the Dodge action as a bonus action on your turn. Step of the Wind: You can spend 1 ki point to take the Disengage or Dash action as a bonus action on your turn, and your jump distance is doubled for the turn. Source: Player's Handbook p. 76 Unarmored Movement Starting at 2nd level, your speed increases by 10 feet while you are not wearing armor or wielding a shield. This bonus increases when you reach certain monk levels, as shown in the Monk table. At 9th level, you gain the ability to move along vertical surfaces and across liquids on your turn without falling during the move. Source: Player's Handbook p. 76 Deflect Missiles Starting at 3rd level, you can use your reaction to deflect or catch the missile when you are hit by a ranged weapon attack. When you do so, the damage you take from the attack is reduced by 1d10 + your Dexterity modifier + your monk level. If you reduce the damage to 0, you can catch the missile if it is small enough for you to hold in one hand and you have at least one hand free. If you catch a missile in this way, you can spend 1 ki point to make a ranged attack (range 20/60 feet) with the weapon or piece of ammunition you just caught, as part of the same reaction. You make this attack with proficiency, regardless of your weapon proficiencies, and the missile counts as a monk weapon for the attack. Source: Player's Handbook p. 76 Monastic Tradition When you reach 3rd level, you commit yourself to a monastic tradition, chosen from the list of available traditions. Your tradition grants you features at 3rd level and again at 6th, 11th, and 17th level. Source: Player's Handbook p. 76 Monastic Tradition: Way of Shadow Monks of the Way of Shadow follow a tradition that values stealth and subterfuge. These monks might be called ninjas or shadowdancers, and they serve as spies and assassins. Sometimes the members of a ninja monastery are family members, forming a clan sworn to secrecy about their arts and missions. Other monasteries are more like thieves' guilds, hiring out their services to nobles, rich merchants, or anyone else who can pay their fees. Regardless of their methods, the heads of these monasteries expect the unquestioning obedience of their students. Source: Player's Handbook p. 80 Way of Shadow: Shadow Arts You can use your ki to duplicate the effects of certain spells. As an action, you can spend 2 ki points to cast darkness, darkvision, pass without trace, or silence, without providing material components. Additionally, you gain the minor illusion cantrip if you don't already know it. Source: Player's Handbook p. 80 Monastic Tradition: Way of the Four Elements You follow a monastic tradition that teaches you to harness the elements. When you focus your ki, you can align yourself with the forces of creation and bend the four elements to your will, using them as an extension of your body. Some members of this tradition dedicate themselves to a single element, but others weave the elements together. Many monks of this tradition tattoo their bodies with representations of their ki powers, commonly imagined as coiling dragons, but also as phoenixes, fish, plants, mountains, and cresting waves. Source: Player's Handbook p. 80 Way of the Four Elements: Disciple of the Elements You learn magical disciplines that harness the power of the four elements. A discipline requires you to spend ki points each time you use it. You know the Elemental Attunement discipline and one other elemental discipline of your choice. You learn one additional elemental discipline of your choice at 6th, 11th, and 17th level. Whenever you learn a new elemental discipline, you can also replace one elemental discipline that you already know with a different discipline. Way of the Four Elements: Casting Elemental Spells Some elemental disciplines allow you to cast spells. See chapter 10 of the Player's Handbook for the general rules of spellcasting. To cast one of these spells, you use its casting time and other rules, but you don't need to provide material components for it. Once you reach 5th level in this class, you can spend additional ki points to increase the level of an elemental discipline spell that you cast, provided that the spell has an enhanced effect at a higher level, as burning hands does. The spell's level increases by 1 for each additional ki point you spend. For example, if you are a 5th-level monk and use Sweeping Cinder Strike to cast burning hands, you can spend 3 ki points to cast it as a 2nd-level spell (the discipline's base cost of 2 ki points plus 1). The maximum number of ki points you can spend to cast a spell in this way (including its base ki point cost and any additional ki points you spend to increase its level) is determined by your monk level, as shown in the Spells and Ki Points table. At 5th level, you may spend up to 3 ki points; this increases to 4 ki points at 9th level, 5 at 13th level, and 6 at 17th level. Spells and Ki Points Monk Levels | Maximum Ki Points for a Spell 5th-8th | 3 9th-12th | 4 13th-16th | 5 17th-20th | 6 Source: Player's Handbook p. 80 Way of the Four Elements: Elemental Disciplines The elemental disciplines are presented in alphabetical order. If a discipline requires a level, you must be the level in this class to learn the discipline. Way of the Four Elements: Breath of Winter (17th Level Required) Way of the Four Elements: Clench of the North Wind (6th Level Required) Way of the Four Elements: Eternal Mountain Defense (17th Level Required) Way of the Four Elements: Flames of the Phoenix (11th Level Required) Way of the Four Elements: Gong of the Summit (6th Level Required) Way of the Four Elements: Mist Stance (11th Level Required) Way of the Four Elements: Ride the Wind (11th Level Required) Way of the Four Elements: River of Hungry Flame (17th Level Required) Way of the Four Elements: Wave of Rolling Earth (17th Level Required) Source: Player's Handbook p. 80 Monastic Tradition: Way of the Open Hand Monks of the Way of the Open Hand are the ultimate masters of martial arts combat, whether armed or unarmed. They learn techniques to push and trip their opponents, manipulate ki to heal damage to their bodies, and practice advanced meditation that can protect them from harm. Source: Player's Handbook p. 79 Way of the Open Hand: Open Hand Technique You can manipulate your enemy's ki when you harness your own. Whenever you hit a creature with one of the attacks granted by your Flurry of Blows, you can impose one of the following effects on that target. • It must succeed on a Dexterity saving throw or be knocked prone. • It must make a Strength saving throw. If it fails, you can push it up to 15 feet away from you. • It can't take reactions until the end of your next turn. Source: Player's Handbook p. 79 Ability Score Improvement When you reach 4th level, you can increase one ability score of your choice by 2, or you can increase two ability scores of your choice by 1. As normal, you can't increase an ability score above 20 using this feature. If your DM allows the use of feats, you may instead take a feat. Source: Player's Handbook p. 76 Slow Fall Beginning at 4th level, you can use your reaction when you fall to reduce any falling damage you take by an amount equal to five times your monk level. Source: Player's Handbook p. 76 Extra Attack Beginning at 5th level, you can attack twice, instead of once, whenever you take the Attack action on your turn. Source: Player's Handbook p. 76 Stunning Strike Starting at 5th level, you can interfere with the flow of ki in an opponent's body. When you hit another creature with a melee weapon attack, you can spend 1 ki point to attempt a stunning strike. The target must succeed on a Constitution saving throw or be stunned until the end of your next turn. Source: Player's Handbook p. 76 Ki-Empowered Strikes Starting at 6th level, your unarmed strikes count as magical for the purpose of overcoming resistance and immunity to nonmagical attacks and damage. Source: Player's Handbook p. 76 Monastic Tradition feature At 6th level, you gain one feature granted by your Monastic Tradition. Source: Player's Handbook p. 76 Way of Shadow: Shadow Step You gain the ability to step from one shadow into another. When you are in dim light or darkness, as a bonus action you can teleport up to 60 feet to an unoccupied space you can see that is also in dim light or darkness. You then have advantage on the first melee attack you make before the end of the turn. Source: Player's Handbook p. 80 Way of the Four Elements: Extra Elemental Discipline You learn one additional elemental discipline of your choice. You should know 2 elemental disciplines, as well as Elemental Attunement. Whenever you learn a new elemental discipline, you can also replace one elemental discipline that you already know with a different discipline. Source: Player's Handbook p. 80 Way of the Open Hand: Wholeness of Body You gain the ability to heal yourself. As an action, you can regain hit points equal to three times your monk level. You must finish a long rest before you can use this feature again. Source: Player's Handbook p. 79 Evasion At 7th level, your instinctive agility lets you dodge out of the way of certain area effects, such as a blue dragon's lightning breath or a fireball spell. When you are subjected to an effect that allows you to make a Dexterity saving throw to take only half damage, you instead take no damage if you succeed on the saving throw, and only half damage if you fail. Source: Player's Handbook p. 76 Stillness of Mind Starting at 7th level, you can use your action to end one effect on yourself that is causing you to be charmed or frightened. Source: Player's Handbook p. 76 Ability Score Improvement When you reach 8th level, you can increase one ability score of your choice by 2, or you can increase two ability scores of your choice by 1. As normal, you can't increase an ability score above 20 using this feature. If your DM allows the use of feats, you may instead take a feat. Source: Player's Handbook p. 76 Unarmored Movement improvement At 9th level, you gain the ability to move along vertical surfaces and across liquids on your turn without falling during the move. Source: Player's Handbook p. 76 Purity of Body At 10th level, your mastery of the ki flowing through you makes you immune to disease and poison. Source: Player's Handbook p. 76 Monastic Tradition feature At 11th level, you gain one feature granted by your Monastic Tradition. Source: Player's Handbook p. 76 Way of Shadow: Cloak of Shadows By 11th level, you have learned to become one with the shadows. When you are in an area of dim light or darkness, you can use your action to become invisible. You remain invisible until you make an attack, cast a spell, or are in an area of bright light. Source: Player's Handbook p. 80 Way of the Four Elements: Extra Elemental Discipline You learn one additional elemental discipline of your choice. You should know 3 elemental disciplines, as well as Elemental Attunement. Whenever you learn a new elemental discipline, you can also replace one elemental discipline that you already know with a different discipline. Source: Player's Handbook p. 80 Way of the Open Hand: Tranquility Beginning at 11th level, you can enter a special meditation that surrounds you with an aura of peace. At the end of a long rest, you gain the effect of a sanctuary spell that lasts until the start of your next long rest (the spell can end early as normal). The saving throw DC for the spell equals 8 + your Wisdom modifier + your proficiency bonus. Source: Player's Handbook p. 79 Ability Score Improvement When you reach 12th level, you can increase one ability score of your choice by 2, or you can increase two ability scores of your choice by 1. As normal, you can't increase an ability score above 20 using this feature. If your DM allows the use of feats, you may instead take a feat. Source: Player's Handbook p. 76 Tongue of the Sun and Moon Starting at 13th level, you learn to touch the ki of other minds so that you understand all spoken languages. Moreover, any creature that can understand a language can understand what you say. Source: Player's Handbook p. 76 Diamond Soul Beginning at 14th level, your mastery of ki grants you proficiency in all saving throws. Additionally, whenever you make a saving throw and fail, you can spend 1 ki point to reroll it and take the second result. Source: Player's Handbook p. 76 Timeless Body At 15th level, your ki sustains you so that you suffer none of the frailty of old age, and you can't be aged magically. You can still die of old age, however. In addition, you no longer need food or water. Source: Player's Handbook p. 76 Ability Score Improvement When you reach 16th level, you can increase one ability score of your choice by 2, or you can increase two ability scores of your choice by 1. As normal, you can't increase an ability score above 20 using this feature. If your DM allows the use of feats, you may instead take a feat. Source: Player's Handbook p. 76 Monastic Tradition feature At 17th level, you gain one feature granted by your Monastic Tradition. Source: Player's Handbook p. 76 Way of Shadow: Opportunist At 17th level, you can exploit a creature's momentary distraction when it is hit by an attack. Whenever a creature within 5 feet of you is hit by an attack made by a creature other than you, you can use your reaction to make a melee attack against that creature. Source: Player's Handbook p. 80 Way of the Four Elements: Extra Elemental Discipline You learn one additional elemental discipline of your choice. You should know 4 elemental disciplines, as well as Elemental Attunement. Whenever you learn a new elemental discipline, you can also replace one elemental discipline that you already know with a different discipline. Source: Player's Handbook p. 80 Way of the Open Hand: Quivering Palm You gain the ability to set up lethal vibrations in someone's body. When you hit a creature with an unarmed strike, you can spend 3 ki points to start these imperceptible vibrations, which last for a number of days equal to your monk level. The vibrations are harmless unless you use your action to end them. To do so, you and the target must be on the same plane of existence. When you use this action, the creature must make a Constitution saving throw. If it fails, it is reduced to 0 hit points. If it succeeds, it takes 10d10 necrotic damage. You can have only one creature under the effect of this feature at a time. You can choose to end the vibrations harmlessly without using an action. Source: Player's Handbook p. 79 Empty Body Beginning at 18th level, you can use your action to spend 4 ki points to become invisible for 1 minute. During that time, you also have resistance to all damage but force damage. Additionally, you can spend 8 ki points to cast the astral projection spell, without needing material components. When you do so, you can't take any other creatures with you. Source: Player's Handbook p. 76 Ability Score Improvement When you reach 19th level, you can increase one ability score of your choice by 2, or you can increase two ability scores of your choice by 1. As normal, you can't increase an ability score above 20 using this feature. If your DM allows the use of feats, you may instead take a feat. Source: Player's Handbook p. 76 Perfect Self At 20th level, when you roll for initiative and have no ki points remaining, you regain 4 ki points. Source: Player's Handbook p. 76 Dedicated Weapon 2nd-level monk optional class features You train yourself to use a variety of weapons as monk weapons, not just simple melee weapons and shortswords. Whenever you finish a short or long rest, you can touch one weapon, focus your ki on it, and then count that weapon as a monk weapon until you use this feature again. The chosen weapon must meet these criteria: • The weapon must be a simple or martial weapon. • You must be proficient with it. • It must lack the heavy and special properties. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 48 Monastic Tradition: Way of Mercy Monks of the Way of Mercy learn to manipulate the life force of others to bring aid to those in need. They are wandering physicians to the poor and hurt. However, to those beyond their help, they bring a swift end as an act of mercy. Those who follow the Way of Mercy might be members of a religious order, administering to the needy and making grim choices rooted in reality rather than idealism. Some might be gentle-voiced healers, beloved by their communities, while others might be masked bringers of macabre mercies. The walkers of this way usually don robes with deep cowls, and they often conceal their faces with masks, presenting themselves as the faceless bringers of life and death. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 49 Way of Mercy: Hand of Harm 3rd-level Way of Mercy feature You use your ki to inflict wounds. When you hit a creature with an unarmed strike, you can spend 1 ki point to deal extra necrotic damage equal to one roll of your Martial Arts die + your Wisdom modifier. You can use this feature only once per turn. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 49 Way of Mercy: Hand of Healing 3rd-level Way of Mercy feature Your mystical touch can mend wounds. As an action, you can spend 1 ki point to touch a creature and restore a number of hit points equal to a roll of your Martial Arts die + your Wisdom modifier. When you use your Flurry of Blows, you can replace one of the unarmed strikes with a use of this feature without spending a ki point for the healing. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 49 Way of Mercy: Implements of Mercy 3rd-level Way of Mercy feature You gain proficiency in the Insight and Medicine skills, and you gain proficiency with the herbalism kit. You also gain a special mask, which you often wear when using the features of this subclass. You determine its appearance, or generate it randomly by rolling on the Merciful Mask table. Merciful Mask d6 | Mask Appearance 1 | Raven 2 | Blank and white 3 | Crying visage 4 | Laughing visage 5 | Skull 6 | Butterfly Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 49 Monastic Tradition: Way of the Astral Self A monk who follows the Way of the Astral Self believes their body is an illusion. They see their ki as a representation of their true form, an astral self. This astral self has the capacity to be a force of order or disorder, with some monasteries training students to use their power to protect the weak and other instructing aspirants in how to manifest their rue selves in service to the mighty. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 50 Way of the Astral Self: Arms of the Astral Self 3rd-level Way of the Astral Self feature Your mastery of your ki allows you to summon a portion of your astral self. As a bonus action, you can spend 1 ki point to summon the arms of your astral self. When you do so, each creature of your choice that you can see within 10 feet of you must succeed on a Dexterity saving throw or take force damage equal to two rolls of your Martial Arts die. For 10 minutes, these spectral arms hover near your shoulders or surround your arms (your choice). You determine the arms' appearance, and they vanish early if you are incapacitated or die. While the spectral arms are present, you gain the following benefits: • You can use your Wisdom modifier in place of your Strength modifier when making Strength checks and Strength saving throws. • You can use the spectral arms to make unarmed strikes. • When you make an unarmed strike with the arms on your turn, your reach for it is 5 feet greater than normal. • The unarmed strikes you make with the arms can use your Wisdom modifier in place of your Strength or Dexterity modifier for the attack and damage rolls, and their damage type is force. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 50 Way of the Astral Self: Forms of Your Astral Self The astral self is a translucent embodiment of the monk's soul. As a result, an astral self can reflect aspects of a monk's background, ideals, flaws, and bonds, and an astral self doesn't necessarily look anything like the monk. For example, the astral self of a lanky human might be reminiscent of a minotaur-the strength of which the monk feels within. Similarly, an orc monk might manifest gossamer arms and a delicate visage, representing the gentle beauty of the orc's soul. Each astral self is unique, and some of the monks of this monastic tradition are known more for the appearance of their astral self than for their physical appearance. When choosing this path, consider the quirks that define your monk. Are you obsessed with something? Are you driven by justice or a selfish desire? Any of these motivations could manifest in the form of your astral self. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 50 Ki-Fueled Attack 3rd-level monk optional class features If you spend 1 ki point or more as part of your action on your turn, you can make one attack with an unarmed strike or a monk weapon as a bonus action before the end of the turn. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 48 Quickened Healing 4th-level monk optional class features As an action, you can spend 2 ki points and roll a Martial Arts die. You regain a number of hit points equal to the number rolled plus your proficiency bonus. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 48 Focused Aim 5th-level monk optional class features When you miss with an attack roll, you can spend 1 to 3 ki points to increase your attack roll by 2 for each of these ki points you spend, potentially turning the miss into a hit. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 48 Way of Mercy: Physician's Touch 6th-level Way of Mercy feature You can administer even greater cures with a touch, and if you feel it's necessary, you can use your knowledge to cause harm. When you use Hand of Healing on a creature, you can also end one disease or one of the following conditions affecting the creature: blinded, deafened, paralyzed, poisoned, or stunned. When you use Hand of Harm on a creature, you can subject that creature to the poisoned condition until the end of your next turn. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 49 Way of the Astral Self: Visage of the Astral Self 6th-level Way of the Astral Self feature You can summon the visage of your astral self. As a bonus action, or as part of the bonus action you take to activate Arms of the Astral Self, you can spend 1 ki point to summon this visage for 10 minutes. It vanishes early if you are incapacitated or die. The spectral visage covers your face like a helmet or mask. You determine its appearance. While the spectral visage is present, you gain the following benefits. Way of the Astral Self: Astral Sight You can see normally in darkness, both magical and nonmagical, to a distance of 120 feet. Way of the Astral Self: Wisdom of the Spirit You have advantage on Wisdom (Insight) and Charisma (Intimidation) checks. Way of the Astral Self: Word of the Spirit When you speak, you can direct your words to a creature of your choice that you can see within 60 feet of you, making it so only that creature can hear you. Alternatively, you can amplify your voice so that all creatures within 600 feet can hear you. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 50 Way of Mercy: Flurry of Healing and Harm 11th-level Way of Mercy feature You can now mete out a flurry of comfort and hurt. When you use Flurry of Blows, you can now replace each of the unarmed strikes with a use of your Hand of Healing, without spending ki points for the healing. In addition, when you make an unarmed strike with Flurry of Blows, you can use Hand of Harm with that strike without spending the ki point for Hand of Harm. You can still use Hand of Harm only once per turn. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 49 Way of the Astral Self: Body of the Astral Self 11th-level Way of the Astral Self feature When you have both your astral arms and visage summoned, you can cause the body of your astral self to appear (no action required). This spectral body covers your physical form like a suit of armor, connecting with the arms and visage. You determine its appearance. While the spectral body is present, you gain the following benefits. Way of the Astral Self: Deflect Energy When you take acid, cold, fire, force, lightning, or thunder damage, you can use your reaction to deflect it. When you do so, the damage you take is reduced by 1d10 + your Wisdom modifier (minimum reduction of 1). Way of the Astral Self: Empowered Arms Once on each of your turns when you hit a target with the Arms of the Astral Self, you can deal extra damage to the target equal to your Martial Arts die. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 50 Way of Mercy: Hand of Ultimate Mercy 17th-level Way of Mercy feature Your mastery of life energy opens the door to the ultimate mercy. As an action, you can touch the corpse of a creature that died within the past 24 hours and expend 5 ki points. The creature then returns to life, regaining a number of hit points equal to 4d10 + your Wisdom modifier. If the creature died while subject to any of the following conditions, it revives with them removed: blinded, deafened, paralyzed, poisoned, and stunned. Once you use this feature, you can't use it again until you finish a long rest. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 49 Way of the Astral Self: Awakened Astral Self 17th-level Way of the Astral Self feature Your connection to your astral self is complete, allowing you to unleash its full potential. As a bonus action, you can spend 5 ki points to summon the arms, visage, and body of your astral self and awaken it for 10 minutes. This awakening ends early if you are incapacitated or die. While your astral self is awakened, you gain the following benefits. Way of the Astral Self: Armor of the Spirit You gain a +2 bonus to Armor Class. Way of the Astral Self: Astral Barrage Whenever you use the Extra Attack feature to attack twice, you can instead attack three times if all the attacks are made with your astral arms. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 50 Monastic Tradition: Way of the Drunken Master The Way of the Drunken Master teaches its students to move with the jerky, unpredictable movements of a drunkard. A drunken master sways, tottering on unsteady feet, to present what seems like an incompetent combatant who proves frustrating to engage. The drunken master's erratic stumbles conceal a carefully executed dance of blocks, parries, advances, attacks, and retreats. A drunken master often enjoys playing the fool to bring gladness to the despondent or to demonstrate humility to the arrogant, but when battle is joined, the drunken master can be a maddening, masterful foe. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 33 Way of the Drunken Master: Bonus Proficiencies When you choose this tradition at 3rd level, you gain proficiency in the Performance skill if you don't already have it. Your martial arts technique mixes combat training with the precision of a dancer and the antics of a jester. You also gain proficiency with brewer's supplies if you don't already have it. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 33 Way of the Drunken Master: Drunken Technique At 3rd level, you learn how to twist and turn quickly as part of your Flurry of Blows. Whenever you use Flurry of Blows, you gain the benefit of the Disengage action, and your walking speed increases by 10 feet until the end of the current turn. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 33 Monastic Tradition: Way of the Kensei Monks of the Way of the Kensei train relentlessly with their weapons, to the point where the weapon becomes an extension of the body. Founded on a mastery of sword fighting, the tradition has expanded to include many different weapons. A kensei sees a weapon in much the same way a calligrapher or painter regards a pen or brush. Whatever the weapon, the kensei views it as a tool used to express the beauty and precision of the martial arts. That such mastery makes a kensei a peerless warrior is but a side effect of intense devotion, practice, and study. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 34 Way of the Kensei: Path of the Kensei When you choose this tradition at 3rd level, your special martial arts training leads you to master the use of certain weapons. This path also includes instruction in the deft strokes of calligraphy or painting. You gain the following benefits. Way of the Kensei: Kensei Weapons Choose two types of weapons to be your kensei weapons: one melee weapon and one ranged weapon. Each of these weapons can be any simple or martial weapon that lacks the heavy and special properties. The longbow is also a valid choice. You gain proficiency with these weapons if you don't already have it. Weapons of the chosen types are monk weapons for you. Many of this tradition's features work only with your kensei weapons. When you reach 6th, 11th, and 17th level in this class, you can choose another type of weapon—either melee or ranged—to be a kensei weapon for you, following the criteria above. Way of the Kensei: Way of the Brush You gain proficiency with your choice of calligrapher's supplies or painter's supplies. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 34 Way of the Kensei: Agile Parry If you make an unarmed strike as part of the Attack action on your turn and are holding a kensei weapon, you can use it to defend yourself if it is a melee weapon. You gain a +2 bonus to AC until the start of your next turn, while the weapon is in your hand and you aren't incapacitated. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 34 Way of the Kensei: Kensei's Shot You can use a bonus action on your turn to make your ranged attacks with a kensei weapon more deadly. When you do so, any target you hit with a ranged attack using a kensei weapon takes an extra 1d4 damage of the weapon's type. You retain this benefit until the end of the current turn. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 34 Monastic Tradition: Way of the Sun Soul Monks of the Way of the Sun Soul learn to channel their life energy into searing bolts of light. They teach that meditation can unlock the ability to unleash the indomitable light shed by the soul of every living creature. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 35 Way of the Sun Soul: Radiant Sun Bolt Starting when you choose this tradition at 3rd level, you can hurl searing bolts of magical radiance. You gain a new attack option that you can use with the Attack action. This special attack is a ranged spell attack with a range of 30 feet. You are proficient with it, and you add your Dexterity modifier to its attack and damage rolls. Its damage is radiant, and its damage die is a d4. This die changes as you gain monk levels, as shown in the Martial Arts column of the Monk table. When you take the Attack action on your turn and use this special attack as part of it, you can spend 1 ki point to make the special attack twice as a bonus action. When you gain the Extra Attack feature, this special attack can be used for any of the attacks you make as part of the Attack action. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 35 Way of the Drunken Master: Tipsy Sway Starting at 6th level, you can move in sudden, swaying ways. You gain the following benefits. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 33 Way of the Drunken Master: Leap to Your Feet When you're prone, you can stand up by spending 5 feet of movement, rather than half your speed. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 33 Way of the Drunken Master: Redirect Attack When a creature misses you with a melee attack roll, you can spend 1 ki point as a reaction to cause that attack to hit one creature of your choice, other than the attacker, that you can see within 5 feet of you. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 33 Way of the Kensei: One with the Blade At 6th level, you extend your ki into your kensei weapons, granting you the following benefits. Way of the Kensei: Magic Kensei Weapons Your attacks with your kensei weapons count as magical for the purpose of overcoming resistance and immunity to nonmagical attacks and damage. Way of the Kensei: Deft Strike When you hit a target with a kensei weapon, you can spend 1 ki point to cause the weapon to deal extra damage to the target equal to your Martial Arts die. You can use this feature only once on each of your turns. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 34 Way of the Sun Soul: Searing Arc Strike At 6th level, you gain the ability to channel your ki into searing waves of energy. Immediately after you take the Attack action on your turn, you can spend 2 ki points to cast the burning hands spell as a bonus action. You can spend additional ki points to cast burning hands as a higher-level spell. Each additional ki point you spend increases the spell's level by 1. The maximum number of ki points (2 plus any additional points) that you can spend on the spell equals half your monk level. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 35 Way of the Drunken Master: Drunkard's Luck Starting at 11th level, you always seem to get a lucky bounce at the right moment. When you make an ability check, an attack roll, or a saving throw and have disadvantage on the roll, you can spend 2 ki points to cancel the disadvantage for that roll. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 33 Way of the Kensei: Sharpen the Blade At 11th level, you gain the ability to augment your weapons further with your ki. As a bonus action, you can expend up to 3 ki points to grant one kensei weapon you touch a bonus to attack and damage rolls when you attack with it. The bonus equals the number of ki points you spent. This bonus lasts for 1 minute or until you use this feature again. This feature has no effect on a magic weapon that already has a bonus to attack and damage rolls. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 34 Way of the Sun Soul: Searing Sunburst At 11th level, you gain the ability to create an orb of light that erupts into a devastating explosion. As an action, you magically create an orb and hurl it at a point you choose within 150 feet, where it erupts into a sphere of radiant light for a brief but deadly instant. Each creature in that 20-foot-radius sphere must succeed on a Constitution saving throw or take 2d6 radiant damage. A creature doesn't need to make the save if the creature is behind total cover that is opaque. You can increase the sphere's damage by spending ki points. Each point you spend, to a maximum of 3, increases the damage by 2d6. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 35 Way of the Drunken Master: Intoxicated Frenzy At 17th level, you gain the ability to make an overwhelming number of attacks against a group of enemies. When you use your Flurry of Blows, you can make up to three additional attacks with it (up to a total of five Flurry of Blows attacks), provided that each Flurry of Blows attack targets a different creature this turn. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 33 Way of the Kensei: Unerring Accuracy At 17th level, your mastery of weapons grants you extraordinary accuracy. If you miss with an attack roll using a monk weapon on your turn, you can reroll it. You can use this feature only once on each of your turns. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 34 Way of the Sun Soul: Sun Shield At 17th level, you become wreathed in a luminous, magical aura. You shed bright light in a 30-foot radius and dim light for an additional 30 feet. You can extinguish or restore the light as a bonus action. If a creature hits you with a melee attack while this light shines, you can use your reaction to deal radiant damage to the creature. The radiant damage equals 5 + your Wisdom modifier. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 35 Monastic Tradition: Way of the Long Death Monks of the Way of the Long Death are obsessed with the meaning and mechanics of dying. They capture creatures and prepare elaborate experiments to capture, record, and understand the moments of their demise. They use this knowledge to guide their understanding of martial arts, yielding a deadly fighting style. Source: Sword Coast Adventurer's Guide p. 130 Way of the Long Death: Touch of Death Starting when you choose this tradition at 3rd level, your study of death allows you to extract vitality from another creature as it nears its demise. When you reduce a creature within 5 feet of you to 0 hit points, you gain temporary hit points equal to your Wisdom modifier + your monk level (minimum of 1 temporary hit point). Source: Sword Coast Adventurer's Guide p. 130 Way of the Long Death: Hour of Reaping At 6th level, you gain the ability to unsettle or terrify those around you as an action, for your soul has been touched by the shadow of death. When you take this action, each creature within 30 feet of you that can see you must succeed on a Wisdom saving throw or be frightened of you until the end of your next turn. Source: Sword Coast Adventurer's Guide p. 130 Way of the Long Death: Mastery of Death Beginning at 11th level, you use your familiarity with death to escape its grasp. When you are reduced to 0 hit points, you can expend 1 ki point (no action required) to have 1 hit point instead. Source: Sword Coast Adventurer's Guide p. 130 Way of the Long Death: Touch of the Long Death Starting at 17th level, your touch can channel the energy of death into a creature. As an action, you touch one creature within 5 feet of you, and you expend 1 to 10 ki points. The target must make a Constitution saving throw, and it takes 2d10 necrotic damage per ki point spent on a failed save, or half as much damage on a successful one. Source: Sword Coast Adventurer's Guide p. 130 Paladin 10 Wisdom, Charisma, Athletics, Insight, Intimidation, Medicine, Persuasion, Religion 2 Charisma Starting Paladin As a 1st-level Paladin, you begin play with 10+your Constitution modifier hit points. You are proficient with the following items, in addition to any proficiencies provided by your race or background. • Armor: light, medium, heavy, shields • Weapons: simple, martial • Tools: none • Skills: Choose 2 from Athletics, Insight, Intimidation, Medicine, Persuasion, Religion You begin play with the following equipment, in addition to any equipment provided by your background. • (a) a martial weapon and a shield or (b) two martial weapons • (a) five javelin or (b) any simple melee weapon • (a) a priest's pack or (b) an explorer's pack • Chain mail and a holy symbol Alternatively, you may start with 5d4 x 10 gp and choose your own equipment. Source: Player's Handbook p. 82 Multiclass Paladin To multiclass as a Paladin, you must meet the following prerequisites: • Charisma 13 You gain the following proficiencies: • Armor: light, medium, shields • Tools: none Source: Player's Handbook p. 82 light, medium, heavy, shields simple, martial none 5d4x10 Divine Sense The presence of strong evil registers on your senses like a noxious odor, and powerful good rings like heavenly music in your ears. As an action, you can open your awareness to detect such forces. Until the end of your next turn, you know the location of any celestial, fiend, or undead within 60 feet of you that is not behind total cover. You know the type (celestial, fiend, or undead) of any being whose presence you sense, but not its identity (the vampire Count Strahd von Zarovich, for instance). Within the same radius, you also detect the presence of any place or object that has been consecrated or desecrated, as with the hallow spell. You can use this feature a number of times equal to 1 + your Charisma modifier. When you finish a long rest, you regain all expended uses. Source: Player's Handbook p. 82 Lay on Hands Your blessed touch can heal wounds. You have a pool of healing power that replenishes when you take a long rest. With that pool, you can restore a total number of hit points equal to your paladin level x 5. As an action, you can touch a creature and draw power from the pool to restore a number of hit points to that creature, up to the maximum amount remaining in your pool. Alternatively, you can expend 5 hit points from your pool of healing to cure the target of one disease or neutralize one poison affecting it. You can cure multiple diseases and neutralize multiple poisons with a single use of Lay on Hands, expending hit points separately for each one. This feature has no effect on undead and constructs. Source: Player's Handbook p. 82 0, 2 Divine Smite Starting at 2nd level, when you hit a creature with a melee weapon attack, you can expend one spell slot to deal radiant damage to the target, in addition to the weapon's damage. The extra damage is 2d8 for a 1st-level spell slot, plus 1d8 for each spell level higher than 1st, to a maximum of 5d8. The damage increases by 1d8 if the target is an undead or a fiend, to a maximum of 6d8. Source: Player's Handbook p. 82 Fighting Style At 2nd level, you adopt a particular style of fighting as your specialty. Choose one of the following options. You can't take the same Fighting Style option more than once, even if you get to choose again. Source: Player's Handbook p. 82 Fighting Style: Defense While you are wearing armor, you gain a +1 bonus to AC. Source: Player's Handbook p. 82 Fighting Style: Dueling When you are wielding a melee weapon in one hand and no other weapons, you gain a +2 bonus to damage rolls with that weapon. Source: Player's Handbook p. 82 Fighting Style: Great Weapon Fighting When you roll a 1 or 2 on a damage die for an attack you make with a melee weapon that you are wielding with two hands, you can reroll the die and must use the new roll, even if the new roll is a 1 or a 2. The weapon must have the two-handed or versatile property for you to gain this benefit. Source: Player's Handbook p. 82 Fighting Style: Protection When a creature you can see attacks a target other than you that is within 5 feet of you, you can use your reaction to impose disadvantage on the attack roll. You must be wielding a shield. Source: Player's Handbook p. 82 Spellcasting By 2nd level, you have learned to draw on divine magic through meditation and prayer to cast spells as a cleric does. See chapter 10 for the general rules of spellcasting and chapter 11 for the paladin spell list. Preparing and Casting Spells: The Paladin table shows how many spell slots you have to cast your paladin spells. To cast one of your paladin spells of 1st level or higher, you must expend a slot of the spell's level or higher. You regain all expended spell slots when you finish a long rest. You prepare the list of paladin spells that are available for you to cast, choosing from the paladin spell list. When you do so, choose a number of paladin spells equal to your Charisma modifier + half your paladin level, rounded down (minimum of one spell). The spells must be of a level for which you have spell slots. For example, if you are a 5th-level paladin, you have four 1st-level and two 2nd-level spell slots. With a Charisma of 14, your list of prepared spells can include four spells of 1st or 2nd-level, in any combination. If you prepare the 1st-level spell cure wounds, you can cast it using a 1st-level or a 2nd-level slot. Casting the spell doesn't remove it from your list of prepared spells. You can change your list of prepared spells when you finish a long rest. Preparing a new list of paladin spells requires time spent in prayer and meditation: at least 1 minute per spell level for each spell on your list. Spellcasting Ability: Charisma is your spellcasting ability for your paladin spells, since their power derives from the strength of your convictions. You use your Charisma whenever a spell refers to your spellcasting ability. In addition, you use your Charisma modifier when setting the saving throw DC for a paladin spell you cast and when making an attack roll with one. Spellcasting Focus: You can use a holy symbol as a spellcasting focus for your paladin spells. Source: Player's Handbook p. 82 0, 3 Divine Health By 3rd level, the divine magic flowing through you makes you immune to disease. Source: Player's Handbook p. 82 Sacred Oath When you reach 3rd level, you swear the oath that binds you as a paladin forever. Up to this time you have been in a preparatory stage, committed to the path but not yet sworn to it. Now you choose from the list of available oaths. Your choice grants you features at 3rd level and again at 7th, 15th, and 20th level. Those features include oath spells and the Channel Divinity feature. Oath Spells: Each oath has a list of associated spells. You gain access to these spells at the levels specified in the oath description. Once you gain access to an oath spell, you always have it prepared. Oath spells don't count against the number of spells you can prepare each day. If you gain an oath spell that doesn't appear on the paladin spell list, the spell is nonetheless a paladin spell for you. Channel Divinity: Your oath allows you to channel divine energy to fuel magical effects. Each Channel Divinity option provided by your oath explains how to use it. When you use your Channel Divinity, you choose which option to use. You must then finish a short or long rest to use your Channel Divinity again. Some Channel Divinity effects require saving throws. When you use such an effect from this class, the DC equals your paladin spell save DC. Breaking Your Oath: A paladin tries to hold to the highest standards of conduct, but even the most virtuous paladin is fallible. Sometimes the right path proves too demanding, sometimes a situation calls for the lesser of two evils, and sometimes the heat of emotion causes a paladin to transgress his or her oath. A paladin who has broken a vow typically seeks absolution from a cleric who shares his or her faith or from another paladin of the same order. The paladin might spend an all-night vigil in prayer as a sign of penitence, or undertake a fast or similar act of self-denial. After a rite of confession and forgiveness, the paladin starts fresh. If a paladin willfully violates his or her oath and shows no sign of repentance, the consequences can be more serious. At the DM's discretion, an impenitent paladin might be forced to abandon this class and adopt another, or perhaps to take the Oathbreaker paladin option that appears in the Dungeon Master's Guide. Source: Player's Handbook p. 82 Sacred Oath: Oath of Devotion The Oath of Devotion binds a paladin to the loftiest ideals of justice, virtue, and order. Sometimes called cavaliers, white knights, or holy warriors, these paladins meet the ideal of the knight in shining armor, acting with honor in pursuit of justice and the greater good. They hold themselves to the highest standards of conduct, and some, for better or worse, hold the rest of the world to the same standards. Many who swear this oath are devoted to gods of law and good and use their gods' tenets as the measure of their devotion. They hold angels—the perfect servants of good—as their ideals, and incorporate images of angelic wings into their helmets or coats of arms. Source: Player's Handbook p. 85 Oath of Devotion: Channel Divinity: Sacred Weapon As an action, you can imbue one weapon that you are holding with positive energy, using your Channel Divinity. For 1 minute, you add your Charisma modifier to attack rolls made with that weapon (with a minimum bonus of +1). The weapon also emits bright light in a 20-foot radius and dim light 20 feet beyond that. If the weapon is not already magical, it becomes magical for the duration. You can end this effect on your turn as part of any other action. If you are no longer holding or carrying this weapon, or if you fall unconscious, this effect ends. Source: Player's Handbook p. 85 Oath of Devotion: Channel Divinity: Turn the Unholy As an action, you present your holy symbol and speak a prayer censuring fiends and undead, using your Channel Divinity. Each fiend or undead that can see or hear you within 30 feet of you must make a Wisdom saving throw. If the creature fails its saving throw, it is turned for 1 minute or until it takes damage. A turned creature must spend its turns trying to move as far away from you as it can, and it can't willingly move to a space within 30 feet of you. It also can't take reactions. For its action, it can use only the Dash action or try to escape from an effect that prevents it from moving. If there's nowhere to move, the creature can use the Dodge action. Source: Player's Handbook p. 85 Oath of Devotion: Oath Spells You gain oath spells at the paladin levels listed. Oath of Devotion Spells Paladin Level | Spells 3rd | protection from evil and good, sanctuary 5th | lesser restoration, zone of truth 9th | beacon of hope, dispel magic 13th | freedom of movement, guardian of faith 17th | commune, flame strike Source: Player's Handbook p. 85 Oath of Devotion: Tenets of Devotion Though the exact words and strictures of the Oath of Devotion vary, paladins of this oath share these tenets. Honesty Don't lie or cheat. Let your word be your promise. Courage Never fear to act, though caution is wise. Compassion Aid others, protect the weak, and punish those who threaten them. Show mercy to your foes, but temper it with wisdom. Honor Treat others with fairness, and let your honorable deeds be an example to them. Do as much good as possible while causing the least amount of harm. Duty Be responsible for your actions and their consequences, protect those entrusted to your care, and obey those who have just authority over you. Source: Player's Handbook p. 85 Sacred Oath: Oath of the Ancients The Oath of the Ancients is as old as the race of elves and the rituals of the druids. Sometimes called fey knights, green knights, or horned knights, paladins who swear this oath cast their lot with the side of the light in the cosmic struggle against darkness because they love the beautiful and life-giving things of the world, not necessarily because they believe in principles of honor, courage, and justice. They adorn their armor and clothing with images of growing things—leaves, antlers, or flowers—to reflect their commitment to preserving life and light in the world. Source: Player's Handbook p. 86 Oath of the Ancients: Channel Divinity: Nature's Wrath You can use your Channel Divinity to invoke primeval forces to ensnare a foe. As an action, you can cause spectral vines to spring up and reach for a creature within 10 feet of you that you can see. The creature must succeed on a Strength or Dexterity saving throw (its choice) or be restrained. While restrained by the vines, the creature repeats the saving throw at the end of each of its turns. On a success, it frees itself and the vines vanish. Source: Player's Handbook p. 86 Oath of the Ancients: Channel Divinity: Turn the Faithless You can use your Channel Divinity to utter ancient words that are painful for fey and fiends to hear. As an action, you present your holy symbol, and each fey or fiend within 30 feet of you that can hear you must make a Wisdom saving throw. On a failed save, the creature is turned for 1 minute or until it takes damage. A turned creature must spend its turns trying to move as far away from you as it can, and it can't willingly move to a space within 30 feet of you. It also can't take reactions. For its action, it can use only the Dash action or try to escape from an effect that prevents it from moving. If there's nowhere to move, the creature can use the Dodge action. If the creature's true form is concealed by an illusion, shapeshifting, or other effect, that form is revealed while it is turned. Source: Player's Handbook p. 86 Oath of the Ancients: Oath Spells You gain oath spells at the paladin levels listed. Oath of the Ancients Spells Paladin Level | Spells 3rd | ensnaring strike, speak with animals 5th | moonbeam, misty step 9th | plant growth, protection from energy 13th | ice storm, stoneskin 17th | commune with nature, tree stride Source: Player's Handbook p. 86 Oath of the Ancients: Tenets of the Ancients The tenets of the Oath of the Ancients have been preserved for uncounted centuries. This oath emphasizes the principles of good above any concerns of law or chaos. Its four central principles are simple. Oath of the Ancients: Kindle the Light Through your acts of mercy, kindness, and forgiveness, kindle the light of hope in the world, beating back despair. Oath of the Ancients: Shelter the Light Where there is good, beauty, love, and laughter in the world, stand against the wickedness that would swallow it. Where life flourishes, stand against the forces that would render it barren. Oath of the Ancients: Preserve Your Own Light Delight in song and laughter, in beauty and art. If you allow the light to die in your own heart, you can't preserve it in the world. Oath of the Ancients: Be the Light Be a glorious beacon for all who live in despair. Let the light of your joy and courage shine forth in all your deeds. Source: Player's Handbook p. 86 Sacred Oath: Oath of Vengeance The Oath of Vengeance is a solemn commitment to punish those who have committed a grievous sin. When evil forces slaughter helpless villagers, when an entire people turns against the will of the gods, when a thieves' guild grows too violent and powerful, when a dragon rampages through the countryside - at times like these, paladins arise and swear an Oath of Vengeance to set right that which has gone wrong. To these paladins—sometimes called avengers or dark knights—their own purity is not as important as delivering justice. Source: Player's Handbook p. 87 Oath of Vengeance: Channel Divinity: Abjure Enemy As an action, you present your holy symbol and speak a prayer of denunciation, using your Channel Divinity. Choose one creature within 60 feet of you that you can see. That creature must make a Wisdom saving throw, unless it is immune to being frightened. Fiends and undead have disadvantage on this saving throw. On a failed save, the creature is frightened for 1 minute or until it takes any damage. While frightened, the creature's speed is 0, and it can't benefit from any bonus to its speed. On a successful save, the creature's speed is halved for 1 minute or until the creature takes any damage. Source: Player's Handbook p. 87 Oath of Vengeance: Channel Divinity: Vow of Enmity As a bonus action, you can utter a vow of enmity against a creature you can see within 10 feet of you, using your Channel Divinity. You gain advantage on attack rolls against the creature for 1 minute or until it drops to 0 hit points or falls unconscious. Source: Player's Handbook p. 87 Oath of Vengeance: Oath Spells You gain oath spells at the paladin levels listed. Oath of Vengeance Spells Paladin Level | Spells 3rd | bane, hunter's mark 5th | hold person, misty step 9th | haste, protection from energy 13th | banishment, dimension door 17th | hold monster, scrying Source: Player's Handbook p. 87 Oath of Vengeance: Tenets of Vengeance The tenets of the Oath of Vengeance vary by paladin, but all the tenets revolve around punishing wrongdoers by any means necessary. Paladins who uphold these tenets are willing to sacrifice even their own righteousness to mete out justice upon those who do evil, so the paladins are often neutral or lawful neutral in alignment. The core principles of the tenets are brutally simple. Oath of Vengeance: Fight the Greater Evil Faced with a choice of fighting my sworn foes or combating a lesser evil, I choose the greater evil. Oath of Vengeance: No Mercy for the Wicked Ordinary foes might win my mercy, but my sworn enemies do not. Oath of Vengeance: By Any Means Necessary My qualms can't get in the way of exterminating my foes. Oath of Vengeance: Restitution If my foes wreak ruin on the world, it is because I failed to stop them. I must help those harmed by their misdeeds. Source: Player's Handbook p. 87 0, 3 Ability Score Improvement When you reach 4th level, you can increase one ability score of your choice by 2, or you can increase two ability scores of your choice by 1. As normal, you can't increase an ability score above 20 using this feature. If your DM allows the use of feats, you may instead take a feat. Source: Player's Handbook p. 82 0, 4, 2 Extra Attack Beginning at 5th level, you can attack twice, instead of once, whenever you take the Attack action on your turn. Source: Player's Handbook p. 82 0, 4, 2 Aura of Protection Starting at 6th level, whenever you or a friendly creature within 10 feet of you must make a saving throw, the creature gains a bonus to the saving throw equal to your Charisma modifier (with a minimum bonus of +1). You must be conscious to grant this bonus. At 18th level, the range of this aura increases to 30 feet. Source: Player's Handbook p. 82 0, 4, 3 Sacred Oath feature At 7th level, you gain a feature granted to you by your Sacred Oath. Source: Player's Handbook p. 82 Oath of Devotion: Aura of Devotion Starting at 7th level, you and friendly creatures within 10 feet of you can't be charmed while you are conscious. At 18th level, the range of this aura increases to 30 feet. Source: Player's Handbook p. 85 Oath of the Ancients: Aura of Warding Beginning at 7th level, ancient magic lies so heavily upon you that it forms an eldritch ward. You and friendly creatures within 10 feet of you have resistance to damage from spells. At 18th level, the range of this aura increases to 30 feet. Source: Player's Handbook p. 86 Oath of Vengeance: Relentless Avenger By 7th level, your supernatural focus helps you close off a foe's retreat. When you hit a creature with an opportunity attack, you can move up to half your speed immediately after the attack and as part of the same reaction. This movement doesn't provoke opportunity attacks. Source: Player's Handbook p. 87 0, 4, 3 Ability Score Improvement When you reach 8th level, you can increase one ability score of your choice by 2, or you can increase two ability scores of your choice by 1. As normal, you can't increase an ability score above 20 using this feature. If your DM allows the use of feats, you may instead take a feat. Source: Player's Handbook p. 82 0, 4, 3, 2 0, 4, 3, 2 Aura of Courage Starting at 10th level, you and friendly creatures within 10 feet of you can't be frightened while you are conscious. At 18th level, the range of this aura increases to 30 feet. Source: Player's Handbook p. 82 0, 4, 3, 3 Improved Divine Smite By 11th level, you are so suffused with righteous might that all your melee weapon strikes carry divine power with them. Whenever you hit a creature with a melee weapon, the creature takes an extra 1d8 radiant damage. Source: Player's Handbook p. 82 0, 4, 3, 3 Ability Score Improvement When you reach 12th level, you can increase one ability score of your choice by 2, or you can increase two ability scores of your choice by 1. As normal, you can't increase an ability score above 20 using this feature. If your DM allows the use of feats, you may instead take a feat. Source: Player's Handbook p. 82 0, 4, 3, 3, 1 0, 4, 3, 3, 1 Cleansing Touch Beginning at 14th level, you can use your action to end one spell on yourself or on one willing creature that you touch. You can use this feature a number of times equal to your Charisma modifier (a minimum of once). You regain expended uses when you finish a long rest. Source: Player's Handbook p. 82 0, 4, 3, 3, 2 Sacred Oath feature At 15th level, you gain a feature granted to you by your Sacred Oath. Source: Player's Handbook p. 82 Oath of Devotion: Purity of Spirit Beginning at 15th level, you are always under the effects of a protection from evil and good spell. Source: Player's Handbook p. 85 Oath of the Ancients: Undying Sentinel Starting at 15th level, when you are reduced to 0 hit points and are not killed outright, you can choose to drop to 1 hit point instead. Once you use this ability, you can't use it again until you finish a long rest. Additionally, you suffer none of the drawbacks of old age, and you can't be aged magically. Source: Player's Handbook p. 86 Oath of Vengeance: Soul of Vengeance Starting at 15th level, the authority with which you speak your Vow of Enmity gives you greater power over your foe. When a creature under the effect of your Vow of Enmity makes an attack, you can use your reaction to make a melee weapon attack against that creature if it is within range. Source: Player's Handbook p. 87 0, 4, 3, 3, 2 Ability Score Improvement When you reach 16th level, you can increase one ability score of your choice by 2, or you can increase two ability scores of your choice by 1. As normal, you can't increase an ability score above 20 using this feature. If your DM allows the use of feats, you may instead take a feat. Source: Player's Handbook p. 82 0, 4, 3, 3, 3, 1 0, 4, 3, 3, 3, 1 Aura improvements At 18th level, the range of your Aura of Protection increases to 30 feet. Source: Player's Handbook p. 82 0, 4, 3, 3, 3, 2 Ability Score Improvement When you reach 19th level, you can increase one ability score of your choice by 2, or you can increase two ability scores of your choice by 1. As normal, you can't increase an ability score above 20 using this feature. If your DM allows the use of feats, you may instead take a feat. Source: Player's Handbook p. 82 0, 4, 3, 3, 3, 2 Sacred Oath feature At 20th level, you gain a feature granted to you by your Sacred Oath. Source: Player's Handbook p. 82 Oath of Devotion: Holy Nimbus At 20th level, as an action, you can emanate an aura of sunlight. For 1 minute, bright light shines from you in a 30-foot radius, and dim light shines 30 feet beyond that. Whenever an enemy creature starts its turn in the bright light, the creature takes 10 radiant damage. In addition, for the duration, you have advantage on saving throws against spells cast by fiends or undead. Once you use this feature, you can't use it again until you finish a long rest. Source: Player's Handbook p. 85 Oath of the Ancients: Elder Champion At 20th level, you can assume the form of an ancient force of nature, taking on an appearance you choose. For example, your skin might turn green or take on a bark-like texture, your hair might become leafy or mosslike, or you might sprout antlers or a lion-like mane. Using your action, you undergo a transformation. For 1 minute, you gain the following benefits: • At the start of each of your turns, you regain 10 hit points. • Whenever you cast a paladin spell that has a casting time of 1 action, you can cast it using your bonus action instead. • Enemy creatures within 10 feet of you have disadvantage on saving throws against your paladin spells and Channel Divinity options. Once you use this feature, you can't use it again until you finish a long rest. Source: Player's Handbook p. 86 Oath of Vengeance: Avenging Angel At 20th level, you can assume the form of an angelic avenger. Using your action, you undergo a transformation. For 1 hour, you gain the following benefits: • Wings sprout from your back and grant you a flying speed of 60 feet. • You emanate an aura of menace in a 30-foot radius. The first time any enemy creature enters the aura or starts its turn there during a battle, the creature must succeed on a Wisdom saving throw or become frightened of you for 1 minute or until it takes any damage. Attack rolls against the frightened creature have advantage. Once you use this feature, you can't use it again until you finish a long rest. Source: Player's Handbook p. 87 Sacred Oath: Oath of Conquest The Oath of Conquest calls to paladins who seek glory in battle and the subjugation of their enemies. It isn't enough for these paladins to establish order. They must crush the forces of chaos. Sometimes called knight tyrants or iron mongers, those who swear this oath gather into grim orders that serve gods or philosophies of war and well-ordered might. Some of these paladins go so far as to consort with the powers of the Nine Hells, valuing the rule of law over the balm of mercy. The archdevil Bel, warlord of Avernus, counts many of these paladins—called hell knights—as his most ardent supporters. Hell knights cover their armor with trophies taken from fallen enemies, a grim warning to any who dare oppose them and the decrees of their lords. These knights are often most fiercely resisted by other paladins of this oath, who believe that the hell knights have wandered too far into darkness. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 37 Oath of Conquest: Channel Divinity: Conquering Presence You can use your Channel Divinity to exude a terrifying presence. As an action, you force each creature of your choice that you can see within 30 feet of you to make a Wisdom saving throw. On a failed save, a creature becomes frightened of you for 1 minute. The frightened creature can repeat this saving throw at the end of each of its turns, ending the effect on itself on a success. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 37 Oath of Conquest: Channel Divinity: Guided Strike You can use your Channel Divinity to strike with supernatural accuracy. When you make an attack roll, you can use your Channel Divinity to gain a +10 bonus to the roll. You make this choice after you see the roll, but before the DM says whether the attack hits or misses. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 37 Oath of Conquest: Oath Spells You gain oath spells at the paladin levels listed. Oath of Conquest Spells Paladin Level | Spells 3rd | armor of Agathys, command 5th | hold person, spiritual weapon 9th | bestow curse, fear 13th | dominate beast, stoneskin 17th | cloudkill, dominate person Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 37 Oath of Conquest: Tenets of Conquest A paladin who takes this oath has the tenets of conquest seared on the upper arm. Douse the Flame of Hope It is not enough to merely defeat an enemy in battle. Your victory must be so overwhelming that your enemies' will to fight is shattered forever. A blade can end a life. Fear can end an empire. Rule with an Iron Fist Once you have conquered, tolerate no dissent. Your word is law. Those who obey it shall be favored. Those who defy it shall be punished as an example to all who might follow. Strength Above All You shall rule until a stronger one arises. Then you must grow mightier and meet the challenge, or fall to your own ruin. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 37 Sacred Oath: Oath of Redemption The Oath of Redemption sets a paladin on a difficult path, one that requires a holy warrior to use violence only as a last resort. Paladins who dedicate themselves to this oath believe that any person can be redeemed and that the path of benevolence and justice is one that anyone can walk. These paladins face evil creatures in the hope of turning their foes to the light, and they slay their enemies only when such a deed will clearly save other lives. Paladins who follow this path are known as redeemers. While redeemers are idealists, they are no fools. Redeemers know that undead, demons, devils, and other supernatural threats can be inherently evil. Against such foes, paladins who swear this oath bring the full wrath of their weapons and spells to bear. Yet the redeemers still pray that, one day, even creatures of wickedness will invite their own redemption. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 38 Oath of Redemption: Channel Divinity: Emissary of Peace You can use your Channel Divinity to augment your presence with divine power. As a bonus action, you grant yourself a +5 bonus to Charisma (Persuasion) checks for the next 10 minutes. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 38 Oath of Redemption: Channel Divinity: Rebuke the Violent You can use your Channel Divinity to rebuke those who use violence. Immediately after an attacker within 30 feet of you deals damage with an attack against a creature other than you, you can use your reaction to force the attacker to make a Wisdom saving throw. On a failed save, the attacker takes radiant damage equal to the damage it just dealt. On a successful save, it takes half as much damage. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 38 Oath of Redemption: Oath Spells You gain oath spells at the paladin levels listed. Oath of Redemption Spells Paladin Level | Spells 3rd | sanctuary, sleep 5th | calm emotions, hold person 9th | counterspell, hypnotic pattern 13th | Otiluke's resilient sphere, stoneskin 17th | hold monster, wall of force Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 38 Oath of Redemption: Tenets of Redemption The tenets of the Oath of Redemption hold a paladin to a high standard of peace and justice. Oath of Redemption: Peace Violence is a weapon of last resort. Diplomacy and understanding are the paths to long-lasting peace. Oath of Redemption: Innocence All people begin life in an innocent state, and it is their environment or the influence of dark forces that drives them to evil. By setting the proper example, and working to heal the wounds of a deeply flawed world, you can set anyone on a righteous path. Oath of Redemption: Patience Change takes time. Those who have walked the path of the wicked must be given reminders to keep them honest and true. Once you have planted the seed of righteousness in a creature, you must work day after day to allow that seed to survive and flourish. Oath of Redemption: Wisdom Your heart and mind must stay clear, for eventually you will be forced to admit defeat. While every creature can be redeemed, some are so far along the path of evil that you have no choice but to end their lives for the greater good. Any such action must be carefully weighed and the consequences fully understood, but once you have made the decision, follow through with it knowing your path is just. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 38 Oath of Conquest: Aura of Conquest Starting at 7th level, you constantly emanate a menacing aura while you're not incapacitated. The aura extends 10 feet from you in every direction, but not through total cover. If a creature is frightened of you, its speed is reduced to 0 while in the aura, and that creature takes psychic damage equal to half your paladin level if it starts its turn there. At 18th level, the range of this aura increases to 30 feet. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 37 Oath of Redemption: Aura of the Guardian Starting at 7th level, you can shield others from harm at the cost of your own health. When a creature within 10 feet of you takes damage, you can use your reaction to magically take that damage, instead of that creature taking it. This feature doesn't transfer any other effects that might accompany the damage, and this damage can't be reduced in any way. At 18th level, the range of this aura increases to 30 feet. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 38 Oath of Conquest: Scornful Rebuke Starting at 15th level, those who dare to strike you are psychically punished for their audacity. Whenever a creature hits you with an attack, that creature takes psychic damage equal to your Charisma modifier (minimum of 1) if you're not incapacitated. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 37 Oath of Redemption: Protective Spirit Starting at 15th level, a holy presence mends your wounds in battle. You regain hit points equal to 1d6 + half your paladin level if you end your turn in combat with fewer than half of your hit points remaining and you aren't incapacitated. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 38 Oath of Conquest: Invincible Conqueror At 20th level, you gain the ability to harness extraordinary martial prowess. As an action, you can magically become an avatar of conquest, gaining the following benefits for 1 minute: • You have resistance to all damage. • When you take the Attack action on your turn, you can make one additional attack as part of that action. • Your melee weapon attacks score a critical hit on a roll of 19 or 20 on the d20. Once you use this feature, you can't use it again until you finish a long rest. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 37 Oath of Redemption: Emissary of Redemption At 20th level, you become an avatar of peace, which gives you two benefits: • You have resistance to all damage dealt by other creatures (their attacks, spells, and other effects). • Whenever a creature hits you with an attack, it takes radiant damage equal to half the damage you take from the attack. If you attack a creature, cast a spell on it, or deal damage to it by any means but this feature, neither benefit works against that creature until you finish a long rest. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 38 Fighting Style: Blessed Warrior You learn two cantrips of your choice from the cleric spell list. They count as paladin spells for you, and Charisma is your spellcasting ability for them. Whenever you gain a level in this class, you can replace one of these cantrips with another cantrip from the cleric spell list. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 82 Fighting Style: Blind Fighting You have blindsight with a range of 10 feet. Within that range, you can effectively see anything that isn't behind total cover, even if you're blinded or in darkness. Moreover, you can see an invisible creature within that range, unless the creature successfully hides from you. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 82 Fighting Style: Interception When a creature you can see hits a target, other than you, within 5 feet of you with an attack, you can use your reaction to reduce the damage the target takes by 1d10 + your proficiency bonus (to a minimum of 0 damage). You must be wielding a shield or a simple or martial weapon to use this reaction. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 82 Sacred Oath: Oath of Glory Paladins who take the Oath of Glory believe they and their companions are destined to achieve glory through deeds of heroism. They train diligently and encourage their companions so they're all ready when destiny calls. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 53 Oath of Glory: Channel Divinity 3rd-level Oath of Glory feature You gain the following two Channel Divinity options. See the Sacred Oath class feature for how Channel Divinity works. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 53 Oath of Glory: Oath Spells 3rd-level Oath of Glory feature You gain oath spells at the paladin levels listed in the Oath of Glory Spells table. See the Sacred Oath class feature for how oath spells work. Oath of Glory Spells Paladin Level | Spells 3rd | guiding bolt, heroism 5th | enhance ability, magic weapon 9th | haste, protection from energy 13th | compulsion, freedom of movement 17th | commune, flame strike Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 53 Oath of Glory: Tenets of Glory The tenets of the Oath of Glory drive a paladin to attempt heroics that might one day shine in legend. Actions over Words Strive to be known by glorious deeds, not words. Challenges Are but Tests Face hardships with courage, and encourage your allies to face them with you. Hone the Body Like raw stone, your body must be worked so its potential can be realized. Discipline the Soul You must marshal the discipline to overcome failings within yourself that threaten to dim the glory of you and your friends. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 53 Oath of Glory: Inspiring Smite Immediately after you deal damage to a creature with your Divine Smite feature, you can use your Channel Divinity as a bonus action and distribute temporary hit points to creatures of your choice within 30 feet of you, which can include you. The total number of temporary hit points equals 2d8 + your level in this class, divided among the chosen creatures however you like. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 53 Oath of Glory: Peerless Athlete As a bonus action, you can use your Channel Divinity to augment your athleticism. For the next 10 minutes, you have advantage on Strength (Athletics) and Dexterity (Acrobatics) checks; you can carry, push, drag, and lift twice as much weight as normal; and the distance of your long and high jumps increases by 10 feet (this extra distance costs movement as normal). Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 53 Sacred Oath: Oath of the Watchers The Oath of the Watchers binds paladins to protect mortal realms from the predations of extraplanar creatures, many of which can lay waste to mortal soldiers. Thus, the Watchers hone their minds, spirits, and bodies to be the ultimate weapons against such threats. Paladins who follow the Watchers' oath are ever vigilant in spotting the influence of extraplanar forces, often establishing a network of spies and informants to gather information on suspected cults. To a Watcher, keeping a healthy suspicion and awareness about one's surroundings is as natural as wearing armor in battle. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 54 Oath of the Watchers: Channel Divinity 3rd-level Oath of the Watchers feature You gain the following Channel Divinity options. See the Sacred Oath class feature for how Channel Divinity works. Oath of the Watchers: Watcher's Will You can use your Channel Divinity to invest your presence with the warding power of your faith. As an action, you can choose a number of creatures you can see within 30 feet of you, up to a number equal to your Charisma modifier (minimum of one creature). For 1 minute, you and the chosen creatures have advantage on Intelligence, Wisdom, and Charisma saving throws. Oath of the Watchers: Abjure the Extraplanar You can use your Channel Divinity to castigate unworldly beings. As an action, you present your holy symbol and each aberration, celestial, elemental, fey, or fiend within 30 feet of you that can hear you must make a Wisdom saving throw. On a failed save, the creature is turned for 1 minute or until it takes damage. A turned creature must spend its turns trying to move as far away from you as it can, and it can't willingly end its move in a space within 30 feet of you. For its action, it can use only the Dash action or try to escape from an effect that prevents it from moving. If there's nowhere to move, the creature can take the Dodge action. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 54 Oath of the Watchers: Oath Spells 3rd-level Oath of the Watchers feature You gain oath spells at the paladin levels listed in the Oath of the Watchers table. See the Sacred Oath class feature for how oath spells work. Oath of the Watchers Spells Spells Paladin Level | Spells 3rd | alarm, detect magic 5th | moonbeam, see invisibility 9th | counterspell, nondetection 13th | aura of purity, banishment 17th | hold monster, scrying Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 54 Oath of the Watchers: Tenets of the Watchers A paladin who assumes the Oath of the Watchers swears to safeguard mortal realms from otherworldly threats. Oath of the Watchers: Vigilance The threats you face are cunning, powerful, and subversive. Be ever alert for their corruption. Oath of the Watchers: Loyalty Never accept gifts or favors from fiends or those who truck with them. Stay true to your order, your comrades, and your duty. Oath of the Watchers: Discipline You are the shield against the endless terrors that lie beyond the stars. Your blade must be forever sharp and your mind keen to survive what lies beyond. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 54 Martial Versatility 4th-level paladin optional class features Whenever you reach a level in this class that grants the Ability Score Improvement feature, you can replace a fighting style you know with another fighting style available to paladins. This replacement represents a shift of focus in your martial practice. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 52 Oath of Glory: Aura of Alacrity 7th-level Oath of Glory feature You emanate an aura that fills you and your companions with supernatural speed, allowing you to race across a battlefield in formation. Your walking speed increases by 10 feet. In addition, if you aren't incapacitated, the walking speed of any ally who starts their turn within 5 feet of you increases by 10 feet until the end of that turn. When you reach 18th level in this class, the range of the aura increases to 10 feet. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 53 Oath of the Watchers: Aura of the Sentinel 7th-level Oath of the Watchers feature You emit an aura of alertness while you aren't incapacitated. When you and any creatures of your choice within 10 feet of you roll initiative, you all gain a bonus to initiative equal to your proficiency bonus. At 18th level, the range of this aura increases to 30 feet. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 54 Oath of Glory: Glorious Defense 15th-level Oath of Glory feature You can turn defense into a sudden strike. When you or another creature you can see within 10 feet of you is hit by an attack roll, you can use your reaction to grant a bonus to the target's AC against that attack, potentially causing it to miss. The bonus equals your Charisma modifier (minimum of +1). If the attack misses, you can make one weapon attack against the attacker as part of this reaction, provided the attacker is within your weapon's range. You can use this feature a number of times equal to your Charisma modifier (minimum of once), and you regain all expended uses when you finish a long rest. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 53 Oath of the Watchers: Vigilant Rebuke 15th-level Oath of the Watchers feature You've learned how to chastise anyone who dares wield beguilements against you and your wards. Whenever you or a creature you can see within 30 feet of you succeeds on an Intelligence, a Wisdom, or a Charisma saving throw, you can use your reaction to deal 2d8 + your Charisma modifier force damage to the creature that forced the saving throw. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 54 Oath of Glory: Living Legend 20th-level Oath of Glory feature You can empower yourself with the legends—whether true or exaggerated—of your great deeds. As a bonus action, you gain the following benefits for 1 minute: • You are blessed with an otherworldly presence, gaining advantage on all Charisma checks. • Once on each of your turns when you make a weapon attack and miss, you can cause that attack to hit instead. • If you fail a saving throw, you can use your reaction to reroll it. You must use this new roll. Once you use this feature, you can't use it again until you finish a long rest, unless you expend a 5th-level spell slot to use it again. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 53 Oath of the Watchers: Mortal Bulwark 20th-level Oath of the Watchers feature You manifest a spark of divine power in defense of the mortal realms. As a bonus action, you gain the following benefits for 1 minute: • You gain truesight with a range of 120 feet. • You have advantage on attack rolls against aberrations, celestials, elementals, fey, and fiends. • When you hit a creature with an attack roll and deal damage to it, you can also force it to make a Charisma saving throw against your spell save DC. On a failed save, the creature is magically banished to its native plane of existence if it's currently not there. On a successful save, the creature can't be banished by this feature for 24 hours. Once you use this bonus action, you can't use it again until you finish a long rest, unless you expend a 5th-level spell slot to use it again. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 54 Sacred Oath: Oathbreaker An Oathbreaker is a paladin who breaks his or her sacred oaths to pursue some dark ambition or serve an evil power. Whatever light burned in the paladin's heart has been extinguished. Only darkness remains. A paladin must be evil and at least 3rd level to become an Oathbreaker. The paladin replaces the features specific to his or her Sacred Oath with Oathbreaker features. Source: Dungeon Master's Guide p. 97 Oathbreaker: Oathbreaker Channel Divinity: Control Undead As an action, the paladin targets one undead creature he or she can see within 30 feet of him or her. The target must make a Wisdom saving throw. On a failed save, the target must obey the paladin's commands for the next 24 hours, or until the paladin uses this Channel Divinity option again. An undead whose challenge rating is equal to or greater than the paladin's level is immune to this effect. Source: Dungeon Master's Guide p. 97 Oathbreaker: Oathbreaker Channel Divinity: Dreadful Aspect As an action, the paladin channels the darkest emotions and focuses them into a burst of magical menace. Each creature of the paladin's choice within 30 feet of the paladin must make a Wisdom saving throw if it can see the paladin. On a failed save, the target is frightened of the paladin for 1 minute. If a creature frightened by this effect ends its turn more than 30 feet away from the paladin, it can attempt another Wisdom saving throw to end the effect on it. Source: Dungeon Master's Guide p. 97 Oathbreaker: Oathbreaker Spells You gain oathbreaker spells at the paladin levels listed. Oathbreaker Spells Paladin Level | Spells 3rd | hellish rebuke, inflict wounds 5th | crown of madness, darkness 9th | animate dead, bestow curse 13th | blight, confusion 17th | contagion, dominate person Source: Dungeon Master's Guide p. 97 Oathbreaker: Aura of Hate Starting at 7th level, the paladin, as well any fiends and undead within 10 feet of the paladin, gains a bonus to melee weapon damage rolls equal to the paladin's Charisma modifier (minimum of +1). A creature can benefit from this feature from only one paladin at a time. At 18th level, the range of this aura increases to 30 feet. Source: Dungeon Master's Guide p. 97 Oathbreaker: Supernatural Resistance At 15th level, the paladin gains resistance to bludgeoning, piercing, and slashing damage from nonmagical weapons. Source: Dungeon Master's Guide p. 97 Oathbreaker: Dread Lord At 20th level, the paladin can, as an action, surround himself or herself with an aura of gloom that lasts for 1 minute. The aura reduces any bright light in a 30-foot radius around the paladin to dim light. Whenever an enemy that is frightened by the paladin starts its turn in the aura, it takes 4d10 psychic damage. Additionally, the paladin and creatures he or she chooses in the aura are draped in deeper shadow. Creatures that rely on sight have disadvantage on attack rolls against creatures draped in this shadow. While the aura lasts, the paladin can use a bonus action on his or her turn to cause the shadows in the aura to attack one creature. The paladin makes a melee spell attack against the target. If the attack hits, the target takes necrotic damage equal to 3d10 + the paladin's Charisma modifier. After activating the aura, the paladin can't do so again until he or she finishes a long rest. Source: Dungeon Master's Guide p. 97 Sacred Oath: Oath of Glory Paladins who take the Oath of Glory believe they and their companions are destined to achieve glory through deeds of heroism. They train diligently and encourage their companions so they're all ready when destiny calls. Source: Mythic Odysseys of Theros p. 29 Oath of Glory: Channel Divinity 3rd-level Oath of Glory feature You gain the following two Channel Divinity options. See the Sacred Oath class feature for how Channel Divinity works. Source: Mythic Odysseys of Theros p. 29 Oath of Glory: Oath Spells 3rd-level Oath of Glory feature You gain oath spells at the paladin levels listed in the Oath of Glory Spells table. See the Sacred Oath class feature for how oath spells work. Oath of Glory Spells Paladin Level | Spells 3rd | guiding bolt, heroism 5th | enhance ability, magic weapon 9th | haste, protection from energy 13th | compulsion, freedom of movement 17th | commune, flame strike Source: Mythic Odysseys of Theros p. 29 Oath of Glory: Tenets of Glory The tenets of the Oath of Glory drive a paladin to attempt heroics that might one day shine in legend. Actions over Words Strive to be known by glorious deeds, not words. Challenges Are but Tests Face hardships with courage, and encourage your allies to face them with you. Hone the Body Like raw stone, your body must be worked so its potential can be realized. Discipline the Soul You must marshal the discipline to overcome failings within yourself that threaten to dim the glory of you and your friends. Source: Mythic Odysseys of Theros p. 29 Oath of Glory: Inspiring Smite Immediately after you deal damage to a creature with your Divine Smite feature, you can use your Channel Divinity as a bonus action and distribute temporary hit points to creatures of your choice within 30 feet of you, which can include you. The total number of temporary hit points equals 2d8 + your level in this class, divided among the chosen creatures however you like. Source: Mythic Odysseys of Theros p. 29 Oath of Glory: Peerless Athlete As a bonus action, you can use your Channel Divinity to augment your athleticism. For the next 10 minutes, you have advantage on Strength (Athletics) and Dexterity (Acrobatics) checks; you can carry, push, drag, and lift twice as much weight as normal; and the distance of your long and high jumps increases by 10 feet (this extra distance costs movement as normal). Source: Mythic Odysseys of Theros p. 29 Oath of Glory: Aura of Alacrity 7th-level Oath of Glory feature You emanate an aura that fills you and your companions with supernatural speed, allowing you to race across a battlefield in formation. Your walking speed increases by 10 feet. In addition, if you aren't incapacitated, the walking speed of any ally who starts their turn within 5 feet of you increases by 10 feet until the end of that turn. When you reach 18th level in this class, the range of the aura increases to 10 feet. Source: Mythic Odysseys of Theros p. 29 Oath of Glory: Glorious Defense 15th-level Oath of Glory feature You can turn defense into a sudden strike. When you or another creature you can see within 10 feet of you is hit by an attack roll, you can use your reaction to grant a bonus to the target's AC against that attack, potentially causing it to miss. The bonus equals your Charisma modifier (minimum of +1). If the attack misses, you can make one weapon attack against the attacker as part of this reaction, provided the attacker is within your weapon's range. You can use this feature a number of times equal to your Charisma modifier (minimum of once), and you regain all expended uses when you finish a long rest. Source: Mythic Odysseys of Theros p. 29 Oath of Glory: Living Legend 20th-level Oath of Glory feature You can empower yourself with the legends—whether true or exaggerated—of your great deeds. As a bonus action, you gain the following benefits for 1 minute: • You are blessed with an otherworldly presence, gaining advantage on all Charisma checks. • Once on each of your turns when you make a weapon attack and miss, you can cause that attack to hit instead. • If you fail a saving throw, you can use your reaction to reroll it. You must use this new roll. Once you use this feature, you can't use it again until you finish a long rest, unless you expend a 5th-level spell slot to use it again. Source: Mythic Odysseys of Theros p. 29 Sacred Oath: Oath of the Crown The Oath of the Crown is sworn to the ideals of civilization, be it the spirit of a nation, fealty to a sovereign, or service to a deity of law and rulership. The paladins who swear this oath dedicate themselves to serving society and, in particular, the laws that hold society together. These paladins are the watchful guardians on the walls, standing against the chaotic tides of barbarism that threaten to tear down all that civilization has built, and are commonly known as guardians, exemplars, or sentinels. Often, paladins who swear this oath are members of an order of knighthood in service to a nation or sovereign, and undergo their oath as part of their admission to the order's ranks. Source: Sword Coast Adventurer's Guide p. 132 Oath of the Crown: Channel Divinity: Champion Challenge As a bonus action, you issue a challenge that compels other creatures to do battle with you. Each creature of your choice that you can see within 30 feet of you must make a Wisdom saving throw. On a failed save, a creature can't willingly move more than 30 feet away from you. This effect ends on the creature if you are incapacitated or die or if the creature is more than 30 feet away from you. Source: Sword Coast Adventurer's Guide p. 132 Oath of the Crown: Channel Divinity: Turn the Tide As a bonus action, you can bolster injured creatures with your Channel Divinity. Each creature of your choice that can hear you within 30 feet of you regains hit points equal to 1d6 + your Charisma modifier (minimum of 1) if it has no more than half of its hit points. Source: Sword Coast Adventurer's Guide p. 132 Oath of the Crown: Oath Spells You gain oath spells at the paladin levels listed. Oath of the Crown Spells Paladin Level | Spells 3rd | command, compelled duel 5th | warding bond, zone of truth 9th | aura of vitality, spirit guardians 13th | banishment, guardian of faith 17th | circle of power, geas Source: Sword Coast Adventurer's Guide p. 132 Oath of the Crown: Tenets of the Crown The tenets of the Oath of the Crown are often set by the sovereign to which their oath is sworn, but generally emphasize the following tenets. Law The law is paramount. It is the mortar that holds the stones of civilization together, and it must be respected. Loyalty Your word is your bond. Without loyalty, oaths and laws are meaningless. Courage You must be willing to do what needs to be done for the sake of order, even in the face of overwhelming odds. If you don't act, then who will? Responsibility You must deal with the consequences of your actions, and you are responsible for fulfilling your duties and obligations. Source: Sword Coast Adventurer's Guide p. 132 Oath of the Crown: Divine Allegiance Starting at 7th level, when a creature within 5 feet of you takes damage, you can use your reaction to magically substitute your own health for that of the target creature, causing that creature not to take the damage. Instead, you take the damage. This damage to you can't be reduced or prevented in any way. Source: Sword Coast Adventurer's Guide p. 132 Oath of the Crown: Unyielding Spirit Starting at 15th level, you have advantage on saving throws to avoid becoming paralyzed or stunned. Source: Sword Coast Adventurer's Guide p. 132 Oath of the Crown: Exalted Champion At 20th level, your presence on the field of battle is an inspiration to those dedicated to your cause. You can use your action to gain the following benefits for 1 hour: • You have resistance to bludgeoning, piercing, and slashing damage from nonmagical weapons. • Your allies have advantage on death saving throws while within 30 feet of you. • You have advantage on Wisdom saving throws, as do your allies within 30 feet of you. This effect ends early if you are incapacitated or die. Once you use this feature, you can't use it again until you finish a long rest. Source: Sword Coast Adventurer's Guide p. 132 Rogue 8 Dexterity, Intelligence, Acrobatics, Athletics, Deception, Insight, Intimidation, Investigation, Perception, Performance, Persuasion, Sleight Of Hand, Stealth 4 Starting Rogue As a 1st-level Rogue, you begin play with 8+your Constitution modifier hit points. You are proficient with the following items, in addition to any proficiencies provided by your race or background. • Armor: light • Weapons: simple, hand crossbows, longswords, rapiers, shortswords • Tools: thieves' tools • Skills: Choose 4 from Acrobatics, Athletics, Deception, Insight, Intimidation, Investigation, Perception, Performance, Persuasion, Sleight Of Hand, Stealth You begin play with the following equipment, in addition to any equipment provided by your background. • (a) a rapier or (b) a shortsword • (a) a shortbow and quiver of arrows (20) or (b) a shortsword • (a) a burglar's pack, (b) a dungeoneer's pack, or (c) an explorer's pack • Leather armor, two dagger, and thieves' tools Alternatively, you may start with 4d4 x 10 gp and choose your own equipment. Source: Player's Handbook p. 94 Multiclass Rogue To multiclass as a Rogue, you must meet the following prerequisites: • Dexterity 13 You gain the following proficiencies: • Armor: light • Weapons: none • Tools: none Source: Player's Handbook p. 94 light simple, hand crossbows, longswords, rapiers, shortswords thieves' tools 4d4x10 Expertise At 1st level, choose two of your skill proficiencies, or one of your skill proficiencies and your proficiency with thieves' tools. Your proficiency bonus is doubled for any ability check you make that uses either of the chosen proficiencies. At 6th level, you can choose two more of your proficiencies (in skills or with thieves' tools) to gain this benefit. Source: Player's Handbook p. 94 Sneak Attack Beginning at 1st level, you know how to strike subtly and exploit a foe's distraction. Once per turn, you can deal an extra 1d6 damage to one creature you hit with an attack if you have advantage on the attack roll. The attack must use a finesse or a ranged weapon. You don't need advantage on the attack roll if another enemy of the target is within 5 feet of it, that enemy isn't incapacitated, and you don't have disadvantage on the attack roll. The amount of the extra damage increases as you gain levels in this class, as shown in the Sneak Attack column of the Rogue table. Source: Player's Handbook p. 94 Thieves' Cant During your rogue training you learned thieves' cant, a secret mix of dialect, jargon, and code that allows you to hide messages in seemingly normal conversation. Only another creature that knows thieves' cant understands such messages. It takes four times longer to convey such a message than it does to speak the same idea plainly. In addition, you understand a set of secret signs and symbols used to convey short, simple messages, such as whether an area is dangerous or the territory of a thieves' guild, whether loot is nearby, or whether the people in an area are easy marks or will provide a safe house for thieves on the run. Source: Player's Handbook p. 94 Cunning Action Starting at 2nd level, your quick thinking and agility allow you to move and act quickly. You can take a bonus action on each of your turns in combat. This action can be used only to take the Dash, Disengage, or Hide action. Source: Player's Handbook p. 94 Roguish Archetype At 3rd level, you choose an archetype that you emulate in the exercise of your rogue abilities from the list of available archetypes. Your archetype choice grants you features at 3rd level and then again at 9th, 13th, and 17th level. Source: Player's Handbook p. 94 Roguish Archetype: Arcane Trickster Some rogues enhance their fine-honed skills of stealth and agility with magic, learning tricks of enchantment and illusion. These rogues include pickpockets and burglars, but also pranksters, mischief-makers, and a significant number of adventurers. Source: Player's Handbook p. 97 Arcane Trickster: Mage Hand Legerdemain Starting at 3rd level, when you cast mage hand, you can make the spectral hand invisible, and you can perform the following additional tasks with it: • You can stow one object the hand is holding in a container worn or carried by another creature. • You can retrieve an object in a container worn or carried by another creature. • You can use thieves' tools to pick locks and disarm traps at range. You can perform one of these tasks without being noticed by a creature if you succeed on a Dexterity (Sleight of Hand) check contested by the creature's Wisdom (Perception) check. In addition, you can use the bonus action granted by your Cunning Action to control the hand. Source: Player's Handbook p. 97 Arcane Trickster: Spellcasting When you reach 3rd level, you gain the ability to cast spells. See chapter 10 for the general rules of spellcasting and chapter 11 for the wizard spell list. Cantrips You learn three cantrips: mage hand and two other cantrips of your choice from the wizard spell list. You learn another wizard cantrip of your choice at 10th level. Spell Slots The Arcane Trickster Spellcasting table shows how many spell slots you have to cast your wizard spells of 1st level and higher. To cast one of these spells, you must expend a slot of the spell's level or higher. You regain all expended spell slots when you finish a long rest. For example, if you know the 1st-level spell charm person and have a 1st-level and a 2nd-level spell slot available, you can cast charm person using either slot. Spells Known of 1st-Level and Higher You know three 1st-level wizard spells of your choice, two of which you must choose from the enchantment and illusion spells on the wizard spell list. The Spells Known column of the Arcane Trickster Spellcasting table shows when you learn more wizard spells of 1st level or higher. Each of these spells must be an enchantment or illusion spell of your choice, and must be of a level for which you have spell slots. For instance, when you reach 7th level in this class, you can learn one new spell of 1st or 2nd level. The spells you learn at 8th, 14th, and 20th level can come from any school of magic. Whenever you gain a level in this class, you can replace one of the wizard spells you know with another spell of your choice from the wizard spell list. The new spell must be of a level for which you have spell slots, and it must be an enchantment or illusion spell, unless you're replacing the spell you gained at 3rd, 8th, 14th, or 20th level from any school of magic. Spellcasting Ability Intelligence is your spellcasting ability for your wizard spells, since you learn your spells through dedicated study and memorization. You use your Intelligence whenever a spell refers to your spellcasting ability. In addition, you use your Intelligence modifier when setting the saving throw DC for a wizard spell you cast and when making an attack roll with one. Source: Player's Handbook p. 97 Roguish Archetype: Assassin You focus your training on the grim art of death. Those who adhere to this archetype are diverse - hired killers, spies, bounty hunters, and even specially anointed priests trained to exterminate the enemies of their deity. Stealth, poison, and disguise help you eliminate your foes with deadly efficiency. Your archetype grants you features at 3rd level and then again at 9th, 13th, and 17th level. Source: Player's Handbook p. 97 Assassin: Assassinate Starting at 3rd level, you are at your deadliest when you get the drop on your enemies. You have advantage on attack rolls against any creature that hasn't taken a turn in the combat yet. In addition, any hit you score against a creature that is surprised is a critical hit. Source: Player's Handbook p. 97 Assassin: Bonus Proficiencies When you choose this archetype at 3rd level, you gain proficiency with the disguise kit and the poisoner's kit. Source: Player's Handbook p. 97 Roguish Archetype: Thief You hone your skills in the larcenous arts. Burglars, bandits, cutpurses, and other criminals typically follow this archetype, but so do rogues who prefer to think of themselves as professional treasure seekers, explorers, delvers, and investigators. In addition to improving your agility and stealth, you learn skills useful for delving into ancient ruins, reading unfamiliar languages, and using magic items you normally couldn't employ. Source: Player's Handbook p. 97 Thief: Fast Hands Starting at 3rd level, you can use the bonus action granted by your Cunning Action to make a Dexterity (Sleight of Hand) check, use your thieves' tools to disarm a trap or open a lock, or take the Use an Object action. Source: Player's Handbook p. 97 Thief: Second-Story Work When you choose this archetype at 3rd level, you gain the ability to climb faster than normal; climbing no longer costs you extra movement. In addition, when you make a running jump, the distance you cover increases by a number of feet equal to your Dexterity modifier. Source: Player's Handbook p. 97 Ability Score Improvement When you reach 4th level, you can increase one ability score of your choice by 2, or you can increase two ability scores of your choice by 1. As normal, you can't increase an ability score above 20 using this feature. If your DM allows the use of feats, you may instead take a feat. Source: Player's Handbook p. 94 Uncanny Dodge Starting at 5th level, when an attacker that you can see hits you with an attack, you can use your reaction to halve the attack's damage against you. Source: Player's Handbook p. 94 Expertise At 6th level, you can choose two more of your proficiencies (in skills or with thieves' tools) to gain the benefit of Expertise. Source: Player's Handbook p. 94 Evasion Beginning at 7th level, you can nimbly dodge out of the way of certain area effects, such as a red dragon's fiery breath or an ice storm spell. When you are subjected to an effect that allows you to make a Dexterity saving throw to take only half damage, you instead take no damage if you succeed on the saving throw, and only half damage if you fail. Source: Player's Handbook p. 94 Ability Score Improvement When you reach 8th level, you can increase one ability score of your choice by 2, or you can increase two ability scores of your choice by 1. As normal, you can't increase an ability score above 20 using this feature. If your DM allows the use of feats, you may instead take a feat. Source: Player's Handbook p. 94 Roguish Archetype feature At 9th level, you gain a feature granted by your Roguish Archetype. Source: Player's Handbook p. 94 Arcane Trickster: Magical Ambush Starting at 9th level, if you are hidden from a creature when you cast a spell on it, the creature has disadvantage on any saving throw it makes against the spell this turn. Source: Player's Handbook p. 97 Assassin: Infiltration Expertise Starting at 9th level, you can unfailingly create false identities for yourself. You must spend seven days and 25 gp to establish the history, profession, and affiliations for an identity. You can't establish an identity that belongs to someone else. For example, you might acquire appropriate clothing, letters of introduction, and official-looking certification to establish yourself as a member of a trading house from a remote city so you can insinuate yourself into the company of other wealthy merchants. Thereafter, if you adopt the new identity as a disguise, other creatures believe you to be that person until given an obvious reason not to. Source: Player's Handbook p. 97 Thief: Supreme Sneak Starting at 9th level, you have advantage on a Dexterity (Stealth) check if you move no more than half your speed on the same turn. Source: Player's Handbook p. 97 Ability Score Improvement When you reach 10th level, you can increase one ability score of your choice by 2, or you can increase two ability scores of your choice by 1. As normal, you can't increase an ability score above 20 using this feature. If your DM allows the use of feats, you may instead take a feat. Source: Player's Handbook p. 94 Reliable Talent By 11th level, you have refined your chosen skills until they approach perfection. Whenever you make an ability check that lets you add your proficiency bonus, you can treat a d20 roll of 9 or lower as a 10. Source: Player's Handbook p. 94 Ability Score Improvement When you reach 12th level, you can increase one ability score of your choice by 2, or you can increase two ability scores of your choice by 1. As normal, you can't increase an ability score above 20 using this feature. If your DM allows the use of feats, you may instead take a feat. Source: Player's Handbook p. 94 Roguish Archetype feature At 13th level, you gain a feature granted by your Roguish Archetype. Source: Player's Handbook p. 94 Arcane Trickster: Versatile Trickster At 13th level, you gain the ability to distract targets with your mage hand. As a bonus action on your turn, you can designate a creature within 5 feet of the spectral hand created by the spell. Doing so gives you advantage on attack rolls against that creature until the end of the turn. Source: Player's Handbook p. 97 Assassin: Impostor At 13th level, you gain the ability to unerringly mimic another person's speech, writing, and behavior. You must spend at least three hours studying these three components of the person's behavior, listening to speech, examining handwriting, and observing mannerism. Your ruse is indiscernible to the casual observer. If a wary creature suspects something is amiss, you have advantage on any Charisma (Deception) check you make to avoid detection. Source: Player's Handbook p. 97 Thief: Use Magic Device By 13th level, you have learned enough about the workings of magic that you can improvise the use of items even when they are not intended for you. You ignore all class, race, and level requirements on the use of magic items. Source: Player's Handbook p. 97 Blindsense Starting at 14th level, if you are able to hear, you are aware of the location of any hidden or invisible creature within 10 feet of you. Source: Player's Handbook p. 94 Slippery Mind By 15th level, you have acquired greater mental strength. You gain proficiency in Wisdom saving throws. Source: Player's Handbook p. 94 Ability Score Improvement When you reach 16th level, you can increase one ability score of your choice by 2, or you can increase two ability scores of your choice by 1. As normal, you can't increase an ability score above 20 using this feature. If your DM allows the use of feats, you may instead take a feat. Source: Player's Handbook p. 94 Roguish Archetype feature At 17th level, you gain a feature granted by your Roguish Archetype. Source: Player's Handbook p. 94 Arcane Trickster: Spell Thief At 17th level, you gain the ability to magically steal the knowledge of how to cast a spell from another spellcaster. Immediately after a creature casts a spell that targets you or includes you in its area of effect, you can use your reaction to force the creature to make a saving throw with its spellcasting ability modifier. The DC equals your spell save DC. On a failed save, you negate the spell's effect against you, and you steal the knowledge of the spell if it is at least 1st level and of a level you can cast (it doesn't need to be a wizard spell). For the next 8 hours, you know the spell and can cast it using your spell slots. The creature can't cast that spell until the 8 hours have passed. Once you use this feature, you can't use it again until you finish a long rest. Source: Player's Handbook p. 97 Assassin: Death Strike Starting at 17th level, you become a master of instant death. When you attack and hit a creature that is surprised, it must make a Constitution saving throw (DC 8 + your Dexterity modifier + your proficiency bonus). On a failed save, double the damage of your attack against the creature. Source: Player's Handbook p. 97 Thief: Thief's Reflexes When you reach 17th level, you have become adept at laying ambushes and quickly escaping danger. You can take two turns during the first round of any combat. You take your first turn at your normal initiative and your second turn at your initiative minus 10. You can't use this feature when you are surprised. Source: Player's Handbook p. 97 Elusive Beginning at 18th level, you are so evasive that attackers rarely gain the upper hand against you. No attack roll has advantage against you while you aren't incapacitated. Source: Player's Handbook p. 94 Ability Score Improvement When you reach 19th level, you can increase one ability score of your choice by 2, or you can increase two ability scores of your choice by 1. As normal, you can't increase an ability score above 20 using this feature. If your DM allows the use of feats, you may instead take a feat. Source: Player's Handbook p. 94 Stroke of Luck At 20th level, you have an uncanny knack for succeeding when you need to. If your attack misses a target within range, you can turn the miss into a hit. Alternatively, if you fail an ability check, you can treat the d20 roll as a 20. Once you use this feature, you can't use it again until you finish a short or long rest. Source: Player's Handbook p. 94 Roguish Archetype: Inquisitive As an archetypal Inquisitive, you excel at rooting out secrets and unraveling mysteries. You rely on your sharp eye for detail, but also on your finely honed ability to read the words and deeds of other creatures to determine their true intent. You excel at defeating creatures that hide among and prey upon ordinary folk, and your mastery of lore and your keen deductions make you well equipped to expose and end hidden evils. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 45 Inquisitive: Ear for Deceit When you choose this archetype at 3rd level, you develop a talent for picking out lies. Whenever you make a Wisdom (Insight) check to determine whether a creature is lying, treat a roll of 7 or lower on the d20 as an 8. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 45 Inquisitive: Eye for Detail Starting at 3rd level, you can use a bonus action to make a Wisdom (Perception) check to spot a hidden creature or object or to make an Intelligence (Investigation) check to uncover or decipher clues. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 45 Inquisitive: Insightful Fighting At 3rd level, you gain the ability to decipher an opponent's tactics and develop a counter to them. As a bonus action, you can make a Wisdom (Insight) check against a creature you can see that isn't incapacitated, contested by the target's Charisma (Deception) check. If you succeed, you can use your Sneak Attack against that target even if you don't have advantage on the attack roll, but not if you have disadvantage on it. This benefit lasts for 1 minute or until you successfully use this feature against a different target. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 45 Roguish Archetype: Mastermind Your focus is on people and on the influence and secrets they have. Many spies, courtiers, and schemers follow this archetype, leading lives of intrigue. Words are your weapons as often as knives or poison, and secrets and favors are some of your favorite treasures. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 46 Mastermind: Master of Intrigue When you choose this archetype at 3rd level, you gain proficiency with the disguise Kit, the forgery kit, and one gaming set of your choice. You also learn two languages of your choice. Additionally, you can unerringly mimic the speech patterns and accent of a creature that you hear speak for at least 1 minute, enabling you to pass yourself off as a native speaker of a particular land, provided that you know the language. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 46 Mastermind: Master of Tactics Starting at 3rd level, you can use the Help action as a bonus action. Additionally, when you use the Help action to aid an ally in attacking a creature, the target of that attack can be within 30 feet of you, rather than within 5 feet of you, if the target can see or hear you. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 46 Roguish Archetype: Scout You are skilled in stealth and surviving far from the streets of a city, allowing you to scout ahead of your companions during expeditions. Rogues who embrace this archetype are at home in the wilderness and among barbarians and rangers, and many Scouts serve as the eyes and ears of war bands. Ambusher, spy, bounty hunter—these are just a few of the roles that Scouts assume as they range the world. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 47 Scout: Skirmisher Starting at 3rd level, you are difficult to pin down during a fight. You can move up to half your speed as a reaction when an enemy ends its turn within 5 feet of you. This movement doesn't provoke opportunity attacks. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 47 Scout: Survivalist When you choose this archetype at 3rd level, you gain proficiency in the Nature and Survival skills if you don't already have it. Your proficiency bonus is doubled for any ability check you make that uses either of those proficiencies. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 47 Roguish Archetype: Swashbuckler You focus your training on the art of the blade, relying on speed, elegance, and charm in equal parts. While some warriors are brutes clad in heavy armor, your method of fighting looks almost like a performance. Duelists and pirates typically belong to this archetype. A Swashbuckler excels in single combat, and can fight with two weapons while safely darting away from an opponent. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 48 Swashbuckler: Fancy Footwork When you choose this archetype at 3rd level, you learn how to land a strike and then slip away without reprisal. During your turn, if you make a melee attack against a creature, that creature can't make opportunity attacks against you for the rest of your turn. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 48 Swashbuckler: Rakish Audacity Starting at 3rd level, your confidence propels you into battle. You can give yourself a bonus to your initiative rolls equal to your Charisma modifier. You also gain an additional way to use your Sneak Attack; you don't need advantage on the attack roll to use your Sneak Attack against a creature if you are within 5 feet of it, no other creatures are within 5 feet of you, and you don't have disadvantage on the attack roll. All the other rules for Sneak Attack still apply to you. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 48 Inquisitive: Steady Eye Starting at 9th level, you have advantage on any Wisdom (Perception) or Intelligence (Investigation) check if you move no more than half your speed on the same turn. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 45 Mastermind: Insightful Manipulator Starting at 9th level, if you spend at least 1 minute observing or interacting with another creature outside combat, you can learn certain information about its capabilities compared to your own. The DM tells you if the creature is your equal, superior, or inferior in regard to two of the following characteristics of your choice: • Intelligence score • Wisdom score • Charisma score • Class levels (if any) At the DM's option, you might also realize you know a piece of the creature's history or one of its personality traits, if it has any. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 46 Scout: Superior Mobility At 9th level, your walking speed increases by 10 feet. If you have a climbing or swimming speed, this increase applies to that speed as well. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 47 Swashbuckler: Panache At 9th level, your charm becomes extraordinarily beguiling. As an action, you can make a Charisma (Persuasion) check contested by a creature's Wisdom (Insight) check. The creature must be able to hear you, and the two of you must share a language. If you succeed on the check and the creature is hostile to you, it has disadvantage on attack rolls against targets other than you and can't make opportunity attacks against targets other than you. This effect lasts for 1 minute, until one of your companions attacks the target or affects it with a spell, or until you and the target are more than 60 feet apart. If you succeed on the check and the creature isn't hostile to you, it is charmed by you for 1 minute. While charmed, it regards you as a friendly acquaintance. This effect ends immediately if you or your companions do anything harmful to it. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 48 Inquisitive: Unerring Eye Beginning at 13th level, your senses are almost impossible to foil. As an action, you sense the presence of illusions, shapechangers not in their original form, and other magic designed to deceive the senses within 30 feet of you, provided you aren't blinded or deafened. You sense that an effect is attempting to trick you, but you gain no insight into what is hidden or into its true nature. You can use this feature a number of times equal to your Wisdom modifier (minimum of once), and you regain all expended uses of it when you finish a long rest. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 45 Mastermind: Misdirection Beginning at 13th level, you can sometimes cause another creature to suffer an attack meant for you. When you are targeted by an attack while a creature within 5 feet of you is granting you cover against that attack, you can use your reaction to have the attack target that creature instead of you. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 46 Scout: Ambush Master Starting at 13th level, you excel at leading ambushes and acting first in a fight. You have advantage on initiative rolls. In addition, the first creature you hit during the first round of a combat becomes easier for you and others to strike; attack rolls against that target have advantage until the start of your next turn. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 47 Swashbuckler: Elegant Maneuver Starting at 13th level, you can use a bonus action on your turn to gain advantage on the next Dexterity (Acrobatics) or Strength (Athletics) check you make during the same turn. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 48 Inquisitive: Eye for Weakness At 17th level, you learn to exploit a creature's weaknesses by carefully studying its tactics and movement. While your Insightful Fighting feature applies to a creature, your Sneak Attack damage against that creature increases by 3d6. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 45 Mastermind: Soul of Deceit Starting at 17th level, your thoughts can't be read by telepathy or other means, unless you allow it. You can present false thoughts by succeeding on a Charisma (Deception) check contested by the mind reader's Wisdom (Insight) check. Additionally, no matter what you say, magic that would determine if you are telling the truth indicates you are being truthful if you so choose, and you can't be compelled to tell the truth by magic. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 46 Scout: Sudden Strike Starting at 17th level, you can strike with deadly speed. If you take the Attack action on your turn, you can make one additional attack as a bonus action. This attack can benefit from your Sneak Attack even if you have already used it this turn, but you can't use your Sneak Attack against the same target more than once in a turn. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 47 Swashbuckler: Master Duelist Beginning at 17th level, your mastery of the blade lets you turn failure into success in combat. If you miss with an attack roll, you can roll it again with advantage. Once you do so, you can't use this feature again until you finish a short or long rest. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 48 Roguish Archetype: Phantom Many rogues walk a fine line between life and death, risking their own lives and taking the lives of others. While adventuring on that line, some rogues discover a mystical connection to death itself. These rogues take knowledge from the dead and become immersed in negative energy, eventually becoming like ghosts. Thieves' guilds value them as highly effective information gatherers and spies. Many shadar-kai of the Shadowfell are masters of these macabre techniques, and some are willing to teach this path. In places like Thay in the Forgotten Realms and Karrnath in Eberron, where many necromancers practice their craft, a Phantom can become a wizard's confidant and right hand. In temples of gods of death, the Phantom might work as an agent to track down those who try to cheat death and to recover knowledge that might otherwise be lost to the grave. How did you discover this grim power? Did you sleep in a graveyard and awaken to your new abilities? Or did you cultivate them in a temple or thieves' guild dedicated to a deity of death? Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 62 Phantom: Wails from the Grave 3rd-level Phantom feature As you nudge someone closer to the grave, you can channel the power of death to harm someone else as well. Immediately after you deal your Sneak Attack damage to a creature on your turn, you can target a second creature that you can see within 30 feet of the first creature. Roll half the number of Sneak Attack dice for your level (round up), and the second creature takes necrotic damage equal to the roll's total, as wails of the dead sound around them for a moment. You can use this feature a number of times equal to your proficiency bonus, and you regain all expended uses when you finish a long rest. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 62 Phantom: Whispers of the Dead 3rd-level Phantom feature Echoes of those who have died cling to you. Whenever you finish a short or long rest, you can choose one skill or tool proficiency that you lack and gain it, as a ghostly presence shares its knowledge with you. You lose this proficiency when you use this feature to choose a different proficiency that you lack. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 62 Roguish Archetype: Soulknife Most assassins strike with physical weapons, and many burglars and spies use thieves' tools to infiltrate secure locations. In contrast, a Soulknife strikes and infiltrates with the mind, cutting through barriers both physical and psychic. These rogues discover psionic power within themselves and channel it to do their roguish work. They find easy employment as members of thieves' guilds, though they are often mistrusted by rogues who are leery of anyone using strange mind powers to conduct their business. Most governments would also be happy to employ a Soulknife as a spy. Amid the trees of ancient forests on the Material Plane and in the Feywild, some wood elves walk the path of the Soulknife, serving as silent, lethal guardians of their woods. In the endless war among the gith, a githzerai is encouraged to become a Soulknife when stealth is required against the githyanki foe. As a Soulknife, your psionic abilities might have haunted you since you were a child, only revealing their full potential as you experienced the stress of adventure. Or you might have sought out a reclusive order of psychic adepts and spent years learning how to manifest your power. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 63 Soulknife: Psionic Power 3rd-level Soulknife feature You harbor a wellspring of psionic energy within yourself. This energy is represented by your Psionic Energy dice, which are each a d6. You have a number of these dice equal to twice your proficiency bonus, and they fuel various psionic powers you have, which are detailed below. Some of your powers expend the Psionic Energy die they use, as specified in a power's description, and you can't use a power if it requires you to use a die when your dice are all expended. You regain all your expended Psionic Energy dice when you finish a long rest. In addition, as a bonus action, you can regain one expended Psionic Energy die, but you can't do so again until you finish a short or long rest. When you reach certain levels in this class, the size of your Psionic Energy dice increases: at 5th level (d8), 11th level (d10), and 17th level (d12). The powers below use your Psionic Energy dice. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 63 Soulknife: Psychic Blades 3rd-level Soulknife feature You can manifest your psionic power as shimmering blades of psychic energy. Whenever you take the Attack action, you can manifest a psychic blade from your free hand and make the attack with that blade. This magic blade is a simple melee weapon with the finesse and thrown properties. It has a normal range of 60 feet and no long range, and on a hit, it deals psychic damage equal to 1d6 plus the ability modifier you used for the attack roll. The blade vanishes immediately after it hits or misses its target, and it leaves no mark on its target if it deals damage. After you attack with the blade, you can make a melee or ranged weapon attack with a second psychic blade as a bonus action on the same turn, provided your other hand is free to create it. The damage die of this bonus attack is 1d4, instead of 1d6. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 63 Soulknife: Psi-Bolstered Knack When your nonpsionic training fails you, your psionic power can help: if you fail an ability check using a skill or tool with which you have proficiency, you can roll one Psionic Energy die and add the number rolled to the check, potentially turning failure into success. You expend the die only if the roll succeeds. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 63 Soulknife: Psychic Whispers You can establish telepathic communication between yourself and others-perfect for quiet infiltration. As an action, choose one or more creatures you can see, up to a number of creatures equal to your proficiency bonus, and then roll one Psionic Energy die. For a number of hours equal to the number rolled, the chosen creatures can speak telepathically with you, and you can speak telepathically with them. To send or receive a message (no action required), you and the other creature must be within 1 mile of each other. A creature can't use this telepathy if it can't speak any languages, and a creature can end the telepathic connection at any time (no action required). You and the creature don't need to speak a common language to understand each other. The first time you use this power after each long rest, you don't expend the Psionic Energy die. All other times you use the power, you expend the die. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 63 Steady Aim 3rd-level rogue optional class features As a bonus action, you give yourself advantage on your next attack roll on the current turn. You can use this bonus action only if you haven't moved during this turn, and after you use the bonus action, your speed is 0 until the end of the current turn. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 62 Phantom: Tokens of the Departed 9th-level Phantom feature When a life ends in your presence, you're able to snatch a token from the departing soul, a sliver of its life essence that takes physical form: as a reaction when a creature you can see dies within 30 feet of you, you can open your free hand and cause a Tiny trinket to appear there, a soul trinket. The DM determines the trinket's form or has you roll on the Trinket table in the Player's Handbook to generate it. You can have a maximum number of soul trinkets equal to your proficiency bonus, and you can't create one while at your maximum. You can use soul trinkets in the following ways: • While a soul trinket is on your person, you have advantage on death saving throws and Constitution saving throws, for your vitality is enhanced by the life essence within the object. • When you deal Sneak Attack damage on your turn, you can destroy one of your soul trinkets that's on your person and then immediately use Wails from the Grave, without expending a use of that feature. • As an action, you can destroy one of your soul trinkets, no matter where it's located. When you do so, you can ask the spirit associated with the trinket one question. The spirit appears to you and answers in a language it knew in life. It's under no obligation to be truthful, and it answers as concisely as possible, eager to be free. The spirit knows only what it knew in life, as determined by the DM. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 62 Soulknife: Soul Blades 9th-level Soulknife feature Your Psychic Blades are now an expression of your psi-suffused soul, giving you these powers that use your Psionic Energy dice: Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 63 Soulknife: Homing Strikes If you make an attack roll with your Psychic Blades and miss the target, you can roll one Psionic Energy die and add the number rolled to the attack roll. If this causes the attack to hit, you expend the Psionic Energy die. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 63 Soulknife: Psychic Teleportation As a bonus action, you manifest one of your Psychic Blades, expend one Psionic Energy die and roll it, and throw the blade at an unoccupied space you can see, up to a number of feet away equal to 10 times the number rolled. You then teleport to that space, and the blade vanishes. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 63 Phantom: Ghost Walk 13th-level Phantom feature You can phase partially into the realm of the dead, becoming like a ghost. As a bonus action, you assume a spectral form. While in this form, you have a flying speed of 10 feet, you can hover, and attack rolls have disadvantage against you. You can also move through creatures and objects as if they were difficult terrain, but you take 1d10 force damage if you end your turn inside a creature or an object. You stay in this form for 10 minutes or until you end it as a bonus action. To use this feature again, you must finish a long rest or destroy one of your soul trinkets as part of the bonus action you use to activate Ghost Walk. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 62 Soulknife: Psychic Veil 13th-level Soulknife feature You can weave a veil of psychic static to mask yourself. As an action, you can magically become invisible, along with anything you are wearing or carrying, for 1 hour or until you dismiss this effect (no action required). This invisibility ends early immediately after you deal damage to a creature or you force a creature to make a saving throw. Once you use this feature, you can't do so again until you finish a long rest, unless you expend a Psionic Energy die to use this feature again. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 63 Phantom: Death's Friend 17th-level Phantom feature Your association with death has become so close that you gain the following benefits: • When you use your Wails from the Grave, you can deal the necrotic damage to both the first and the second creature. • At the end of a long rest, a soul trinket appears in your hand if you don't have any soul trinkets, as the spirits of the dead are drawn to you. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 62 Soulknife: Rend Mind 17th-level Soulknife feature You can sweep your Psychic Blades directly through a creature's mind. When you use your Psychic Blades to deal Sneak Attack damage to a creature, you can force that target to make a Wisdom saving throw (DC equal to 8 + your proficiency bonus + your Dexterity modifier). If the save fails, the target is stunned for 1 minute. The stunned target can repeat the saving throw at the end of each of its turns, ending the effect on itself on a success. Once you use this feature, you can't do so again until you finish a long rest, unless you expend three Psionic Energy dice to use it again. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 63 Roguish Archetype: Mastermind Your focus is on people and on the influence and secrets they have. Many spies, courtiers, and schemers follow this archetype, leading lives of intrigue. Words are your weapons as often as knives or poison, and secrets and favors are some of your favorite treasures. Source: Sword Coast Adventurer's Guide p. 135 Mastermind: Master of Intrigue When you choose this archetype at 3rd level, you gain proficiency with the disguise Kit, the forgery kit, and one gaming set of your choice. You also learn two languages of your choice. Additionally, you can unerringly mimic the speech patterns and accent of a creature that you hear speak for at least 1 minute, allowing you to pass yourself off as a native speaker of a particular land, provided that you know the language. Source: Sword Coast Adventurer's Guide p. 135 Mastermind: Master of Tactics Starting at 3rd level, you can use the Help action as a bonus action. Additionally, when you use the Help action to aid an ally in attacking a creature, the target of that attack can be within 30 feet of you, rather than 5 feet of you, if the target can see or hear you. Source: Sword Coast Adventurer's Guide p. 135 Roguish Archetype: Mastermind Your focus is on people and on the influence and secrets they have. Many spies, courtiers, and schemers follow this archetype, leading lives of intrigue. Words are your weapons as often as knives or poison, and secrets and favors are some of your favorite treasures. Source: Sword Coast Adventurer's Guide p. 135 Mastermind: Master of Intrigue When you choose this archetype at 3rd level, you gain proficiency with the disguise Kit, the forgery kit, and one gaming set of your choice. You also learn two languages of your choice. Additionally, you can unerringly mimic the speech patterns and accent of a creature that you hear speak for at least 1 minute, enabling you to pass yourself off as a native speaker of a particular land, provided that you know the language. Source: Sword Coast Adventurer's Guide p. 135 Mastermind: Master of Tactics Starting at 3rd level, you can use the Help action as a bonus action. Additionally, when you use the Help action to aid an ally in attacking a creature, the target of that attack can be within 30 feet of you, rather than within 5 feet of you, if the target can see or hear you. Source: Sword Coast Adventurer's Guide p. 135 Roguish Archetype: Swashbuckler You focus your training on the art of the blade, relying on speed, elegance, and charisma in equal parts. While other warriors are brutes clad in heavy armor, your method of fighting looks more like performance. Rakes, duelists, and pirates typically follow this archetype. A swashbuckler excels in single combat, and can fight with two weapons while safely darting away from an opponent. Swashbucklers are especially talented at making difficult maneuvers to escape enemies or attack from an unexpected direction. Source: Sword Coast Adventurer's Guide p. 135 Swashbuckler: Fancy Footwork When you choose this archetype at 3rd level, you learn how to land a strike and then slip away without reprisal. During your turn, if you make a melee attack against a creature, that creature cannot make opportunity attacks against you for the rest of your turn. Source: Sword Coast Adventurer's Guide p. 135 Swashbuckler: Rakish Audacity Starting at 3rd level, your unmistakable confidence propels you into battle. You add your Charisma modifier to your initiative rolls. In addition, you don't need advantage on your attack roll to use your Sneak Attack if no creature other than your target is within 5 feet of you. All the other rules for the Sneak Attack class feature still apply to you. Source: Sword Coast Adventurer's Guide p. 135 Roguish Archetype: Swashbuckler You focus your training on the art of the blade, relying on speed, elegance, and charm in equal parts. While some warriors are brutes clad in heavy armor, your method of fighting looks almost like a performance. Duelists and pirates typically belong to this archetype. A Swashbuckler excels in single combat, and can fight with two weapons while safely darting away from an opponent. Source: Sword Coast Adventurer's Guide p. 135 Swashbuckler: Fancy Footwork When you choose this archetype at 3rd level, you learn how to land a strike and then slip away without reprisal. During your turn, if you make a melee attack against a creature, that creature can't make opportunity attacks against you for the rest of your turn. Source: Sword Coast Adventurer's Guide p. 135 Swashbuckler: Rakish Audacity Starting at 3rd level, your confidence propels you into battle. You can give yourself a bonus to your initiative rolls equal to your Charisma modifier. You also gain an additional way to use your Sneak Attack; you don't need advantage on the attack roll to use your Sneak Attack against a creature if you are within 5 feet of it, no other creatures are within 5 feet of you, and you don't have disadvantage on the attack roll. All the other rules for Sneak Attack still apply to you. Source: Sword Coast Adventurer's Guide p. 135 Mastermind: Insightful Manipulator Starting at 9th level, if you spend at least 1 minute observing or interacting with another creature outside combat, you can learn certain information about its capabilities compared to your own. The DM tells you if the creature is your equal, superior, or inferior in regard to two of the following characteristics of your choice: • Intelligence score • Wisdom score • Charisma score • Class levels (if any) At the DM's option, you might also realize you know a piece of the creature's history or one of its personality traits, if it has any. Source: Sword Coast Adventurer's Guide p. 135 Mastermind: Insightful Manipulator Starting at 9th level, if you spend at least 1 minute observing or interacting with another creature outside combat, you can learn certain information about its capabilities compared to your own. The DM tells you if the creature is your equal, superior, or inferior in regard to two of the following characteristics of your choice: • Intelligence score • Wisdom score • Charisma score • Class levels (if any) At the DM's option, you might also realize you know a piece of the creature's history or one of its personality traits, if it has any. Source: Sword Coast Adventurer's Guide p. 135 Swashbuckler: Panache At 9th level, your charm becomes extraordinarily beguiling. As an action, you can make a Charisma (Persuasion) check contested by a creature's Wisdom (Insight) check. The creature must be able to hear you, and the two of you must share a language. If you succeed on the check and the creature is hostile to you, it has disadvantage on attack rolls against targets other than you and can't make opportunity attacks against targets other than you. This effect lasts for 1 minute, until one of your companions attacks the target or affects it with a spell, or until you and the target are more than 60 feet apart. If you succeed on the check and the creature isn't hostile to you, it is charmed by you for 1 minute. While charmed, it regards you as a friendly acquaintance. This effect ends immediately if you or your companions do anything harmful to it. Source: Sword Coast Adventurer's Guide p. 135 Swashbuckler: Panache At 9th level, your charm becomes extraordinarily beguiling. As an action, you can make a Charisma (Persuasion) check contested by a creature's Wisdom (Insight) check. The creature must be able to hear you, and the two of you must share a language. If you succeed on the check and the creature is hostile to you, it has disadvantage on attack rolls against targets other than you and can't make opportunity attacks against targets other than you. This effect lasts for 1 minute, until one of your companions attacks the target or affects it with a spell, or until you and the target are more than 60 feet apart. If you succeed on the check and the creature isn't hostile to you, it is charmed by you for 1 minute. While charmed, it regards you as a friendly acquaintance. This effect ends immediately if you or your companions do anything harmful to it. Source: Sword Coast Adventurer's Guide p. 135 Mastermind: Misdirection Beginning at 13th level, you can sometimes cause another creature to suffer an attack meant for you. When you are targeted by an attack while a creature within 5 feet of you is granting you cover against that attack, you can use your reaction to have the attack target that creature instead of you. Source: Sword Coast Adventurer's Guide p. 135 Mastermind: Misdirection Beginning at 13th level, you can sometimes cause another creature to suffer an attack meant for you. When you are targeted by an attack while a creature within 5 feet of you is granting you cover against that attack, you can use your reaction to have the attack target that creature instead of you. Source: Sword Coast Adventurer's Guide p. 135 Swashbuckler: Elegant Maneuver Starting at 13th level, you can use a bonus action on your turn to gain advantage on the next Dexterity (Acrobatics) or Strength (Athletics) check you make during the same turn. Source: Sword Coast Adventurer's Guide p. 135 Swashbuckler: Elegant Maneuver Starting at 13th level, you can use a bonus action on your turn to gain advantage on the next Dexterity (Acrobatics) or Strength (Athletics) check you make during the same turn. Source: Sword Coast Adventurer's Guide p. 135 Mastermind: Soul of Deceit Starting at 17th level, your thoughts can't be read by telepathy or other means, unless you allow it. You can present false thoughts by making a Charisma (Deception) check contested by the mind reader's Wisdom (Insight) check. Additionally, no matter what you say, magic that would determine if you are telling the truth indicates you are being truthful, if you so choose, and you can't be compelled to tell the truth by magic. Source: Sword Coast Adventurer's Guide p. 135 Mastermind: Soul of Deceit Starting at 17th level, your thoughts can't be read by telepathy or other means, unless you allow it. You can present false thoughts by succeeding on a Charisma (Deception) check contested by the mind reader's Wisdom (Insight) check. Additionally, no matter what you say, magic that would determine if you are telling the truth indicates you are being truthful if you so choose, and you can't be compelled to tell the truth by magic. Source: Sword Coast Adventurer's Guide p. 135 Swashbuckler: Master Duelist Beginning at 17th level, your mastery of the blade lets you turn failure to success in combat. If you miss with an attack roll, you can choose to roll it again with advantage. Once you do so, you can't use this feature again until you finish a short or long rest. Source: Sword Coast Adventurer's Guide p. 135 Swashbuckler: Master Duelist Beginning at 17th level, your mastery of the blade lets you turn failure into success in combat. If you miss with an attack roll, you can roll it again with advantage. Once you do so, you can't use this feature again until you finish a short or long rest. Source: Sword Coast Adventurer's Guide p. 135 Ranger 10 Strength, Dexterity, Animal Handling, Athletics, Insight, Investigation, Nature, Perception, Stealth, Survival 3 Wisdom Starting Ranger As a 1st-level Ranger, you begin play with 10+your Constitution modifier hit points. You are proficient with the following items, in addition to any proficiencies provided by your race or background. • Armor: light, medium, shields • Weapons: simple, martial • Tools: none • Skills: Choose 3 from Animal Handling, Athletics, Insight, Investigation, Nature, Perception, Stealth, Survival You begin play with the following equipment, in addition to any equipment provided by your background. • (a) scale mail or (b) leather armor • (a) two shortsword or (b) two simple melee weapons • (a) a dungeoneer's pack or (b) an explorer's pack • A longbow and a quiver of arrows (20) Alternatively, you may start with 5d4 x 10 gp and choose your own equipment. Source: Player's Handbook p. 89 Multiclass Ranger To multiclass as a Ranger, you must meet the following prerequisites: • Wisdom 13 You gain the following proficiencies: • Armor: light, medium, shields • Tools: none Source: Player's Handbook p. 89 light, medium, shields simple, martial none 5d4x10 Favored Enemy Beginning at 1st level, you have significant experience studying, tracking, hunting, and even talking to a certain type of enemy. Choose a type of favored enemy: aberrations, beasts, celestials, constructs, dragons, elementals, fey, fiends, giants, monstrosities, oozes, plants, or undead. Alternatively, you can select two races of humanoid (such as gnoll and orc) as favored enemies. You have advantage on Wisdom (Survival) checks to track your favored enemies, as well as on Intelligence checks to recall information about them. When you gain this feature, you also learn one language of your choice that is spoken by your favored enemies, if they speak one at all. You choose one additional favored enemy, as well as an associated language, at 6th and 14th level. As you gain levels, your choices should reflect the types of monsters you have encountered on your adventures. Source: Player's Handbook p. 89 Natural Explorer You are particularly familiar with one type of natural environment and are adept at traveling and surviving in such regions. Choose one type of favored terrain: arctic, coast, desert, forest, grassland, mountain, swamp, or the Underdark. When you make an Intelligence or Wisdom check related to your favored terrain, your proficiency bonus is doubled if you are using a skill that you're proficient in. While traveling for an hour or more in your favored terrain, you gain the following benefits: • Difficult terrain doesn't slow your group's travel. • Your group can't become lost except by magical means. • Even when you are engaged in another activity while traveling (such as foraging, navigating, or tracking), you remain alert to danger. • If you are traveling alone, you can move stealthily at a normal pace. • When you forage, you find twice as much food as you normally would. • While tracking other creatures, you also learn their exact number, their sizes, and how long ago they passed through the area. You choose additional favored terrain types at 6th and 10th level. Source: Player's Handbook p. 89 0, 2 Fighting Style At 2nd level, you adopt a particular style of fighting as your specialty. Choose one of the following options. You can't take a Fighting Style option more than once, even if you later get to choose again. Source: Player's Handbook p. 89 Fighting Style: Archery You gain a +2 bonus to attack rolls you make with ranged weapons. Source: Player's Handbook p. 89 Fighting Style: Defense While you are wearing armor, you gain a +1 bonus to AC. Source: Player's Handbook p. 89 Fighting Style: Dueling When you are wielding a melee weapon in one hand and no other weapons, you gain a +2 bonus to damage rolls with that weapon. Source: Player's Handbook p. 89 Fighting Style: Two-Weapon Fighting When you engage in two-weapon fighting, you can add your ability modifier to the damage of the second attack. Source: Player's Handbook p. 89 Spellcasting By the time you reach 2nd level, you have learned to use the magical essence of nature to cast spells, much as a druid does. See chapter 10 for the general rules of spellcasting and chapter 11 for the ranger spell list. Spell Slots: The Ranger table shows how many spell slots you have to cast your ranger spells of 1st level and higher. To cast one of these spells, you must expend a slot of the spell's level or higher. You regain all expended spell slots when you finish a long rest. For example, if you know the 1st-level spell animal friendship and have a 1st-level and a 2nd-level spell slot available, you can cast animal friendship using either slot. Spells Known of 1st Level and Higher: You know two 1st-level spells of your choice from the ranger spell list. The Spells Known column of the Ranger table shows when you learn more ranger spells of your choice. Each of these spells must be of a level for which you have spell slots. For instance, when you reach 5th level in this class, you can learn one new spell of 1st or 2nd level. Additionally, when you gain a level in this class, you can choose one of the ranger spells you know and replace it with another spell from the ranger spell list, which also must be of a level for which you have spell slots. Spellcasting Ability: Wisdom is your spellcasting ability for your ranger spells, since your magic draws on your attunement to nature. You use your Wisdom whenever a spell refers to your spellcasting ability. In addition, you use your Wisdom modifier when setting the saving throw DC for a ranger spell you cast and when making an attack roll with one. Source: Player's Handbook p. 89 0, 3 Ranger Archetype At 3rd level, you choose an archetype that you strive to emulate from the list of available archetypes. Your choice grants features at 3rd level, and again at 7th, 11th, and 15th level. Source: Player's Handbook p. 89 Ranger Archetype: Beast Master The Beast Master archetype embodies a friendship between the civilized races and the beasts of the world. United in focus, beast and ranger work as one to fight the monstrous foes that threaten civilization and the wilderness alike. Emulating the Beast Master archetype means committing yourself to this ideal, working in partnership with an animal as its companion and friend. Source: Player's Handbook p. 93 Beast Master: Ranger's Companion You gain a beast companion that accompanies you on your adventures and is trained to fight alongside you. Choose a beast that is no larger than Medium and that has a challenge rating of 1/4 or lower. Add your proficiency bonus to the beast's AC, attack rolls, and damage rolls, as well as to any saving throws and skills it is proficient in. Its hit point maximum equals its normal maximum or four times your ranger level, whichever is higher. Like any creature, the beast can spend Hit Dice during a short rest. The beast obeys your commands as best as it can. It takes its turn on your initiative. On your turn, you can verbally command the beast where to move (no action required by you). You can use your action to verbally command it to take the Attack, Dash, Disengage, or Help action. If you don't issue a command, the beast takes the Dodge action. Once you have the Extra Attack feature, you can make one weapon attack yourself when you command the beast to take the Attack action. If you are incapacitated or absent, your beast companion acts on its own, focusing on protecting you and itself. It never requires your command to use its reaction, such as when making an opportunity attack. While traveling through your favored terrain with only the beast, you can move stealthily at a normal pace. If the beast dies, you can obtain another one by spending 8 hours magically bonding with another beast that isn't hostile to you, either the same type of beast as before or a different one. Source: Player's Handbook p. 93 Ranger Archetype: Hunter Emulating the Hunter archetype means accepting your place as a bulwark between civilization and the terrors of the wilderness. As you walk the Hunter's path, you learn specialized techniques for fighting the threats you face, from rampaging ogres and hordes of orcs to towering giants and terrifying dragons. Source: Player's Handbook p. 93 Hunter: Horde Breaker Once on each of your turns when you make a weapon attack, you can make another attack with the same weapon against a different creature that is within 5 feet of the original target and within range of your weapon. Source: Player's Handbook p. 93 Hunter: Hunter's Prey At 3rd level, you gain one of the following features of your choice. Source: Player's Handbook p. 93 Hunter: Colossus Slayer Your tenacity can wear down the most potent foes. When you hit a creature with a weapon attack, the creature takes an extra 1d8 damage if it's below its hit point maximum. You can deal this extra damage only once per turn. Source: Player's Handbook p. 93 Hunter: Giant Killer When a Large or larger creature within 5 feet of you hits or misses you with an attack, you can use your reaction to attack that creature immediately after its attack, provided that you can see the creature. Source: Player's Handbook p. 93 Primeval Awareness Beginning at 3rd level, you can use your action and expend one ranger spell slot to focus your awareness on the region around you. For 1 minute per level of the spell slot you expend, you can sense whether the following types of creatures are present within 1 mile of you (or within up to 6 miles if you are in your favored terrain): aberrations, celestials, dragons, elementals, fey, fiends, and undead. This feature doesn't reveal the creatures' location or number. Source: Player's Handbook p. 89 0, 3 Ability Score Improvement When you reach 4th level, you can increase one ability score of your choice by 2, or you can increase two ability scores of your choice by 1. As normal, you can't increase an ability score above 20 using this feature. If your DM allows the use of feats, you may instead take a feat. Source: Player's Handbook p. 89 0, 4, 2 Extra Attack Beginning at 5th level, you can attack twice, instead of once, whenever you take the Attack action on your turn. Source: Player's Handbook p. 89 0, 4, 2 Favored Enemy and Natural Explorer improvements At 6th level, you gain an additional favored terrain. At 6th level, you choose one additional favored enemy, as well as an associated language. Your choice should reflect the types of monsters you have encountered on your adventures. Source: Player's Handbook p. 89 0, 4, 3 Ranger Archetype feature At 7th level, you gain a feature granted to you by your Ranger Archetype. Source: Player's Handbook p. 89 Beast Master: Exceptional Training Beginning at 7th level, on any of your turns when your beast companion doesn't attack, you can use a bonus action to command the beast to take the Dash, Disengage, or Help action on its turn. In addition, the beast's attacks now count as magical for the purpose of overcoming resistance and immunity to nonmagical attacks and damage. Source: Player's Handbook p. 93 Hunter: Defensive Tactics At 7th level, you gain one of the following features of your choice. Source: Player's Handbook p. 93 Hunter: Escape the Horde Opportunity attacks against you are made with disadvantage. Source: Player's Handbook p. 93 Hunter: Multiattack Defense When a creature hits you with an attack, you gain a +4 bonus to AC against all subsequent attacks made by that creature for the rest of the turn. Source: Player's Handbook p. 93 Hunter: Steel Will You have advantage on saving throws against being frightened. Source: Player's Handbook p. 93 0, 4, 3 Ability Score Improvement When you reach 8th level, you can increase one ability score of your choice by 2, or you can increase two ability scores of your choice by 1. As normal, you can't increase an ability score above 20 using this feature. If your DM allows the use of feats, you may instead take a feat. Source: Player's Handbook p. 89 Land's Stride Starting at 8th level, moving through nonmagical difficult terrain costs you no extra movement. You can also pass through nonmagical plants without being slowed by them and without taking damage from them if they have thorns, spines, or a similar hazard. In addition, you have advantage on saving throws against plants that are magically created or manipulated to impede movement, such those created by the entangle spell. Source: Player's Handbook p. 89 0, 4, 3, 2 0, 4, 3, 2 Hide in Plain Sight Starting at 10th level, you can spend 1 minute creating camouflage for yourself. You must have access to fresh mud, dirt, plants, soot, and other naturally occurring materials with which to create your camouflage. Once you are camouflaged in this way, you can try to hide by pressing yourself up against a solid surface, such as a tree or wall, that is at least as tall and wide as you are. You gain a +10 bonus to Dexterity (Stealth) checks as long as you remain there without moving or taking actions. Once you move or take an action or a reaction, you must camouflage yourself again to gain this benefit. Source: Player's Handbook p. 89 Natural Explorer improvement You gain an additional favored terrain. Source: Player's Handbook p. 89 0, 4, 3, 3 Ranger Archetype feature At 11th level, you gain a feature granted to you by your Ranger Archetype. Source: Player's Handbook p. 89 Beast Master: Bestial Fury Starting at 11th level, when you command your beast companion to take the Attack action, the beast can make two attacks, or it can take the Multiattack action if it has that action. Source: Player's Handbook p. 93 Hunter: Multiattack At 11th level, you gain one of the following features of your choice. Source: Player's Handbook p. 93 Hunter: Volley You can use your action to make a ranged attack against any number of creatures within 10 feet of a point you can see within your weapon's range. You must have ammunition for each target, as normal, and you make a separate attack roll for each target. Source: Player's Handbook p. 93 Hunter: Whirlwind Attack You can use your action to make a melee attack against any number of creatures within 5 feet of you, with a separate attack roll for each target. Source: Player's Handbook p. 93 0, 4, 3, 3 Ability Score Improvement When you reach 12th level, you can increase one ability score of your choice by 2, or you can increase two ability scores of your choice by 1. As normal, you can't increase an ability score above 20 using this feature. If your DM allows the use of feats, you may instead take a feat. Source: Player's Handbook p. 89 0, 4, 3, 3, 1 0, 4, 3, 3, 1 Vanish Starting at 14th level, you can use the Hide action as a bonus action on your turn. Also, you can't be tracked by nonmagical means, unless you choose to leave a trail. Source: Player's Handbook p. 89 Favored Enemy improvement At 14th level, you choose one additional favored enemy, as well as an associated language. Your choice should reflect the types of monsters you have encountered on your adventures. Source: Player's Handbook p. 89 0, 4, 3, 3, 2 Ranger Archetype feature At 15th level, you gain a feature granted to you by your Ranger Archetype. Source: Player's Handbook p. 89 Beast Master: Share Spells Beginning at 15th level, when you cast a spell targeting yourself, you can also affect your beast companion with the spell if the beast is within 30 feet of you. Source: Player's Handbook p. 93 Hunter: Evasion You can nimbly dodge out of the way of certain area effects, such as a red dragon's fiery breath or a lightning bolt spell. When you are subjected to an effect that allows you to make a Dexterity saving throw to take only half damage, you instead take no damage if you succeed on the saving throw, and only half damage if you fail. Source: Player's Handbook p. 93 Hunter: Stand Against the Tide When a hostile creature misses you with a melee attack, you can use your reaction to force that creature to repeat the same attack against another creature (other than itself) of your choice. Source: Player's Handbook p. 93 Hunter: Superior Hunter's Defense At 15th level, you gain one of the following features of your choice. Source: Player's Handbook p. 93 Hunter: Uncanny Dodge When an attacker that you can see hits you with an attack, you can use your reaction to halve the attack's damage against you. Source: Player's Handbook p. 93 0, 4, 3, 3, 2 Ability Score Improvement When you reach 16th level, you can increase one ability score of your choice by 2, or you can increase two ability scores of your choice by 1. As normal, you can't increase an ability score above 20 using this feature. If your DM allows the use of feats, you may instead take a feat. Source: Player's Handbook p. 89 0, 4, 3, 3, 3, 1 0, 4, 3, 3, 3, 1 Feral Senses At 18th level, you gain preternatural senses that help you fight creatures you can't see. When you attack a creature you can't see, your inability to see it doesn't impose disadvantage on your attack rolls against it. You are also aware of the location of any invisible creature within 30 feet of you, provided that the creature isn't hidden from you and you aren't blinded or deafened. Source: Player's Handbook p. 89 0, 4, 3, 3, 3, 2 Ability Score Improvement When you reach 19th level, you can increase one ability score of your choice by 2, or you can increase two ability scores of your choice by 1. As normal, you can't increase an ability score above 20 using this feature. If your DM allows the use of feats, you may instead take a feat. Source: Player's Handbook p. 89 0, 4, 3, 3, 3, 2 Foe Slayer At 20th level, you become an unparalleled hunter of your enemies. Once on each of your turns, you can add your Wisdom modifier to the attack roll or the damage roll of an attack you make against one of your favored enemies. You can choose to use this feature before or after the roll, but before any effects of the roll are applied. Source: Player's Handbook p. 89 Ranger Archetype: Gloom Stalker Gloom Stalkers are at home in the darkest places: deep under the earth, in gloomy alleyways, in primeval forests, and wherever else the light dims. Most folk enter such places with trepidation, but a Gloom Stalker ventures boldly into the darkness, seeking to ambush threats before they can reach the broader world. Such rangers are often found in the Underdark, but they will go any place where evil lurks in the shadows. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 41 Gloom Stalker: Dread Ambusher At 3rd level, you master the art of the ambush. You can give yourself a bonus to your initiative rolls equal to your Wisdom modifier. At the start of your first turn of each combat, your walking speed increases by 10 feet, which lasts until the end of that turn. If you take the Attack action on that turn, you can make one additional weapon attack as part of that action. If that attack hits, the target takes an extra 1d8 damage of the weapon's damage type. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 41 Gloom Stalker: Gloom Stalker Magic Starting at 3rd level, you learn an additional spell when you reach certain levels in this class, as shown in the Gloom Stalker Spells table. The spell counts as a ranger spell for you, but it doesn't count against the number of ranger spells you know. Gloom Stalker Spells Ranger Level | Spells 3rd | disguise self 5th | rope trick 9th | fear 13th | greater invisibility 17th | seeming Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 41 Gloom Stalker: Umbral Sight At 3rd level, you gain darkvision out to a range of 60 feet. If you already have darkvision from your race, its range increases by 30 feet. You are also adept at evading creatures that rely on darkvision. While in darkness, you are invisible to any creature that relies on darkvision to see you in that darkness. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 41 Ranger Archetype: Horizon Walker Horizon Walkers guard the world against threats that originate from other planes or that seek to ravage the mortal realm with otherworldly magic. They seek out planar portals and keep watch over them, venturing to the Inner Planes and the Outer Planes as needed to pursue their foes. These rangers are also friends to any forces in the multiverse—especially benevolent dragons, fey, and elementals—that work to preserve life and the order of the planes. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 42 Horizon Walker: Detect Portal At 3rd level, you gain the ability to magically sense the presence of a planar portal. As an action, you detect the distance and direction to the closest planar portal within 1 mile of you. Once you use this feature, you can't use it again until you finish a short or long rest. See the "Planar Travel" section in chapter 2 of the Dungeon Master's Guide for examples of planar portals. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 42 Horizon Walker: Horizon Walker Magic Starting at 3rd level, you learn an additional spell when you reach certain levels in this class, as shown in the Horizon Walker Spells table. The spell counts as a ranger spell for you, but it doesn't count against the number of ranger spells you know. Horizon Walker Spells Ranger Level | Spells 3rd | protection from evil and good 5th | misty step 9th | haste 13th | banishment 17th | teleportation circle Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 42 Horizon Walker: Planar Warrior At 3rd level, you learn to draw on the energy of the multiverse to augment your attacks. As a bonus action, choose one creature you can see within 30 feet of you. The next time you hit that creature on this turn with a weapon attack, all damage dealt by the attack becomes force damage, and the creature takes an extra 1d8 force damage from the attack. When you reach 11th level in this class, the extra damage increases to 2d8. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 42 Ranger Archetype: Monster Slayer You have dedicated yourself to hunting down creatures of the night and wielders of grim magic. A Monster Slayer seeks out vampires, dragons, evil fey, fiends, and other magical threats. Trained in supernatural techniques to overcome such monsters, slayers are experts at unearthing and defeating mighty, mystical foes. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 43 Monster Slayer: Hunter's Sense At 3rd level, you gain the ability to peer at a creature and magically discern how best to hurt it. As an action, choose one creature you can see within 60 feet of you. You immediately learn whether the creature has any damage immunities, resistances, or vulnerabilities and what they are. If the creature is hidden from divination magic, you sense that it has no damage immunities, resistances, or vulnerabilities. You can use this feature a number of times equal to your Wisdom modifier (minimum of once). You regain all expended uses of it when you finish a long rest. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 43 Monster Slayer: Monster Slayer Magic Starting at 3rd level, you learn an additional spell when you reach certain levels in this class, as shown in the Monster Slayer Spells table. The spell counts as a ranger spell for you, but it doesn't count against the number of ranger spells you know. Monster Slayer Spells Ranger Level | Spells 3rd | protection from evil and good 5th | zone of truth 9th | magic circle 13th | banishment 17th | hold monster Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 43 Monster Slayer: Slayer's Prey Starting at 3rd level, you can focus your ire on one foe, increasing the harm you inflict on it. As a bonus action, you designate one creature you can see within 60 feet of you as the target of this feature. The first time each turn that you hit that target with a weapon attack, it takes an extra 1d6 damage from the weapon. This benefit lasts until you finish a short or long rest. It ends early if you designate a different creature. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 43 Gloom Stalker: Iron Mind By 7th level, you have honed your ability to resist the mind-altering powers of your prey. You gain proficiency in Wisdom saving throws. If you already have this proficiency, you instead gain proficiency in Intelligence or Charisma saving throws (your choice). Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 41 Horizon Walker: Ethereal Step At 7th level, you learn to step through the Ethereal Plane. As a bonus action, you can cast the etherealness spell with this feature, without expending a spell slot, but the spell ends at the end of the current turn. Once you use this feature, you can't use it again until you finish a short or long rest. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 42 Monster Slayer: Supernatural Defense At 7th level, you gain extra resilience against your prey's assaults on your mind and body. Whenever the target of your Slayer's Prey forces you to make a saving throw and whenever you make an ability check to escape that target's grapple, add 1d6 to your roll. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 43 Gloom Stalker: Stalker's Flurry At 11th level, you learn to attack with such unexpected speed that you can turn a miss into another strike. Once on each of your turns when you miss with a weapon attack, you can make another weapon attack as part of the same action. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 41 Horizon Walker: Distant Strike At 11th level, you gain the ability to pass between the planes in the blink of an eye. When you take the Attack action, you can teleport up to 10 feet before each attack to an unoccupied space you can see. If you attack at least two different creatures with the action, you can make one additional attack with it against a third creature. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 42 Monster Slayer: Magic-User's Nemesis At 11th level, you gain the ability to thwart someone else's magic. When you see a creature casting a spell or teleporting within 60 feet of you, you can use your reaction to try to magically foil it. The creature must succeed on a Wisdom saving throw against your spell save DC, or its spell or teleport fails and is wasted. Once you use this feature, you can't use it again until you finish a short or long rest. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 43 Gloom Stalker: Shadowy Dodge Starting at 15th level, you can dodge in unforeseen ways, with wisps of supernatural shadow around you. Whenever a creature makes an attack roll against you and doesn't have advantage on the roll, you can use your reaction to impose disadvantage on it. You must use this feature before you know the outcome of the attack roll. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 41 Horizon Walker: Spectral Defense At 15th level, your ability to move between planes enables you to slip through the planar boundaries to lessen the harm done to you during battle. When you take damage from an attack, you can use your reaction to give yourself resistance to all of that attack's damage on this turn. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 42 Monster Slayer: Slayer's Counter At 15th level, you gain the ability to counterattack when your prey tries to sabotage you. If the target of your Slayer's Prey forces you to make a saving throw, you can use your reaction to make one weapon attack against the quarry. You make this attack immediately before making the saving throw. If your attack hits, your save automatically succeeds, in addition to the attack's normal effects. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 43 Favored Foe 1st-level ranger optional class features, which replaces the Favored Enemy feature and works with the Foe Slayer feature When you hit a creature with an attack roll, you can call on your mystical bond with nature to mark the target as your favored enemy for 1 minute or until you lose your concentration (as if you were concentrating on a spell). The first time on each of your turns that you hit the favored enemy and deal damage to it, including when you mark it, you can increase that damage by 1d4. You can use this feature to mark a favored enemy a number of times equal to your proficiency bonus, and you regain all expended uses when you finish a long rest. This feature's extra damage increases when you reach certain levels in this class: to 1d6 at 6th level and to 1d8 at 14th level. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 56 Deft Explorer 1st-level ranger optional class features, which replaces the Natural Explorer feature You are an unsurpassed explorer and survivor, both in the wilderness and in dealing with others on your travels. You gain the Canny benefit below, and you gain an additional benefit below when you reach 6th level and 10th level in this class. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 56 Deft Explorer: Canny (1st Level) Choose one of your skill proficiencies. Your proficiency bonus is doubled for any ability check you make that uses the chosen skill. You can also speak, read, and write two additional languages of your choice. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 56 Deft Explorer: Roving (6th Level) Your walking speed increases by 5, and you gain a climbing speed and a swimming speed equal to your walking speed. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 56 Deft Explorer: Tireless (10th Level) As an action, you can give yourself a number of temporary hit points equal to 1d8 + your Wisdom modifier (minimum of 1 temporary hit point). You can use this action a number of times equal to your proficiency bonus, and you regain all expended uses when you finish a long rest. In addition, whenever you finish a short rest, your exhaustion level, if any, is decreased by 1. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 56 Fighting Style: Blind Fighting You have blindsight with a range of 10 feet. Within that range, you can effectively see anything that isn't behind total cover, even if you're blinded or in darkness. Moreover, you can see an invisible creature within that range, unless the creature successfully hides from you. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 89 Fighting Style: Druidic Warrior You learn two cantrips of your choice from the druid spell list. They count as ranger spells for you, and Wisdom is your spellcasting ability for them. Whenever you gain a level in this class, you can replace one of these cantrips with another cantrip from the druid spell list. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 89 Fighting Style: Thrown Weapon Fighting You can draw a weapon that has the thrown property as part of the attack you make with the weapon. In addition, when you hit with a ranged attack using a thrown weapon, you gain a +2 bonus to the damage roll. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 89 Spellcasting Focus 2nd-level ranger optional class features You can use a druidic focus as a spellcasting focus for your ranger spells. A druidic focus might be a sprig of mistletoe or holly, a wand or rod made of yew or another special wood, a staff drawn whole from a living tree, or an object incorporating feathers, fur, bones, and teeth from sacred animals. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 56 Ranger Archetype: Fey Wanderer A fey mystique surrounds you, thanks to the boon of an archfey, the shining fruit you ate from a talking tree, the magic spring you swam in, or some other auspicious event. However you acquired your fey magic, you are now a Fey Wanderer, a ranger who represents both the mortal and the fey realms. As you wander the multiverse, your joyful laughter brightens the hearts of the downtrodden, and your martial prowess strikes terror in your foes, for great is the mirth of the fey and dreadful is their fury. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 58 Fey Wanderer: Dreadful Strikes 3rd-level Fey Wanderer feature You can augment your weapon strikes with mind-scarring magic, drawn from the gloomy hollows of the Feywild. When you hit a creature with a weapon, you can deal an extra 1d4 psychic damage to the target, which can take this extra damage only once per turn. The extra damage increases to 1d6 when you reach 11th level in this class. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 58 Fey Wanderer: Fey Wanderer Magic 3rd-level Fey Wanderer feature You learn an additional spell when you reach certain levels in this class, as shown in the Fey Wanderer Spells table. Each spell counts as a ranger spell for you, but it doesn't count against the number of ranger spells you know. Fey Wanderer Spells Ranger Level | Spells 3rd | charm person 5th | misty step 9th | dispel magic 13th | dimension door 17th | mislead You also possess a preternatural blessing from a fey ally or a place of fey power. Choose your blessing from the Feywild Gifts table or determine it randomly. Feywild Gifts d6 | Gift 1 | Illusory butterflies flutter around you while you take a short or long rest. 2 | Fresh, seasonal flowers sprout from your hair each dawn. 3 | You faintly smell of cinnamon, lavender, nutmeg, or another comforting herb or spice. 4 | Your shadow dances while no one is looking directly at it. 5 | Horns or antlers sprout from your head. 6 | Your skin and hair change color to match the season at each dawn. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 58 Fey Wanderer: Otherworldly Glamour 3rd-level Fey Wanderer feature Your fey qualities give you a supernatural charm. As a result, whenever you make a Charisma check, you gain a bonus to the check equal to your Wisdom modifier (minimum of +1). In addition, you gain proficiency in one of the following skills of your choice: Deception, Performance, or Persuasion. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 58 Ranger Archetype: Swarmkeeper Feeling a deep connection to the environment around them, some rangers reach out through their magical connection to the world and bond with a swarm of nature spirits. The swarm becomes a potent force in battle, as well as helpful company for the ranger. Some Swarmkeepers are outcasts or hermits, keeping to themselves and their attendant swarms rather than dealing with the discomfort of others. Other Swarmkeepers enjoy building vibrant communities that work for the mutual benefit of all those they consider part of their swarm. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 59 Swarmkeeper: Gathered Swarm 3rd-level Swarmkeeper feature A swarm of intangible nature spirits has bonded itself to you and can assist you in battle. Until you die, the swarm remains in your space, crawling on you or flying and skittering around you within your space. You determine its appearance, or you generate its appearance by rolling on the Swarm Appearance table. Swarm Appearance d4 | Appearance 1 | Swarming insects 2 | Miniature twig blights 3 | Fluttering birds 4 | Playful pixies Once on each of your turns, you can cause the swarm to assist you in one of the following ways, immediately after you hit a creature with an attack: • The attack's target takes 1d6 piercing damage from the swarm. • The attack's target must succeed on a Strength saving throw against your spell save DC or be moved by the swarm up to 15 feet horizontally in a direction of your choice. • You are moved by the swarm 5 feet horizontally in a direction of your choice. Swarmkeeper: It's Your Swarm A Swarmkeeper's swarm and spells are reflections of the character's bond with nature spirits. Take the opportunity to describe the swarm and the ranger's magic in play. For example, when your ranger casts gaseous form, they might appear to melt into the swarm, instead of a cloud of mist, or the arcane eye spell could create an extension of your swarm that spies for you. Such descriptions don't change the effects of spells, but they are an exciting opportunity to explore your character's narrative through their class abilities. For more guidance on customizing spells, see the "Personalizing Spells" section in chapter 3. Also, remember that the swarm's appearance is yours to customize, and don't feel confined to a single appearance. Perhaps the spirits' look changes with the ranger's mood or with the seasons. You decide! Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 59 Swarmkeeper: Swarmkeeper Magic 3rd-level Swarmkeeper feature You learn the mage hand cantrip if you don't already know it. When you cast it, the hand takes the form of your swarming nature spirits. You also learn an additional spell of 1st level or higher when you reach certain levels in this class, as shown in the Swarmkeeper Spells table. Each spell counts as a ranger spell for you, but it doesn't count against the number of ranger spells you know. Swarmkeeper Spells Ranger Level | Spells 3rd | faerie fire 5th | web 9th | gaseous form 13th | arcane eye 17th | insect plague Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 59 Primal Awareness 3rd-level ranger optional class features, which replaces the Primeval Awareness feature You can focus your awareness through the interconnections of nature: you learn additional spells when you reach certain levels in this class if you don't already know them, as shown in the Primal Awareness Spells table. These spells don't count against the number of ranger spells you know. Primal Awareness Spells Ranger Level | Spell 3rd | speak with animals 5th | beast sense 9th | speak with plants 13th | locate creature 17th | commune with nature You can cast each of these spells once without expending a spell slot. Once you cast a spell in this way, you can't do so again until you finish a long rest. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 56 Martial Versatility 4th-level ranger optional class features Whenever you reach a level in this class that grants the Ability Score Improvement feature, you can replace a fighting style you know with another fighting style available to rangers. This replacement represents a shift of focus in your martial practice. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 56 Fey Wanderer: Beguiling Twist 7th-level Fey Wanderer feature The magic of the Feywild guards your mind. You have advantage on saving throws against being charmed or frightened. In addition, whenever you or a creature you can see within 120 feet of you succeeds on a saving throw against being charmed or frightened, you can use your reaction to force a different creature you can see within 120 feet of you to make a Wisdom saving throw against your spell save DC. If the save fails, the target is charmed or frightened by you (your choice) for 1 minute. The target can repeat the saving throw at the end of each of its turns, ending the effect on itself on a successful save. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 58 Swarmkeeper: Writhing Tide 7th-level Swarmkeeper feature You can condense part of your swarm into a focused mass that lifts you up. As a bonus action, you gain a flying speed of 10 feet and can hover. This effect lasts for 1 minute or until you are incapacitated. You can use this feature a number of times equal to your proficiency bonus, and you regain all expended uses when you finish a long rest. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 59 Nature's Veil 10th-level ranger optional class features, which replaces the Hide in Plain Sight feature You draw on the powers of nature to hide yourself from view briefly. As a bonus action, you can magically become invisible, along with any equipment you are wearing or carrying, until the start of your next turn. You can use this feature a number of times equal to your proficiency bonus, and you regain all expended uses when you finish a long rest. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 56 Fey Wanderer: Fey Reinforcements 11th-level Fey Wanderer feature The royal courts of the Feywild have blessed you with the assistance of fey beings: you know summon fey. It doesn't count against the number of ranger spells you know, and you can cast it without a material component. You can also cast it once without a spell slot, and you regain the ability to do so when you finish a long rest. Whenever you start casting the spell, you can modify it so that it doesn't require concentration. If you do so, the spell's duration becomes 1 minute for that casting. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 58 Swarmkeeper: Mighty Swarm 11th-level Swarmkeeper feature Your Gathered Swarm grows mightier in the following ways: • The damage of Gathered Swarm increases to 1d8. • If a creature fails its saving throw against being moved by Gathered Swarm, you can also cause the swarm to knock the creature prone. • When you are moved by Gathered Swarm, it gives you half cover until the start of your next turn. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 59 Fey Wanderer: Misty Wanderer 15th-level Fey Wanderer feature You can slip in and out of the Feywild to move in a blink of an eye: you can cast misty step without expending a spell slot. You can do so a number of times equal to your Wisdom modifier (minimum of once), and you regain all expended uses when you finish a long rest. In addition, whenever you cast misty step, you can bring along one willing creature you can see within 5 feet of you. That creature teleports to an unoccupied space of your choice within 5 feet of your destination space. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 58 Swarmkeeper: Swarming Dispersal 15th-level Swarmkeeper feature You can discorporate into your swarm, avoiding danger. When you take damage, you can use your reaction to give yourself resistance to that damage. You vanish into your swarm and then teleport to an unoccupied space that you can see within 30 feet of you, where you reappear with the swarm. You can use this feature a number of times equal to your proficiency bonus, and you regain all expended uses when you finish a long rest. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 59 Sorcerer 6 Constitution, Charisma, Arcana, Deception, Insight, Intimidation, Persuasion, Religion 2 Charisma Starting Sorcerer As a 1st-level Sorcerer, you begin play with 6+your Constitution modifier hit points. You are proficient with the following items, in addition to any proficiencies provided by your race or background. • Armor: none • Weapons: daggers, darts, slings, quarterstaffs, light crossbows • Tools: none • Skills: Choose 2 from Arcana, Deception, Insight, Intimidation, Persuasion, Religion You begin play with the following equipment, in addition to any equipment provided by your background. • (a) a light crossbow and crossbow bolts (20) or (b) any simple weapon • (a) a component pouch or (b) an arcane focus • (a) a dungeoneer's pack or (b) an explorer's pack • Two dagger Alternatively, you may start with 3d4 x 10 gp and choose your own equipment. Source: Player's Handbook p. 99 Multiclass Sorcerer To multiclass as a Sorcerer, you must meet the following prerequisites: • Charisma 13 Source: Player's Handbook p. 99 none daggers, darts, slings, quarterstaffs, light crossbows none 3d4x10 4, 2 Spellcasting An event in your past, or in the life of a parent or ancestor, left an indelible mark on you, infusing you with arcane magic. This font of magic, whatever its origin, fuels your spells. See chapter 10 for the general rules of spellcasting and chapter 11 for the sorcerer spell list. Cantrips: At 1st level, you know four cantrips of your choice from the sorcerer spell list. You learn an additional sorcerer cantrip of your choice at 4th level and another at 10th level. Spell Slots: The Sorcerer table shows how many spell slots you have to cast your sorcerer spells of 1st level and higher. To cast one of these sorcerer spells, you must expend a slot of the spell's level or higher. You regain all expended spell slots when you finish a long rest. For example, if you know the 1st-level spell burning hands and have a 1st-level and a 2nd-level spell slot available, you can cast burning hands using either slot. Spells Known of 1st Level and Higher: You know two 1st-level spells of your choice from the sorcerer spell list. You learn an additional sorcerer spell of your choice at each level except 12th, 14th, 16th, 18th, 19th, and 20th. Each of these spells must be of a level for which you have spell slots. For instance, when you reach 3rd level in this class, you can learn one new spell of 1st or 2nd level. Additionally, when you gain a level in this class, you can choose one of the sorcerer spells you know and replace it with another spell from the sorcerer spell list, which also must be of a level for which you have spell slots. Spellcasting Ability: Charisma is your spellcasting ability for your sorcerer spells, since the power of your magic relies on your ability to project your will into the world. You use your Charisma whenever a spell refers to your spellcasting ability. In addition, you use your Charisma modifier when setting the saving throw DC for a sorcerer spell you cast and when making an attack roll with one. Spellcasting Focus: You can use an arcane focus as a spellcasting focus for your sorcerer spells. Source: Player's Handbook p. 99 Sorcerous Origin Choose a sorcerous origin, which describes the source of your innate magical power, from the list of available origins. Your choice grants you features when you choose it at 1st level and again at 6th, 14th, and 18th level. Source: Player's Handbook p. 99 Sorcerous Origin: Draconic Bloodline Your innate magic comes from draconic magic that was mingled with your blood or that of your ancestors. Most often, sorcerers with this origin trace their descent back to a mighty sorcerer of ancient times who made a bargain with a dragon or who might even have claimed a dragon parent. Some of these bloodlines are well established in the world, but most are obscure. Any given sorcerer could be the first of a new bloodline, as a result of a pact or some other exceptional circumstance. Source: Player's Handbook p. 102 Draconic Bloodline: Draconic Resilience As magic flows through your body, it causes physical traits of your dragon ancestors to emerge. At 1st level, your hit point maximum increases by 1 and increases by 1 again whenever you gain a level in this class. Additionally, parts of your skin are covered by a thin sheen of dragon-like scales. When you aren't wearing armor, your AC equals 13 + your Dexterity modifier. Source: Player's Handbook p. 102 Draconic Bloodline: Dragon Ancestor At 1st level, you choose one type of dragon as your ancestor. The damage type associated with each dragon is used by features you gain later. Draconic Ancestry Dragon | Damage Type Black | Acid Blue | Lightning Brass | Fire Bronze | Lightning Copper | Acid Gold | Fire Green | Poison Red | Fire Silver | Cold White | Cold You can speak, read, and write Draconic. Additionally, whenever you make a Charisma check when interacting with dragons, your proficiency bonus is doubled if it applies to the check. Source: Player's Handbook p. 102 Sorcerous Origin: Wild Magic Your innate magic comes from the wild forces of chaos that underlie the order of creation. You might have endured exposure to some form of raw magic, perhaps through a planar portal leading to Limbo, the Elemental Planes, or the mysterious Far Realm. Perhaps you were blessed by a powerful fey creature or marked by a demon. Or your magic could be a fluke of your birth, with no apparent cause or reason. However it came to be, this chaotic magic churns within you, waiting for any outlet. Source: Player's Handbook p. 103 Wild Magic: Tides of Chaos Starting at 1st level, you can manipulate the forces of chance and chaos to gain advantage on one attack roll, ability check, or saving throw. Once you do so, you must finish a long rest before you can use this feature again. Any time before you regain the use of this feature, the DM can have you roll on the Wild Magic Surge table immediately after you cast a sorcerer spell of 1st level or higher. You then regain the use of this feature. Source: Player's Handbook p. 103 Wild Magic: Wild Magic Surge Starting when you choose this origin at 1st level, your spellcasting can unleash surges of untamed magic. Immediately after you cast a sorcerer spell of 1st level or higher, the DM can have you roll a d20. If you roll a 1, roll on the Wild Magic Surge table to create a random magical effect. A Wild Magic Surge can happen once per turn. If a Wild Magic effect is a spell, it's too wild to be affected by Metamagic. If it normally requires concentration, it doesn't require concentration in this case; the spell lasts for its full duration. Wild Magic Surge d100 | Effect 01-02 | Roll on this table at the start of each of your turns for the next minute, ignoring this result on subsequent rolls. 03-04 | For the next minute, you can see any invisible creature if you have line of sight to it. 05-06 | A modron chosen and controlled by the DM appears in an unoccupied space within 5 feet of you, then disappears 1 minute later. 07-08 | You cast fireball as a 3rd-level spell centered on yourself. 09-10 | You cast magic missile as a 5th-level spell. 11-12 | Roll a d10. Your height changes by a number of inches equal to the roll. If the roll is odd, you shrink. If the roll is even, you grow. 13-14 | You cast confusion centered on yourself. 15-16 | For the next minute, you regain 5 hit points at the start of each of your turns. 17-18 | You grow a long beard made of feathers that remains until you sneeze, at which point the feathers explode out from your face. 19-20 | You cast grease centered on yourself. 21-22 | Creatures have disadvantage on saving throws against the next spell you cast in the next minute that involves a saving throw. 23-24 | Your skin turns a vibrant shade of blue. A remove curse spell can end this effect. 25-26 | An eye appears on your forehead for the next minute. During that time, you have advantage on Wisdom (Perception) checks that rely on sight. 27-28 | For the next minute, all your spells with a casting time of 1 action have a casting time of 1 bonus action. 29-30 | You teleport up to 60 feet to an unoccupied space of your choice that you can see. 31-32 | You are transported to the Astral Plane until the end of your next turn, after which time you return to the space you previously occupied or the nearest unoccupied space if that space is occupied. 33-34 | Maximize the damage of the next damaging spell you cast within the next minute. 35-36 | Roll a d10. Your age changes by a number of years equal to the roll. If the roll is odd, you get younger (minimum 1 year old). If the roll is even, you get older. 37-38 | 1d6 flumph controlled by the DM appear in unoccupied spaces within 60 feet of you and are frightened of you. They vanish after 1 minute. 39-40 | You regain 2d10 hit points. 41-42 | You turn into a potted plant until the start of your next turn. While a plant, you are incapacitated and have vulnerability to all damage. If you drop to 0 hit points, your pot breaks, and your form reverts. 43-44 | For the next minute, you can teleport up to 20 feet as a bonus action on each of your turns. 45-46 | You cast levitate on yourself. 47-48 | A unicorn controlled by the DM appears in a space within 5 feet of you, then disappears 1 minute later. 49-50 | You can't speak for the next minute. Whenever you try, pink bubbles float out of your mouth. 51-52 | A spectral shield hovers near you for the next minute, granting you a +2 bonus to AC and immunity to magic missile. 53-54 | You are immune to being intoxicated by alcohol for the next 5d6 days. 55-56 | Your hair falls out but grows back within 24 hours. 57-58 | For the next minute, any flammable object you touch that isn't being worn or carried by another creature bursts into flame. 59-60 | You regain your lowest-level expended spell slot. 61-62 | For the next minute, you must shout when you speak. 63-64 | You cast fog cloud centered on yourself. 65-66 | Up to three creatures you choose within 30 feet of you take 4d10 lightning damage. 67-68 | You are frightened by the nearest creature until the end of your next turn. 69-70 | Each creature within 30 feet of you becomes invisible for the next minute. The invisibility ends on a creature when it attacks or casts a spell. 71-72 | You gain resistance to all damage for the next minute. 73-74 | A random creature within 60 feet of you becomes poisoned for 1d4 hours. 75-76 | You glow with bright light in a 30-foot radius for the next minute. Any creature that ends its turn within 5 feet of you is blinded until the end of its next turn. 77-78 | You cast polymorph on yourself. If you fail the saving throw, you turn into a sheep for the spell's duration. 79-80 | Illusory butterflies and flower petals flutter in the air within 10 feet of you for the next minute. 81-82 | You can take one additional action immediately. 83-84 | Each creature within 30 feet of you takes 1d10 necrotic damage. You regain hit points equal to the sum of the necrotic damage dealt. 85-86 | You cast mirror image. 87-88 | You cast fly on a random creature within 60 feet of you. 89-90 | You become invisible for the next minute. During that time, other creatures can't hear you. The invisibility ends if you attack or cast a spell. 91-92 | If you die within the next minute, you immediately come back to life as if by the reincarnate spell. 93-94 | Your size increases by one size category for the next minute. 95-96 | You and all creatures within 30 feet of you gain vulnerability to piercing damage for the next minute. 97-98 | You are surrounded by faint, ethereal music for the next minute. 99-00 | You regain all expended sorcery points. Source: Player's Handbook p. 103 4, 3 Font of Magic At 2nd level, you tap into a deep wellspring of magic within yourself. This wellspring is represented by sorcery points, which allow you to create a variety of magical effects. Sorcery Points: You have 2 sorcery points, and you gain one additional point every time you level up, to a maximum of 20 at level 20. You can never have more sorcery points than shown on the table for your level. You regain all spent sorcery points when you finish a long rest. Source: Player's Handbook p. 99 4, 4, 2 Metamagic At 3rd level, you gain the ability to twist your spells to suit your needs. You gain two of the following Metamagic options of your choice. You gain another one at 10th and 17th level. You can use only one Metamagic option on a spell when you cast it, unless otherwise noted. Source: Player's Handbook p. 99 Metamagic: Careful Spell When you cast a spell that forces other creatures to make a saving throw, you can protect some of those creatures from the spell's full force. To do so, you spend 1 sorcery point and choose a number of those creatures up to your Charisma modifier (minimum of one creature). A chosen creature automatically succeeds on its saving throw against the spell. Source: Player's Handbook p. 99 Metamagic: Distant Spell When you cast a spell that has a range of 5 feet or greater, you can spend 1 sorcery point to double the range of the spell. When you cast a spell that has a range of touch, you can spend 1 sorcery point to make the range of the spell 30 feet. Source: Player's Handbook p. 99 Metamagic: Empowered Spell When you roll damage for a spell, you can spend 1 sorcery point to reroll a number of the damage dice up to your Charisma modifier (minimum of one). You must use the new rolls. You can use Empowered Spell even if you have already used a different Metamagic option during the casting of the spell. Source: Player's Handbook p. 99 Metamagic: Extended Spell When you cast a spell that has a duration of 1 minute or longer, you can spend 1 sorcery point to double its duration, to a maximum duration of 24 hours. Source: Player's Handbook p. 99 Metamagic: Heightened Spell When you cast a spell that forces a creature to make a saving throw to resist its effects, you can spend 3 sorcery points to give one target of the spell disadvantage on its first saving throw made against the spell. Source: Player's Handbook p. 99 Metamagic: Quickened Spell When you cast a spell that has a casting time of 1 action, you can spend 2 sorcery points to change the casting time to 1 bonus action for this casting. Source: Player's Handbook p. 99 Metamagic: Subtle Spell When you cast a spell, you can spend 1 sorcery point to cast it without any somatic or verbal components. Source: Player's Handbook p. 99 Metamagic: Twinned Spell When you cast a spell that targets only one creature and doesn't have a range of self, you can spend a number of sorcery points equal to the spell's level to target a second creature in range with the same spell (1 sorcery point if the spell is a cantrip). To be eligible, a spell must be incapable of targeting more than one creature at the spell's current level. For example, magic missile and scorching ray aren't eligible, but ray of frost and chromatic orb are. Source: Player's Handbook p. 99 5, 4, 3 Ability Score Improvement When you reach 4th level, you can increase one ability score of your choice by 2, or you can increase two ability scores of your choice by 1. As normal, you can't increase an ability score above 20 using this feature. If your DM allows the use of feats, you may instead take a feat. Source: Player's Handbook p. 99 5, 4, 3, 2 5, 4, 3, 3 Sorcerous Origin feature At 6th level, you gain a feature granted by your Sorcerous Origin. Source: Player's Handbook p. 99 Draconic Bloodline: Elemental Affinity Starting at 6th level, when you cast a spell that deals damage of the type associated with your draconic ancestry, you can add your Charisma modifier to one damage roll of that spell. At the same time, you can spend 1 sorcery point to gain resistance to that damage type for 1 hour. Source: Player's Handbook p. 102 Wild Magic: Bend Luck Starting at 6th level, you have the ability to twist fate using your wild magic. When another creature you can see makes an attack roll, an ability check, or a saving throw, you can use your reaction and spend 2 sorcery points to roll 1d4 and apply the number rolled as a bonus or penalty (your choice) to the creature's roll. You can do so after the creature rolls but before any effects of the roll occur. Source: Player's Handbook p. 103 5, 4, 3, 3, 1 5, 4, 3, 3, 2 Ability Score Improvement When you reach 8th level, you can increase one ability score of your choice by 2, or you can increase two ability scores of your choice by 1. As normal, you can't increase an ability score above 20 using this feature. If your DM allows the use of feats, you may instead take a feat. Source: Player's Handbook p. 99 5, 4, 3, 3, 3, 1 6, 4, 3, 3, 3, 2 Metamagic At 10th level, you learn an additional metamagic option. Source: Player's Handbook p. 99 6, 4, 3, 3, 3, 2, 1 6, 4, 3, 3, 3, 2, 1 Ability Score Improvement When you reach 12th level, you can increase one ability score of your choice by 2, or you can increase two ability scores of your choice by 1. As normal, you can't increase an ability score above 20 using this feature. If your DM allows the use of feats, you may instead take a feat. Source: Player's Handbook p. 99 6, 4, 3, 3, 3, 2, 1, 1 6, 4, 3, 3, 3, 2, 1, 1 Sorcerous Origin feature At 14th level, you gain a feature granted by your Sorcerous Origin. Source: Player's Handbook p. 99 Draconic Bloodline: Dragon Wings At 14th level, you gain the ability to sprout a pair of dragon wings from your back, gaining a flying speed equal to your current speed. You can create these wings as a bonus action on your turn. They last until you dismiss them as a bonus action on your turn. You can't manifest your wings while wearing armor unless the armor is made to accommodate them, and clothing not made to accommodate your wings might be destroyed when you manifest them. Source: Player's Handbook p. 102 Wild Magic: Controlled Chaos At 14th level, you gain a modicum of control over the surges of your wild magic. Whenever you roll on the Wild Magic Surge table, you can roll twice and use either number. Source: Player's Handbook p. 103 6, 4, 3, 3, 3, 2, 1, 1, 1 6, 4, 3, 3, 3, 2, 1, 1, 1 Ability Score Improvement When you reach 16th level, you can increase one ability score of your choice by 2, or you can increase two ability scores of your choice by 1. As normal, you can't increase an ability score above 20 using this feature. If your DM allows the use of feats, you may instead take a feat. Source: Player's Handbook p. 99 6, 4, 3, 3, 3, 2, 1, 1, 1, 1 Metamagic At 17th level, you learn an additional metamagic option. Source: Player's Handbook p. 99 6, 4, 3, 3, 3, 3, 1, 1, 1, 1 Sorcerous Origin feature At 18th level, you gain a feature granted by your Sorcerous Origin. Source: Player's Handbook p. 99 Draconic Bloodline: Draconic Presence Beginning at 18th level, you can channel the dread presence of your dragon ancestor, causing those around you to become awestruck or frightened. As an action, you can spend 5 sorcery points to draw on this power and exude an aura of awe or fear (your choice) to a distance of 60 feet. For 1 minute or until you lose your concentration (as if you were casting a concentration spell), each hostile creature that starts its turn in this aura must succeed on a Wisdom saving throw or be charmed (if you chose awe) or frightened (if you chose fear) until the aura ends. A creature that succeeds on this saving throw is immune to your aura for 24 hours. Source: Player's Handbook p. 102 Wild Magic: Spell Bombardment Beginning at 18th level, the harmful energy of your spells intensifies. When you roll damage for a spell and roll the highest number possible on any of the dice, choose one of those dice, roll it again and add that roll to the damage. You can use the feature only once per turn. Source: Player's Handbook p. 103 6, 4, 3, 3, 3, 3, 2, 1, 1, 1 Ability Score Improvement When you reach 19th level, you can increase one ability score of your choice by 2, or you can increase two ability scores of your choice by 1. As normal, you can't increase an ability score above 20 using this feature. If your DM allows the use of feats, you may instead take a feat. Source: Player's Handbook p. 99 6, 4, 3, 3, 3, 3, 2, 2, 1, 1 Sorcerous Restoration At 20th level, you regain 4 expended sorcery points whenever you finish a short rest. Source: Player's Handbook p. 99 Sorcerous Origin: Divine Soul Sometimes the spark of magic that fuels a sorcerer comes from a divine source that glimmers within the soul. Having such a blessed soul is a sign that your innate magic might come from a distant but powerful familial connection to a divine being. Perhaps your ancestor was an angel, transformed into a mortal and sent to fight in a god's name. Or your birth might align with an ancient prophecy, marking you as a servant of the gods or a chosen vessel of divine magic. A Divine Soul, with a natural magnetism, is seen as a threat by some religious hierarchies. As an outsider who commands sacred power, a Divine Soul can undermine an existing order by claiming a direct tie to the divine. In some cultures, only those who can claim the power of a Divine Soul may command religious power. In these lands, ecclesiastical positions are dominated by a few bloodlines and preserved over generations. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 50 Divine Soul: Divine Magic Your link to the divine allows you to learn spells from the cleric class. When your Spellcasting feature lets you learn or replace a sorcerer cantrip or a sorcerer spell of 1st level or higher, you can choose the new spell from the cleric spell list or the sorcerer spell list. You must otherwise obey all the restrictions for selecting the spell, and it becomes a sorcerer spell for you. In addition, choose an affinity for the source of your divine power: good, evil, law, chaos, or neutrality. You learn an additional spell based on that affinity, as shown below. It is a sorcerer spell for you, but it doesn't count against your number of sorcerer spells known. If you later replace this spell, you must replace it with a spell from the cleric spell list. Affinity | Spell Good | cure wounds Evil | inflict wounds Law | bless Chaos | bane Neutrality | protection from evil and good Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 50 Divine Soul: Favored by the Gods Starting at 1st level, divine power guards your destiny. If you fail a saving throw or miss with an attack roll, you can roll 2d4 and add it to the total, possibly changing the outcome. Once you use this feature, you can't use it again until you finish a short or long rest. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 50 Sorcerous Origin: Shadow Magic You are a creature of shadow, for your innate magic comes from the Shadowfell itself. You might trace your lineage to an entity from that place, or perhaps you were exposed to its fell energy and transformed by it. The power of shadow magic casts a strange pall over your physical presence. The spark of life that sustains you is muffled, as if it struggles to remain viable against the dark energy that imbues your soul. At your option, you can pick from or roll on the Shadow Sorcerer Quirks table to create a quirk for your character. Shadow Sorcerer Quirks d6 | Quirk 1 | You are always icy cold to the touch. 2 | When you are asleep, you don't appear to breathe (though you must still breathe to survive). 3 | You barely bleed, even when badly injured. 4 | Your heart beats once per minute. This event sometimes surprises you. 5 | You have trouble remembering that living creatures and corpses should be treated differently. 6 | You blinked. Once. Last week. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 50 Shadow Magic: Eyes of the Dark Starting at 1st level, you have darkvision with a range of 120 feet. When you reach 3rd level in this class, you learn the darkness spell, which doesn't count against your number of sorcerer spells known. In addition, you can cast it by spending 2 sorcery points or by expending a spell slot. If you cast it with sorcery points, you can see through the darkness created by the spell. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 50 Shadow Magic: Strength of the Grave Starting at 1st level, your existence in a twilight state between life and death makes you difficult to defeat. When damage reduces you to 0 hit points, you can make a Charisma saving throw (DC 5 + the damage taken). On a success, you instead drop to 1 hit point. You can't use this feature if you are reduced to 0 hit points by radiant damage or by a critical hit. After the saving throw succeeds, you can't use this feature again until you finish a long rest. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 50 Sorcerous Origin: Storm Sorcery Your innate magic comes from the power of elemental air. Many with this power can trace their magic back to a near-death experience caused by the Great Rain, but perhaps you were born during a howling gale so powerful that folk still tell stories of it, or your lineage might include the influence of potent air creatures such as djinn. Whatever the case, the magic of the storm permeates your being. Storm sorcerers are invaluable members of a ship's crew. Their magic allows them to exert control over wind and weather in their immediate area. Their abilities also prove useful in repelling attacks by sahuagin, pirates, and other waterborne threats. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 51 Storm Sorcery: Tempestuous Magic Starting at 1st level, you can use a bonus action on your turn to cause whirling gusts of elemental air to briefly surround you, immediately before or after you cast a spell of 1st level or higher. Doing so allows you to fly up to 10 feet without provoking opportunity attacks. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 51 Storm Sorcery: Wind Speaker The arcane magic you command is infused with elemental air. You can speak, read, and write Primordial. Knowing this language allows you to understand and be understood by those who speak its dialects: Aquan, Auran, Ignan, and Terran. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 51 Divine Soul: Empowered Healing Starting at 6th level, the divine energy coursing through you can empower healing spells. Whenever you or an ally within 5 feet of you rolls dice to determine the number of hit points a spell restores, you can spend 1 sorcery point to reroll any number of those dice once, provided you aren't incapacitated. You can use this feature only once per turn. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 50 Shadow Magic: Hound of Ill Omen At 6th level, you gain the ability to call forth a howling creature of darkness to harass your foes. As a bonus action, you can spend 3 sorcery points to magically summon a hound of ill omen to target one creature you can see within 120 feet of you. The hound uses the dire wolf's statistics (see the Monster Manual or appendix C in the Player's Handbook), with the following changes: • The hound is size Medium, not Large, and it counts as a monstrosity, not a beast. • It appears with a number of temporary hit points equal to half your sorcerer level. • It can move through other creatures and objects as if they were difficult terrain. The hound takes 5 force damage if it ends its turn inside an object. • At the start of its turn, the hound automatically knows its target's location. If the target was hidden, it is no longer hidden from the hound. The hound appears in an unoccupied space of your choice within 30 feet of the target. Roll initiative for the hound. On its turn, it can move only toward its target by the most direct route, and it can use its action only to attack its target. The hound can make opportunity attacks, but only against its target. Additionally, while the hound is within 5 feet of the target, the target has disadvantage on saving throws against any spell you cast. The hound disappears if it is reduced to 0 hit points, if its target is reduced to 0 hit points, or after 5 minutes. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 50 Storm Sorcery: Heart of the Storm At 6th level, you gain resistance to lightning and thunder damage. In addition, whenever you start casting a spell of 1st level or higher that deals lightning or thunder damage, stormy magic erupts from you. This eruption causes creatures of your choice that you can see within 10 feet of you to take lightning or thunder damage (choose each time this ability activates) equal to half your sorcerer level. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 51 Storm Sorcery: Storm Guide At 6th level, you gain the ability to subtly control the weather around you. If it is raining, you can use an action to cause the rain to stop falling in a 20-foot-radius sphere centered on you. You can end this effect as a bonus action. If it is windy, you can use a bonus action each round to choose the direction that the wind blows in a 100-foot-radius sphere centered on you. The wind blows in that direction until the end of your next turn. This feature doesn't alter the speed of the wind. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 51 Divine Soul: Otherworldly Wings Starting at 14th level, you can use a bonus action to manifest a pair of spectral wings from your back. While the wings are present, you have a flying speed of 30 feet. The wings last until you're incapacitated, you die, or you dismiss them as a bonus action. The affinity you chose for your Divine Magic feature determines the appearance of the spectral wings: eagle wings for good or law, bat wings for evil or chaos, and dragonfly wings for neutrality. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 50 Shadow Magic: Shadow Walk At 14th level, you gain the ability to step from one shadow into another. When you are in dim light or darkness, as a bonus action, you can magically teleport up to 120 feet to an unoccupied space you can see that is also in dim light or darkness. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 50 Storm Sorcery: Storm's Fury Starting at 14th level, when you are hit by a melee attack, you can use your reaction to deal lightning damage to the attacker. The damage equals your sorcerer level. The attacker must also make a Strength saving throw against your sorcerer spell save DC. On a failed save, the attacker is pushed in a straight line up to 20 feet away from you. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 51 Divine Soul: Unearthly Recovery At 18th level, you gain the ability to overcome grievous injuries. As a bonus action when you have fewer than half of your hit points remaining, you can regain a number of hit points equal to half your hit point maximum. Once you use this feature, you can't use it again until you finish a long rest. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 50 Shadow Magic: Umbral Form Starting at 18th level, you can spend 6 sorcery points as a bonus action to magically transform yourself into a shadowy form. In this form, you have resistance to all damage except force and radiant damage, and you can move through other creatures and objects as if they were difficult terrain. You take 5 force damage if you end your turn inside an object. You remain in this form for 1 minute. It ends early if you are incapacitated, if you die, or if you dismiss it as a bonus action. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 50 Storm Sorcery: Wind Soul At 18th level, you gain immunity to lightning and thunder damage. You also gain a magical flying speed of 60 feet. As an action, you can reduce your flying speed to 30 feet for 1 hour and choose a number of creatures within 30 feet of you equal to 3 + your Charisma modifier. The chosen creatures gain a magical flying speed of 30 feet for 1 hour. Once you reduce your flying speed in this way, you can't do so again until you finish a short or long rest. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 51 Sorcerous Origin: Aberrant Mind An alien influence has wrapped its tendrils around your mind, giving you psionic power. You can now touch other minds with that power and alter the world around you by using it to control the magical energy of the multiverse. Will this power shine from you as a hopeful beacon to others? Or will you be a source of terror to those who feel the stab of your mind and witness the strange manifestations of your might? As an Aberrant Mind sorcerer, you decide how you acquired your powers. Were you born with them? Or did an event later in life leave you shining with psionic awareness? Consult the Aberrant Origins table for a possible origin of your power. Aberrant Origins d6 | Origin 1 | You were exposed to the Far Realm's warping influence. You are convinced that a tentacle is now growing on you, but no one else can see it. 2 | A psychic wind from the Astral Plane carried psionic energy to you. When you use your powers, faint motes of light sparkle around you. 3 | You once suffered the dominating powers of an aboleth, leaving a psychic splinter in your mind. 4 | You were implanted with a mind flayer tadpole, but the ceremorphosis never completed. And now its psionic power is yours. When you use it, your flesh shines with a strange mucus. 5 | As a child, you had an imaginary friend that looked like a flumph or a strange platypus-like creature. One day, it gifted you with psionic powers, which have ended up being not so imaginary. 6 | Your nightmares whisper the truth to you: your psionic powers are not your own. You draw them from your parasitic twin! Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 66 Aberrant Mind: Psionic Spells 1st-level Aberrant Mind feature You learn additional spells when you reach certain levels in this class, as shown on the Psionic Spells table. Each of these spells counts as a sorcerer spell for you, but it doesn't count against the number of sorcerer spells you know. Whenever you gain a sorcerer level, you can replace one spell you gained from this feature with another spell of the same level. The new spell must be a divination or an enchantment spell from the sorcerer, warlock, or wizard spell list. Psionic Spells Sorcerer Level | Spells 1st | arms of Hadar, dissonant whispers 3rd | calm emotions, detect thoughts 5th | hunger of Hadar, sending 7th | Evard's black tentacles, summon aberration 9th | Rary's telepathic bond, telekinesis Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 66 Aberrant Mind: Telepathic Speech 1st-level Aberrant Mind feature You can form a telepathic connection between your mind and the mind of another. As a bonus action, choose one creature you can see within 30 feet of you. You and the chosen creature can speak telepathically with each other while the two of you are within a number of miles of each other equal to your Charisma modifier (minimum of 1 mile). To understand each other, you each must speak mentally in a language the other knows. The telepathic connection lasts for a number of minutes equal to your sorcerer level. It ends early if you are incapacitated or die or if you use this ability to form a connection with a different creature. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 66 Sorcerous Origin: Clockwork Soul The cosmic force of order has suffused you with magic. That power arises from Mechanus or a realm like it-a plane of existence shaped entirely by clockwork efficiency. You, or someone from your lineage, might have become entangled in the machinations of the modrons, the orderly beings who inhabit Mechanus. Perhaps your ancestor even took part in the Great Modron March. Whatever its origin within you, the power of order can seem strange to others, but for you, it is part of a vast and glorious system. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 68 Clockwork Soul: Clockwork Magic 1st-level Clockwork Soul feature You learn additional spells when you reach certain levels in this class, as shown on the Clockwork Spells table. Each of these spells counts as a sorcerer spell for you, but it doesn't count against the number of sorcerer spells you know. Whenever you gain a sorcerer level, you can replace one spell you gained from this feature with another spell of the same level. The new spell must be an abjuration or a transmutation spell from the sorcerer, warlock, or wizard spell list. Clockwork Spells Sorcerer Level | Spells 1st | alarm, protection from evil and good 3rd | aid, lesser restoration 5th | dispel magic, protection from energy 7th | freedom of movement, summon construct 9th | greater restoration, wall of force In addition, consult the Manifestations of Order table and choose or randomly determine a way your connection to order manifests while you are casting any of your sorcerer spells. Manifestations of Order d6 | Manifestation 1 | Spectral cogwheels hover behind you. 2 | The hands of a clock spin in your eyes. 3 | Your skin glows with a brassy sheen. 4 | Floating equations and geometric objects overlay your body. 5 | Your spellcasting focus temporarily takes the form of a Tiny clockwork mechanism. 6 | The ticking of gears or ringing of a clock can be heard by you and those affected by your magic. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 68 Clockwork Soul: Restore Balance 1st-level Clockwork Soul feature Your connection to the plane of absolute order allows you to equalize chaotic moments. When a creature you can see within 60 feet of you is about to roll a d20 with advantage or disadvantage, you can use your reaction to prevent the roll from being affected by advantage and disadvantage. You can use this feature a number of times equal to your proficiency bonus, and you regain all expended uses when you finish a long rest. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 68 Metamagic Options 3rd-level sorcerer optional class features When you choose Metamagic options, you have access to the following additional options. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 65 Metamagic Options: Seeking Spell If you make an attack roll for a spell and miss, you can spend 2 sorcery points to reroll the d20, and you must use the new roll. You can use Seeking Spell even if you have already used a different Metamagic option during the casting of the spell. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 65 Metamagic Options: Transmuted Spell When you cast a spell that deals a type of damage from the following list, you can spend 1 sorcery point to change that damage type to one of the other listed types: acid, cold, fire, lightning, poison, thunder. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 65 Sorcerous Versatility 4th-level sorcerer optional class features Whenever you reach a level in this class that grants the Ability Score Improvement feature, you can do one of the following, representing the magic within you flowing in new ways: • Replace one of the options you chose for the Metamagic feature with a different Metamagic option available to you. • Replace one cantrip you learned from this class's Spellcasting feature with another cantrip from the sorcerer spell list. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 65 Magical Guidance 5th-level sorcerer feature You can tap into your inner wellspring of magic to try to conjure success from failure. When you make an ability check that fails, you can spend 1 sorcery point to reroll the d20, and you must use the new roll, potentially turning the failure into a success. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 65 Aberrant Mind: Psionic Sorcery 6th-level Aberrant Mind feature When you cast any spell of 1st level or higher from your Psionic Spells feature, you can cast it by expending a spell slot as normal or by spending a number of sorcery points equal to the spell's level. If you cast the spell using sorcery points, it requires no verbal or somatic components, and it requires no material components, unless they are consumed by the spell. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 66 Aberrant Mind: Psychic Defenses 6th-level Aberrant Mind feature You gain resistance to psychic damage, and you have advantage on saving throws against being charmed or frightened. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 66 Clockwork Soul: Bastion of Law 6th-level Clockwork Soul feature You can tap into the grand equation of existence to imbue a creature with a shimmering shield of order. As an action, you can expend 1 to 5 sorcery points to create a magical ward around yourself or another creature you can see within 30 feet of you. The ward lasts until you finish a long rest or until you use this feature again. The ward is represented by a number of d8s equal to the number of sorcery points spent to create it. When the warded creature takes damage, it can expend a number of those dice, roll them, and reduce the damage taken by the total rolled on those dice. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 68 Aberrant Mind: Revelation in Flesh 14th-level Aberrant Mind feature You can unleash the aberrant truth hidden within yourself. As a bonus action, you can spend 1 or more sorcery points to magically transform your body for 10 minutes. For each sorcery point you spend, you can gain one of the following benefits of your choice, the effects of which last until the transformation ends: • You can see any invisible creature within 60 feet of you, provided it isn't behind total cover. Your eyes also turn black or become writhing sensory tendrils. • You gain a flying speed equal to your walking speed, and you can hover. As you fly, your skin glistens with mucus or shines with an otherworldly light. • You gain a swimming speed equal to twice your walking speed, and you can breathe underwater. Moreover, gills grow from your neck or fan out from behind your ears, your fingers become webbed, or you grow writhing cilia that extend through your clothing. • Your body, along with any equipment you are wearing or carrying, becomes slimy and pliable. You can move through any space as narrow as 1 inch without squeezing, and you can spend 5 feet of movement to escape from nonmagical restraints or being grappled. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 66 Clockwork Soul: Trance of Order 14th-level Clockwork Soul feature You gain the ability to align your consciousness to the endless calculations of Mechanus. As a bonus action, you can enter this state for 1 minute. For the duration, attack rolls against you can't benefit from advantage, and whenever you make an attack roll, an ability check, or a saving throw, you can treat a roll of 9 or lower on the d20 as a 10. Once you use this bonus action, you can't use it again until you finish a long rest, unless you spend 5 sorcery points to use it again. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 68 Aberrant Mind: Warping Implosion 18th-level Aberrant Mind feature You can unleash your aberrant power as a space-warping anomaly. As an action, you can teleport to an unoccupied space you can see within 120 feet of you. Immediately after you disappear, each creature within 30 feet of the space you left must make a Strength saving throw. On a failed save, a creature takes 3d10 force damage and is pulled straight toward the space you left, ending in an unoccupied space as close to your former space as possible. On a successful save, the creature takes half as much damage and isn't pulled. Once you use this feature, you can't do so again until you finish a long rest, unless you spend 5 sorcery points to use it again. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 66 Clockwork Soul: Clockwork Cavalcade 18th-level Clockwork Soul feature You summon spirits of order to expunge disorder around you. As an action, you summon the spirits in a 30-foot cube originating from you. The spirits look like modrons or other constructs of your choice. The spirits are intangible and invulnerable, and they create the following effects within the cube before vanishing: • The spirits restore up to 100 hit points, divided as you choose among any number of creatures of your choice in the cube. • Any damaged objects entirely in the cube are repaired instantly. • Every spell of 6th level or lower ends on creatures and objects of your choice in the cube. Once you use this action, you can't use it again until you finish a long rest, unless you spend 7 sorcery points to use it again. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 68 Sorcerous Origin: Storm Sorcery Your innate magic comes from the power of elemental air. Perhaps you were born during a howling gale so powerful that folk still tell stories of it. Your lineage might include the influence of potent air creatures such as vaati or djinni. Whatever the case, the magic of the storm permeates your soul. Storm sorcerers are invaluable members of a ship's crew. Their magic allows them to exert control over wind and weather in their immediate area. Their abilities also prove useful in repelling attacks by sahuagin, pirates, and other waterborne threats. Source: Sword Coast Adventurer's Guide p. 137 Storm Sorcery: Tempestuous Magic Starting at 1st level, you can use a bonus action on your turn to cause whirling gusts of elemental air to briefly surround you, immediately before or after you cast a spell of 1st level or higher. Doing so allows you to fly up to 10 feet without provoking opportunity attacks. Source: Sword Coast Adventurer's Guide p. 137 Storm Sorcery: Wind Speaker The arcane magic you command is infused with elemental air. You can speak, read, and write Primordial. (Knowing this language allows you to understand and be understood by those who speak its dialects: Aquan, Auran, Ignan, and Terran.) Source: Sword Coast Adventurer's Guide p. 137 Sorcerous Origin: Storm Sorcery Your innate magic comes from the power of elemental air. Many with this power can trace their magic back to a near-death experience caused by the Great Rain, but perhaps you were born during a howling gale so powerful that folk still tell stories of it, or your lineage might include the influence of potent air creatures such as djinn. Whatever the case, the magic of the storm permeates your being. Storm sorcerers are invaluable members of a ship's crew. Their magic allows them to exert control over wind and weather in their immediate area. Their abilities also prove useful in repelling attacks by sahuagin, pirates, and other waterborne threats. Source: Sword Coast Adventurer's Guide p. 137 Storm Sorcery: Tempestuous Magic Starting at 1st level, you can use a bonus action on your turn to cause whirling gusts of elemental air to briefly surround you, immediately before or after you cast a spell of 1st level or higher. Doing so allows you to fly up to 10 feet without provoking opportunity attacks. Source: Sword Coast Adventurer's Guide p. 137 Storm Sorcery: Wind Speaker The arcane magic you command is infused with elemental air. You can speak, read, and write Primordial. Knowing this language allows you to understand and be understood by those who speak its dialects: Aquan, Auran, Ignan, and Terran. Source: Sword Coast Adventurer's Guide p. 137 Storm Sorcery: Heart of the Storm At 6th level, you gain resistance to lightning and thunder damage. In addition, whenever you cast a spell of 1st level or higher that deals lightning or thunder damage, stormy magic erupts from you. This eruption causes creatures of your choice that you can see within 10 feet of you to take lightning or thunder damage (choose each time this ability activates) equal to half your sorcerer level. Source: Sword Coast Adventurer's Guide p. 137 Storm Sorcery: Storm Guide At 6th level, you gain the ability to subtly control the weather around you. If it is raining, you can use an action to cause the rain to stop falling in a 20-foot radius centered on you. You can end this effect as a bonus action. If it is windy, you can use a bonus action each round to choose the direction that the wind blows in a 100-foot radius around you. The wind blows in that direction until the end of your next turn. You have no ability to alter the speed of the wind. Source: Sword Coast Adventurer's Guide p. 137 Storm Sorcery: Heart of the Storm At 6th level, you gain resistance to lightning and thunder damage. In addition, whenever you start casting a spell of 1st level or higher that deals lightning or thunder damage, stormy magic erupts from you. This eruption causes creatures of your choice that you can see within 10 feet of you to take lightning or thunder damage (choose each time this ability activates) equal to half your sorcerer level. Source: Sword Coast Adventurer's Guide p. 137 Storm Sorcery: Storm Guide At 6th level, you gain the ability to subtly control the weather around you. If it is raining, you can use an action to cause the rain to stop falling in a 20-foot-radius sphere centered on you. You can end this effect as a bonus action. If it is windy, you can use a bonus action each round to choose the direction that the wind blows in a 100-foot-radius sphere centered on you. The wind blows in that direction until the end of your next turn. This feature doesn't alter the speed of the wind. Source: Sword Coast Adventurer's Guide p. 137 Storm Sorcery: Storm's Fury Starting at 14th level, when you are hit by a melee attack, you can use your reaction to deal lightning damage to the attacker. The damage equals your sorcerer level. The attacker must also make a Strength saving throw against your sorcerer spell save DC. On a failed save, the attacker is pushed in a straight line up to 20 feet away from you. Source: Sword Coast Adventurer's Guide p. 137 Storm Sorcery: Storm's Fury Starting at 14th level, when you are hit by a melee attack, you can use your reaction to deal lightning damage to the attacker. The damage equals your sorcerer level. The attacker must also make a Strength saving throw against your sorcerer spell save DC. On a failed save, the attacker is pushed in a straight line up to 20 feet away from you. Source: Sword Coast Adventurer's Guide p. 137 Storm Sorcery: Wind Soul At 18th level, you gain a flying speed of 60 feet and immunity to lightning and thunder damage. As an action, you can reduce your flying speed to 30 feet for one hour and choose a number of creatures within 30 feet of you equal to 3 + your Charisma modifier. The chosen creatures gain a flying speed of 30 feet for 1 hour. Source: Sword Coast Adventurer's Guide p. 137 Storm Sorcery: Wind Soul At 18th level, you gain immunity to lightning and thunder damage. You also gain a magical flying speed of 60 feet. As an action, you can reduce your flying speed to 30 feet for 1 hour and choose a number of creatures within 30 feet of you equal to 3 + your Charisma modifier. The chosen creatures gain a magical flying speed of 30 feet for 1 hour. Once you reduce your flying speed in this way, you can't do so again until you finish a short or long rest. Source: Sword Coast Adventurer's Guide p. 137 Warlock 8 Wisdom, Charisma, Arcana, Deception, History, Intimidation, Investigation, Nature, Religion 2 Charisma Starting Warlock As a 1st-level Warlock, you begin play with 8+your Constitution modifier hit points. You are proficient with the following items, in addition to any proficiencies provided by your race or background. • Armor: light • Weapons: simple • Tools: none • Skills: Choose 2 from Arcana, Deception, History, Intimidation, Investigation, Nature, Religion You begin play with the following equipment, in addition to any equipment provided by your background. • (a) a light crossbow and crossbow bolts (20) or (b) any simple weapon • (a) a component pouch or (b) an arcane focus • (a) a scholar's pack or (b) a dungeoneer's pack • Leather armor, any simple weapon, and two dagger Alternatively, you may start with 4d4 x 10 gp and choose your own equipment. Source: Player's Handbook p. 105 Multiclass Warlock To multiclass as a Warlock, you must meet the following prerequisites: • Charisma 13 You gain the following proficiencies: • Armor: light • Tools: none Source: Player's Handbook p. 105 light simple none 4d4x10 2 Pact Magic Your arcane research and the magic bestowed on you by your patron have given you facility with spells. See chapter 10 for the general rules of spellcasting and chapter 11 for the warlock spell list. Cantrips: You know two cantrips of your choice from the warlock spell list. You learn additional warlock cantrips of your choice at higher levels, as shown in the Cantrips Known column of the Warlock table. Spell Slots: The Warlock table shows how many spell slots you have to cast your warlock spells of 1st through 5th level. The table also shows what the level of those slots is; all of your spell slots are the same level. To cast one of your warlock spells of 1st level or higher, you must expend a spell slot. You regain all expended spell slots when you finish a short or long rest. For example, when you are 5th level, you have two 3rd-level spell slots. To cast the 1st-level spell witch bolt, you must spend one of those slots, and you cast it as a 3rd-level spell. Spells Known of 1st Level and Higher: At 1st level, you know two 1st-level spells of your choice from the warlock spell list. The Spells Known column of the Warlock table shows when you learn more warlock spells of your choice of 1st level and higher. A spell you choose must be of a level no higher than what's shown in the table's Slot Level column for your level. When you reach 6th level, for example, you learn a new warlock spell, which can be 1st, 2nd, or 3rd level. Additionally, when you gain a level in this class, you can choose one of the warlock spells you know and replace it with another spell from the warlock spell list, which also must be of a level for which you have spell slots. Spellcasting Ability: Charisma is your spellcasting ability for your warlock spells, so you use your Charisma whenever a spell refers to your spellcasting ability. In addition, you use your Charisma modifier when setting the saving throw DC for a warlock spell you cast and when making an attack roll with one. Spellcasting Focus: You can use an arcane focus as a spellcasting focus for your warlock spells. Source: Player's Handbook p. 105 Otherworldly Patron At 1st level, you have struck a bargain with an otherworldly being chosen from the list of available patrons. Your choice grants you features at 1st level and again at 6th, 10th, and 14th level. Source: Player's Handbook p. 105 Otherworldly Patron: The Archfey Your patron is a lord or lady of the fey, a creature of legend who holds secrets that were forgotten before the mortal races were born. This being's motivations are often inscrutable, and sometimes whimsical, and might involve a striving for greater magical power or the settling of age-old grudges. Beings of this sort include the Prince of Frost; the Queen of Air and Darkness, ruler of the Gloaming Court; Titania of the Summer Court; her consort Oberon, the Green Lord; Hyrsam, the Prince of Fools; and ancient hags. Expanded Spell List The Archfey lets you choose from an expanded list of spells when you learn a warlock spell. The following spells are added to the warlock spell list for you. Archfey Expanded Spells Spell Level | Spells 1st | faerie fire, sleep 2nd | calm emotions, phantasmal force 3rd | blink, plant growth 4th | dominate beast, greater invisibility 5th | dominate person, seeming Source: Player's Handbook p. 108 The Archfey: Fey Presence Starting at 1st level, your patron bestows upon you the ability to project the beguiling and fearsome presence of the fey. As an action, you can cause each creature in a 10-foot cube originating from you to make a Wisdom saving throw against your warlock spell save DC. The creatures that fail their saving throws are all charmed or frightened by you (your choice) until the end of your next turn. Once you use this feature, you can't use it again until you finish a short or long rest. Source: Player's Handbook p. 108 Otherworldly Patron: The Fiend You have made a pact with a fiend from the lower planes of existence, a being whose aims are evil, even if you strive against those aims. Such beings desire the corruption or destruction of all things, ultimately including you. Fiends powerful enough to forge a pact include demon lords such as Demogorgon, Orcus, Fraz'Urb-luu, and Baphomet; archdevils such as Asmodeus, Dispater, Mephistopheles, and Belial; pit fiends and balors that are especially mighty; and ultroloths and other lords of the yugoloths. The Fiend: Expanded Spell List The Fiend lets you choose from an expanded list of spells when you learn a warlock spell. The following spells are added to the warlock spell list for you. Fiend Expanded Spells Spell Level | Spells 1st | burning hands, command 2nd | blindness/deafness, scorching ray 3rd | fireball, stinking cloud 4th | fire shield, wall of fire 5th | flame strike, hallow Source: Player's Handbook p. 109 The Fiend: Dark One's Blessing Starting at 1st level, when you reduce a hostile creature to 0 hit points, you gain temporary hit points equal to your Charisma modifier + your warlock level (minimum of 1). Source: Player's Handbook p. 109 Otherworldly Patron: The Great Old One Your patron is a mysterious entity whose nature is utterly foreign to the fabric of reality. It might come from the Far Realm, the space beyond reality, or it could be one of the elder gods known only in legends. Its motives are incomprehensible to mortals, and its knowledge so immense and ancient that even the greatest libraries pale in comparison to the vast secrets it holds. The Great Old One might be unaware of your existence or entirely indifferent to you, but the secrets you have learned allow you to draw your magic from it. Entities of this type include Ghaunadar, called That Which Lurks; Tharizdun, the Chained God; Dendar, the Night Serpent; Zargon, the Returner; Great Cthulhu; and other unfathomable beings. The Great Old One: Expanded Spell List The Great Old One lets you choose from an expanded list of spells when you learn a warlock spell. The following spells are added to the warlock spell list for you. Great Old One Expanded Spells Spell Level | Spells 1st | dissonant whispers, Tasha's hideous laughter 2nd | detect thoughts, phantasmal force 3rd | clairvoyance, sending 4th | dominate beast, Evard's black tentacles 5th | dominate person, telekinesis Source: Player's Handbook p. 109 The Great Old One: Awakened Mind Starting at 1st level, your alien knowledge gives you the ability to touch the minds of other creatures. You can communicate telepathically with any creature you can see within 30 feet of you. You don't need to share a language with the creature for it to understand your telepathic utterances, but the creature must be able to understand at least one language. Source: Player's Handbook p. 109 2 Eldritch Invocations In your study of occult lore, you have unearthed eldritch invocations, fragments of forbidden knowledge that imbue you with an abiding magical ability. At 2nd level, you gain two eldritch invocations of your choice. A list of the available options can be found on the Optional Features page. When you gain certain warlock levels, you gain additional invocations of your choice. Additionally, when you gain a level in this class, you can choose one of the invocations you know and replace it with another invocation that you could learn at that level. A level prerequisite in an invocation refers to warlock level, not character level. Source: Player's Handbook p. 105 2 Pact Boon At 3rd level, your otherworldly patron bestows a gift upon you for your loyal service. You gain one of the following features of your choice. Source: Player's Handbook p. 105 Pact Boon: Pact of the Chain You learn the find familiar spell and can cast it as a ritual. The spell doesn't count against your number of spells known. When you cast the spell, you can choose one of the normal forms for your familiar or one of the following special forms: imp, pseudodragon, quasit, or sprite. Additionally, when you take the Attack action, you can forgo one of your own attacks to allow your familiar to use its reaction to make one attack of its own. Source: Player's Handbook p. 105 Pact Boon: Pact of the Blade You can use your action to create a pact weapon in your empty hand. You can choose the form that this melee weapon takes each time you create it (see chapter 5 for weapon options). You are proficient with it while you wield it. This weapon counts as magical for the purpose of overcoming resistance and immunity to nonmagical attacks and damage. Your pact weapon disappears if it is more than 5 feet away from you for 1 minute or more. It also disappears if you use this feature again, if you dismiss the weapon (no action required), or if you die. You can transform one magic weapon into your pact weapon by performing a special ritual while you hold the weapon. You perform the ritual over the course of 1 hour, which can be done during a short rest. You can then dismiss the weapon, shunting it into an extradimensional space, and it appears whenever you create your pact weapon thereafter. You can't affect an artifact or a sentient weapon in this way. The weapon ceases being your pact weapon if you die, if you perform the 1-hour ritual on a different weapon, or if you use a 1-hour ritual to break your bond to it. The weapon appears at your feet if it is in the extradimensional space when the bond breaks. Source: Player's Handbook p. 105 Pact Boon: Pact of the Tome Your patron gives you a grimoire called a Book of Shadows. When you gain this feature, choose three cantrips from any class's spell list. The cantrips do not need to be from the same spell list. While the book is on your person, you can cast those cantrips at will. They don't count against your number of cantrips known. Any cantrip you cast with this feature is considered a warlock cantrip for you. If you lose your Book of Shadows, you can perform a 1-hour ceremony to receive a replacement from your patron. This ceremony can be performed during a short or long rest, and it destroys the previous book. The book turns to ash when you die. Source: Player's Handbook p. 105 3 Ability Score Improvement When you reach 4th level, you can increase one ability score of your choice by 2, or you can increase two ability scores of your choice by 1. As normal, you can't increase an ability score above 20 using this feature. If your DM allows the use of feats, you may instead take a feat. Source: Player's Handbook p. 105 3 3 Otherworldly Patron feature At 6th level, you gain a feature granted by your Otherworldly Patron. Source: Player's Handbook p. 105 The Archfey: Misty Escape Starting at 6th level, you can vanish in a puff of mist in response to harm. When you take damage, you can use your reaction to turn invisible and teleport up to 60 feet to an unoccupied space you can see. You remain invisible until the start of your next turn or until you attack or cast a spell. Once you use this feature, you can't use it again until you finish a short or long rest. Source: Player's Handbook p. 108 The Fiend: Dark One's Own Luck Starting at 6th level, you can call on your patron to alter fate in your favor. When you make an ability check or a saving throw, you can use this feature to add a d10 to your roll. You can do so after seeing the initial roll but before any of the roll's effects occur. Once you use this feature, you can't use it again until you finish a short or long rest. Source: Player's Handbook p. 109 The Great Old One: Entropic Ward At 6th level, you learn to magically ward yourself against attack and to turn an enemy's failed strike into good luck for yourself. When a creature makes an attack roll against you, you can use your reaction to impose disadvantage on that roll. If the attack misses you, your next attack roll against the creature has advantage if you make it before the end of your next turn. Once you use this feature, you can't use it again until you finish a short or long rest. Source: Player's Handbook p. 109 3 3 Ability Score Improvement When you reach 8th level, you can increase one ability score of your choice by 2, or you can increase two ability scores of your choice by 1. As normal, you can't increase an ability score above 20 using this feature. If your DM allows the use of feats, you may instead take a feat. Source: Player's Handbook p. 105 3 4 Otherworldly Patron feature At 10th level, you gain a feature granted by your Otherworldly Patron. Source: Player's Handbook p. 105 The Archfey: Beguiling Defenses Beginning at 10th level, your patron teaches you how to turn the mind-affecting magic of your enemies against them. You are immune to being charmed, and when another creature attempts to charm you, you can use your reaction to attempt to turn the charm back on that creature. The creature must succeed on a Wisdom saving throw against your warlock spell save DC or be charmed by you for 1 minute or until the creature takes any damage. Source: Player's Handbook p. 108 The Fiend: Fiendish Resilience Starting at 10th level, you can choose one damage type when you finish a short or long rest. You gain resistance to that damage type until you choose a different one with this feature. Damage from magical weapons or silver weapons ignores this resistance. Source: Player's Handbook p. 109 The Great Old One: Thought Shield Starting at 10th level, your thoughts can't be read by telepathy or other means unless you allow it. You also have resistance to psychic damage, and whenever a creature deals psychic damage to you, that creature takes the same amount of damage that you do. Source: Player's Handbook p. 109 4 Mystic Arcanum (6th level) At 11th level, your patron bestows upon you a magical secret called an arcanum. Choose one 6th-level spell from the warlock spell list as this arcanum. You can cast your arcanum spell once without expending a spell slot. You must finish a long rest before you can do so again. At higher levels, you gain more warlock spells of your choice that can be cast in this way: one 7th-level spell at 13th level, one 8th-level spell at 15th level, and one 9th-level spell at 17th level. You regain all uses of your Mystic Arcanum when you finish a long rest. Source: Player's Handbook p. 105 4 Ability Score Improvement When you reach 12th level, you can increase one ability score of your choice by 2, or you can increase two ability scores of your choice by 1. As normal, you can't increase an ability score above 20 using this feature. If your DM allows the use of feats, you may instead take a feat. Source: Player's Handbook p. 105 4 Mystic Arcanum (7th level) At 13th level, your patron bestows upon you a magical secret called an arcanum. Choose one 7th-level spell from the warlock spell list as this arcanum. You can cast your arcanum spell once without expending a spell slot. You must finish a long rest before you can do so again. Source: Player's Handbook p. 105 4 Otherworldly Patron feature At 14th level, you gain a feature granted by your Otherworldly Patron. Source: Player's Handbook p. 105 The Archfey: Dark Delirium Starting at 14th level, you can plunge a creature into an illusory realm. As an action, choose a creature that you can see within 60 feet of you. It must make a Wisdom saving throw against your warlock spell save DC. On a failed save, it is charmed or frightened by you (your choice) for 1 minute or until your concentration is broken (as if you are concentrating on a spell). This effect ends early if the creature takes any damage. Until this illusion ends, the creature thinks it is lost in a misty realm, the appearance of which you choose. The creature can see and hear only itself, you, and the illusion. You must finish a short or long rest before you can use this feature again. Source: Player's Handbook p. 108 The Fiend: Hurl Through Hell Starting at 14th level, when you hit a creature with an attack, you can use this feature to instantly transport the target through the lower planes. The creature disappears and hurtles through a nightmare landscape. At the end of your next turn, the target returns to the space it previously occupied, or the nearest unoccupied space. If the target is not a fiend, it takes 10d10 psychic damage as it reels from its horrific experience. Once you use this feature, you can't use it again until you finish a long rest. Source: Player's Handbook p. 109 The Great Old One: Create Thrall At 14th level, you gain the ability to infect a humanoid's mind with the alien magic of your patron. You can use your action to touch an incapacitated humanoid. That creature is then charmed by you until a remove curse spell is cast on it, the charmed condition is removed from it, or you use this feature again. You can communicate telepathically with the charmed creature as long as the two of you are on the same plane of existence. Source: Player's Handbook p. 109 4 Mystic Arcanum (8th level) At 15th level, your patron bestows upon you a magical secret called an arcanum. Choose one 8th-level spell from the warlock spell list as this arcanum. You can cast your arcanum spell once without expending a spell slot. You must finish a long rest before you can do so again. Source: Player's Handbook p. 105 4 Ability Score Improvement When you reach 16th level, you can increase one ability score of your choice by 2, or you can increase two ability scores of your choice by 1. As normal, you can't increase an ability score above 20 using this feature. If your DM allows the use of feats, you may instead take a feat. Source: Player's Handbook p. 105 4 Mystic Arcanum (9th level) At 17th level, your patron bestows upon you a magical secret called an arcanum. Choose one 9th-level spell from the warlock spell list as this arcanum. You can cast your arcanum spell once without expending a spell slot. You must finish a long rest before you can do so again. Source: Player's Handbook p. 105 4 4 Ability Score Improvement When you reach 19th level, you can increase one ability score of your choice by 2, or you can increase two ability scores of your choice by 1. As normal, you can't increase an ability score above 20 using this feature. If your DM allows the use of feats, you may instead take a feat. Source: Player's Handbook p. 105 4 Eldritch Master At 20th level, you can draw on your inner reserve of mystical power while entreating your patron to regain expended spell slots. You can spend 1 minute entreating your patron for aid to regain all your expended spell slots from your Pact Magic feature. Once you regain spell slots with this feature, you must finish a long rest before you can do so again. Source: Player's Handbook p. 105 Otherworldly Patron: The Celestial Your patron is a powerful being of the Upper Planes. You have bound yourself to an ancient empyrean, solar, ki-rin, unicorn, or other entity that resides in the planes of everlasting bliss. Your pact with that being allows you to experience the barest touch of the holy light that illuminates the multiverse. Being connected to such power can cause changes in your behavior and beliefs. You might find yourself driven to annihilate the undead, to defeat fiends, and to protect the innocent. At times, your heart might also be filled with a longing for the celestial realm of your patron, and a desire to wander that paradise for the rest of your days. But you know that your mission is among mortals for now, and that your pact binds you to bring light to the dark places of the world. Expanded Spell List The Celestial lets you choose from an expanded list of spells when you learn a warlock spell. The following spells are added to the warlock spell list for you. Celestial Expanded Spells Spell Level | Spells 1st | cure wounds, guiding bolt 2nd | flaming sphere, lesser restoration 3rd | daylight, revivify 4th | guardian of faith, wall of fire 5th | flame strike, greater restoration Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 54 The Celestial: Bonus Cantrips At 1st level, you learn the sacred flame and light cantrips. They count as warlock cantrips for you, but they don't count against your number of cantrips known. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 54 The Celestial: Healing Light At 1st level, you gain the ability to channel celestial energy to heal wounds. You have a pool of d6s that you spend to fuel this healing. The number of dice in the pool equals 1 + your warlock level. As a bonus action, you can heal one creature you can see within 60 feet of you, spending dice from the pool. The maximum number of dice you can spend at once equals your Charisma modifier (minimum of one die). Roll the dice you spend, add them together, and restore a number of hit points equal to the total. Your pool regains all expended dice when you finish a long rest. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 54 Otherworldly Patron: The Hexblade You have made your pact with a mysterious entity from the Shadowfell—a force that manifests in sentient magic weapons carved from the stuff of shadow. The mighty sword Blackrazor is the most notable of these weapons, which have been spread across the multiverse over the ages. The shadowy force behind these weapons can offer power to warlocks who form pacts with it. Many hexblade warlocks create weapons that emulate those formed in the Shadowfell. Others forgo such arms, content to weave the dark magic of that plane into their spellcasting. Because the Raven Queen is known to have forged the first of these weapons, many sages speculate that she and the force are one and that the weapons, along with hexblade warlocks, are tools she uses to manipulate events on the Material Plane to her inscrutable ends. The Hexblade: Expanded Spell List The Hexblade lets you choose from an expanded list of spells when you learn a warlock spell. The following spells are added to the warlock spell list for you. Hexblade Expanded Spells Spell Level | Spells 1st | shield, wrathful smite 2nd | blur, branding smite 3rd | blink, elemental weapon 4th | phantasmal killer, staggering smite 5th | banishing smite, cone of cold Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 55 The Hexblade: Hex Warrior At 1st level, you acquire the training necessary to effectively arm yourself for battle. You gain proficiency with medium armor, shields, and martial weapons. The influence of your patron also allows you to mystically channel your will through a particular weapon. Whenever you finish a long rest, you can touch one weapon that you are proficient with and that lacks the two-handed property. When you attack with that weapon, you can use your Charisma modifier, instead of Strength or Dexterity, for the attack and damage rolls. This benefit lasts until you finish a long rest. If you later gain the Pact of the Blade feature, this benefit extends to every pact weapon you conjure with that feature, no matter the weapon's type. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 55 The Hexblade: Hexblade's Curse Starting at 1st level, you gain the ability to place a baleful curse on someone. As a bonus action, choose one creature you can see within 30 feet of you. The target is cursed for 1 minute. The curse ends early if the target dies, you die, or you are incapacitated. Until the curse ends, you gain the following benefits: • You gain a bonus to damage rolls against the cursed target. The bonus equals your proficiency bonus. • Any attack roll you make against the cursed target is a critical hit on a roll of 19 or 20 on the d20. • If the cursed target dies, you regain hit points equal to your warlock level + your Charisma modifier (minimum of 1 hit point). You can't use this feature again until you finish a short or long rest. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 55 The Celestial: Radiant Soul Starting at 6th level, your link to the Celestial allows you to serve as a conduit for radiant energy. You have resistance to radiant damage, and when you cast a spell that deals radiant or fire damage, you can add your Charisma modifier to one radiant or fire damage roll of that spell against one of its targets. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 54 The Hexblade: Accursed Specter Starting at 6th level, you can curse the soul of a person you slay, temporarily binding it to your service. When you slay a humanoid, you can cause its spirit to rise from its corpse as a specter, the statistics for which are in the Monster Manual. When the specter appears, it gains temporary hit points equal to half your warlock level. Roll initiative for the specter, which has its own turns. It obeys your verbal commands, and it gains a special bonus to its attack rolls equal to your Charisma modifier (minimum of +0). The specter remains in your service until the end of your next long rest, at which point it vanishes to the afterlife. Once you bind a specter with this feature, you can't use the feature again until you finish a long rest. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 55 The Celestial: Celestial Resilience Starting at 10th level, you gain temporary hit points whenever you finish a short or long rest. These temporary hit points equal your warlock level + your Charisma modifier. Additionally, choose up to five creatures you can see at the end of the rest. Those creatures each gain temporary hit points equal to half your warlock level + your Charisma modifier. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 54 The Hexblade: Armor of Hexes At 10th level, your hex grows more powerful. If the target cursed by your Hexblade's Curse hits you with an attack roll, you can use your reaction to roll a d6. On a 4 or higher, the attack instead misses you, regardless of its roll. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 55 The Celestial: Searing Vengeance Starting at 14th level, the radiant energy you channel allows you to resist death. When you have to make a death saving throw at the start of your turn, you can instead spring back to your feet with a burst of radiant energy. You regain hit points equal to half your hit point maximum, and then you stand up if you so choose. Each creature of your choice that is within 30 feet of you takes radiant damage equal to 2d8 + your Charisma modifier, and it is blinded until the end of the current turn. Once you use this feature, you can't use it again until you finish a long rest. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 54 The Hexblade: Master of Hexes Starting at 14th level, you can spread your Hexblade's Curse from a slain creature to another creature. When the creature cursed by your Hexblade's Curse dies, you can apply the curse to a different creature you can see within 30 feet of you, provided you aren't incapacitated. When you apply the curse in this way, you don't regain hit points from the death of the previously cursed creature. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 55 Otherworldly Patron: The Fathomless You have plunged into a pact with the deeps. An entity of the ocean, the Elemental Plane of Water, or another otherworldly sea now allows you to draw on its thalassic power. Is it merely using you to learn about terrestrial realms, or does it want you to open cosmic floodgates and drown the world? Perhaps you were born into a generational cult that venerates the Fathomless and its spawn. Or you might have been shipwrecked and on the brink of drowning when your patron's grasp offered you a chance at life. Whatever the reason for your pact, the sea and its unknown depths call to you. Entities of the deep that might empower a warlock include krakens, ancient water elementals, godlike hallucinations dreamed into being by kuo-toa, merfolk demigods, and sea hag covens. Expanded Spell List 1st-level Fathomless feature The Fathomless lets you choose from an expanded list of spells when you learn a warlock spell. The following spells are added to the warlock spell list for you. Fathomless Expanded Spells Spell Level | Spells 1st | create or destroy water, thunderwave 2nd | gust of wind, silence 3rd | lightning bolt, sleet storm 4th | control water, summon elemental (water only) 5th | Bigby's hand (appears as a tentacle), cone of cold Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 72 The Fathomless: Gift of the Sea 1st-level Fathomless feature You gain a swimming speed of 40 feet, and you can breathe underwater. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 72 The Fathomless: Tentacle of the Deeps 1st-level Fathomless feature You can magically summon a spectral tentacle that strikes at your foes. As a bonus action, you create a 10-foot-long tentacle at a point you can see within 60 feet of you. The tentacle lasts for 1 minute or until you use this feature to create another tentacle. When you create the tentacle, you can make a melee spell attack against one creature within 10 feet of it. On a hit, the target takes 1d8 cold damage, and its speed is reduced by 10 feet until the start of your next turn. When you reach 10th level in this class, the damage increases to 2d8. As a bonus action on your turn, you can move the tentacle up to 30 feet and repeat the attack. You can summon the tentacle a number of times equal to your proficiency bonus, and you regain all expended uses when you finish a long rest. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 72 Otherworldly Patron: The Genie You have made a pact with one of the rarest kinds of genie, a noble genie. Such entities rule vast fiefs on the Elemental Planes and have great influence over lesser genies and elemental creatures. Noble genies are varied in their motivations, but most are arrogant and wield power that rivals that of lesser deities. They delight in turning the table on mortals, who often bind genies into servitude, and readily enter into pacts that expand their reach. You choose your patron's kind or determine it randomly, using the Genie Kind table. Genie Kind d4 | Kind | Element 1 | Dao | Earth 2 | Djinni | Air 3 | Efreeti | Fire 4 | Marid | Water The Genie: Expanded Spell List 1st-level Genie feature The Genie lets you choose from an expanded list of spells when you learn a warlock spell. The Genie Expanded Spells table shows the genie spells that are added to the warlock spell list for you, along with the spells associated in the table with your patron's kind: dao, djinni, efreeti, or marid. Genie Expanded Spells Spell Level | Genie Spells | Dao Spells | Djinni Spells | Efreeti Spells | Marid Spells 1st | detect evil and good | sanctuary | thunderwave | burning hands | fog cloud 2nd | phantasmal force | spike growth | gust of wind | scorching ray | blur 3rd | create food and water | meld into stone | wind wall | fireball | sleet storm 4th | phantasmal killer | stone shape | greater invisibility | fire shield | control water 5th | creation | wall of stone | seeming | flame strike | cone of cold 9th | wish | — | — | — | — Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 73 The Genie: Genie's Vessel 1st-level Genie feature Your patron gifts you a magical vessel that grants you a measure of the genie's power. The vessel is a Tiny object, and you can use it as a spellcasting focus for your warlock spells. You decide what the object is, or you can determine what it is randomly by rolling on the Genie's Vessel table. Genie's Vessel d6 | Vessel 1 | Oil lamp 2 | Urn 3 | Ring with a compartment 4 | Stoppered bottle 5 | Hollow statuette 6 | Ornate lantern While you are touching the vessel, you can use it in the following ways: Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 73 The Genie: Bottled Respite As an action, you can magically vanish and enter your vessel, which remains in the space you left. The interior of the vessel is an extradimensional space in the shape of a 20-foot-radius cylinder, 20 feet high, and resembles your vessel. The interior is appointed with cushions and low tables and is a comfortable temperature. While inside, you can hear the area around your vessel as if you were in its space. You can remain inside the vessel up to a number of hours equal to twice your proficiency bonus. You exit the vessel early if you use a bonus action to leave, if you die, or if the vessel is destroyed. When you exit the vessel, you appear in the unoccupied space closest to it. Any objects left in the vessel remain there until carried out, and if the vessel is destroyed, every object stored there harmlessly appears in the unoccupied spaces closest to the vessel's former space. Once you enter the vessel, you can't enter again until you finish a long rest. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 73 The Genie: Genie's Wrath Once during each of your turns when you hit with an attack roll, you can deal extra damage to the target equal to your proficiency bonus. The type of this damage is determined by your patron: bludgeoning (dao), thunder (djinni), fire (efreeti), or cold (marid). The vessel's AC equals your spell save DC. Its hit points equal your warlock level plus your proficiency bonus, and it is immune to poison and psychic damage. If the vessel is destroyed or you lose it, you can perform a 1-hour ceremony to receive a replacement from your patron. This ceremony can be performed during a short or long rest, and the previous vessel is destroyed if it still exists. The vessel vanishes in a flare of elemental power when you die. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 73 Pact Boon: Pact of the Talisman Your patron gives you an amulet, a talisman that can aid the wearer when the need is great. When the wearer fails an ability check, they can add a d4 to the roll, potentially turning the roll into a success. This benefit can be used a number of times equal to your proficiency bonus, and all expended uses are restored when you finish a long rest. If you lose the talisman, you can perform a 1-hour ceremony to receive a replacement from your patron. This ceremony can be performed during a short or long rest, and it destroys the previous amulet. The talisman turns to ash when you die. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 105 Eldritch Versatility 4th-level warlock optional class features Whenever you reach a level in this class that grants the Ability Score Improvement feature, you can do one of the following, representing a change of focus in your occult studies: • Replace one cantrip you learned from this class's Pact Magic feature with another cantrip from the warlock spell list. • Replace the option you chose for the Pact Boon feature with one of that feature's other options. • If you're 12th level or higher, replace one spell from your Mystic Arcanum feature with another warlock spell of the same level. If this change makes you ineligible for any of your Eldritch Invocations, you must also replace them now, choosing invocations for which you qualify. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 70 The Fathomless: Guardian Coil 6th-level Fathomless feature Your Tentacle of the Deeps can defend you and others, interposing itself between them and harm. When you or a creature you can see takes damage while within 10 feet of the tentacle, you can use your reaction to choose one of those creatures and reduce the damage to that creature by 1d8. When you reach 10th level in this class, the damage reduced by the tentacle increases to 2d8. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 72 The Fathomless: Oceanic Soul 6th-level Fathomless feature You are now even more at home in the depths. You gain resistance to cold damage. In addition, when you are fully submerged, any creature that is also fully submerged can understand your speech, and you can understand theirs. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 72 The Genie: Elemental Gift 6th-level Genie feature You begin to take on characteristics of your patron's kind. You now have resistance to a damage type determined by your patron's kind: bludgeoning (dao), thunder (djinni), fire (efreeti), or cold (marid). In addition, as a bonus action, you can give yourself a flying speed of 30 feet that lasts for 10 minutes, during which you can hover. You can use this bonus action a number of times equal to your proficiency bonus, and you regain all expended uses when you finish a long rest. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 73 The Fathomless: Grasping Tentacles 10th-level Fathomless feature You learn the spell Evard's black tentacles. It counts as a warlock spell for you, but it doesn't count against the number of spells you know. You can also cast it once without a spell slot, and you regain the ability to do so when you finish a long rest. Whenever you cast this spell, your patron's magic bolsters you, granting you a number of temporary hit points equal to your warlock level. Moreover, damage can't break your concentration on this spell. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 72 The Genie: Sanctuary Vessel 10th-level Genie feature When you enter your Genie's Vessel via the Bottled Respite feature, you can now choose up to five willing creatures that you can see within 30 feet of you, and the chosen creatures are drawn into the vessel with you. As a bonus action, you can eject any number of creatures from the vessel, and everyone is ejected if you leave or die or if the vessel is destroyed. In addition, anyone (including you) who remains within the vessel for at least 10 minutes gains the benefit of finishing a short rest, and anyone can add your proficiency bonus to the number of hit points they regain if they spend any Hit Dice as part of a short rest there. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 73 The Fathomless: Fathomless Plunge 14th-level Fathomless feature You can magically open temporary conduits to watery destinations. As an action, you can teleport yourself and up to five other willing creatures that you can see within 30 feet of you. Amid a whirl of tentacles, you all vanish and then reappear up to 1 mile away in a body of water you've seen (pond size or larger) or within 30 feet of it, each of you appearing in an unoccupied space within 30 feet of the others. Once you use this feature, you can't use it again until you finish a short or long rest. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 72 The Genie: Limited Wish 14th-level Genie feature You entreat your patron to grant you a small wish. As an action, you can speak your desire to your Genie's Vessel, requesting the effect of one spell that is 6th level or lower and has a casting time of 1 action. The spell can be from any class's spell list, and you don't need to meet the requirements in that spell, including costly components; the spell simply takes effect as part of this action. Once you use this feature, you can't use it again until you finish 1d4 long rests. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 73 Otherworldly Patron: The Undying Death holds no sway over your patron, who has unlocked the secrets of everlasting life, although such a prize—like all power—comes at a price. Once mortal, the Undying has seen mortal lifetimes pass like the seasons, like the flicker of endless days and nights. It has the secrets of the ages to share, secrets of life and death. Beings of this sort include Vecna, Lord of the Hand and the Eye; the dread Iuz; the lich-queen Vol; the Undying Court of Aerenal; Vlaakith, lich-queen of the githyanki; and the deathless wizard Fistandantalus. In the Realms, Undying patrons include Larloch the Shadow King, legendary master of Warlock's Crypt, and Gilgeam, the God-King of Unther. Expanded Spell List The Undying lets you choose from an expanded list of spells when you learn a warlock spell. The following spells are added to the warlock spell list for you. Undying Expanded Spells Spell Level | Spells 1st | false life, ray of sickness 2nd | blindness/deafness, silence 3rd | feign death, speak with dead 4th | aura of life, death ward 5th | contagion, legend lore Source: Sword Coast Adventurer's Guide p. 139 The Undying: Among the Dead Starting at 1st level, you learn the spare the dying cantrip, which counts as a warlock cantrip for you. You also have advantage on saving throws against any disease. Additionally, undead have difficulty harming you. If an undead targets you directly with an attack or a harmful spell, that creature must make a Wisdom saving throw against your spell save DC (an undead needn't make the save when it includes you in an area effect, such as the explosion of fireball). On a failed save, the creature must choose a new target or forfeit targeting someone instead of you, potentially wasting the attack or spell. On a successful save, the creature is immune to this effect for 24 hours. An undead is also immune to this effect for 24 hours if you target it with an attack or a harmful spell. Source: Sword Coast Adventurer's Guide p. 139 The Undying: Defy Death Starting at 6th level, you can give yourself vitality when you cheat death or when you help someone else cheat it. You can regain hit points equal to 1d8 + your Constitution modifier (minimum of 1 hit point) when you succeed on a death saving throw or when you stabilize a creature with spare the dying. Once you use this feature, you can't use it again until you finish a long rest. Source: Sword Coast Adventurer's Guide p. 139 The Undying: Undying Nature Beginning at 10th level, you can hold your breath indefinitely, and you don't require food, water, or sleep, although you still require rest to reduce exhaustion and still benefit from finishing short and long rests. In addition, you age at a slower rate. For every 10 years that pass, your body ages only 1 year, and you are immune to being magically aged. Source: Sword Coast Adventurer's Guide p. 139 The Undying: Indestructible Life When you reach 14th level, you partake some of the true secrets of the Undying. On your turn, you can use a bonus action to regain hit points equal to 1d8 + your warlock level. Additionally, if you put a severed body part of yours back in place when you use this feature, the part reattaches. Once you use this feature, you can't use it again until you finish a short or long rest. Source: Sword Coast Adventurer's Guide p. 139 Wizard 6 Intelligence, Wisdom, Arcana, History, Insight, Investigation, Medicine, Religion 2 Intelligence Starting Wizard As a 1st-level Wizard, you begin play with 6+your Constitution modifier hit points. You are proficient with the following items, in addition to any proficiencies provided by your race or background. • Armor: none • Weapons: daggers, darts, slings, quarterstaffs, light crossbows • Tools: none • Skills: Choose 2 from Arcana, History, Insight, Investigation, Medicine, Religion You begin play with the following equipment, in addition to any equipment provided by your background. • (a) a quarterstaff or (b) a dagger • (a) a component pouch or (b) an arcane focus • (a) a scholar's pack or (b) an explorer's pack • A spellbook Alternatively, you may start with 4d4 x 10 gp and choose your own equipment. Source: Player's Handbook p. 112 Multiclass Wizard To multiclass as a Wizard, you must meet the following prerequisites: • Intelligence 13 Source: Player's Handbook p. 112 none daggers, darts, slings, quarterstaffs, light crossbows none 4d4x10 3, 2 Arcane Recovery You have learned to regain some of your magical energy by studying your spellbook. Once per day when you finish a short rest, you can choose expended spell slots to recover. The spell slots can have a combined level that is equal to or less than half your wizard level (rounded up), and none of the slots can be 6th level or higher. For example, if you're a 4th-level wizard, you can recover up to two levels worth of spell slots. You can recover either a 2nd-level spell slot or two 1st-level spell slots. Source: Player's Handbook p. 112 Spellcasting As a student of arcane magic, you have a spellbook containing spells that show the first glimmerings of your true power. See chapter 10 for the general rules of spellcasting and chapter 11 for the wizard spell list. Cantrips: At 1st level, you know three cantrips of your choice from the wizard spell list. You learn additional wizard cantrips of your choice at higher levels, as shown in the Cantrips Known column of the Wizard table. Spellbook: At 1st level, you have a spellbook containing six 1st-level wizard spells of your choice. Your spellbook is the repository of the wizard spells you know, except your cantrips, which are fixed in your mind. Preparing and Casting Spells: The Wizard table shows how many spell slots you have to cast your spells of 1st level and higher. To cast one of these spells, you must expend a slot of the spell's level or higher. You regain all expended spell slots when you finish a long rest. You prepare the list of wizard spells that are available for you to cast. To do so, choose a number of wizard spells from your spellbook equal to your Intelligence modifier + your wizard level (minimum of one spell). The spells must be of a level for which you have spell slots. For example, if you're a 3rd-level wizard, you have four 1st-level and two 2nd-level spell slots. With an Intelligence of 16, your list of prepared spells can include six spells of 1st or 2nd level, in any combination, chosen from your spellbook. If you prepare the 1st-level spell magic missile, you can cast it using a 1st-level or a 2nd-level slot. Casting the spell doesn't remove it from your list of prepared spells. You can change your list of prepared spells when you finish a long rest. Preparing a new list of wizard spells requires time spent studying your spellbook and memorizing the incantations and gestures you must make to cast the spell: at least 1 minute per spell level for each spell on your list. Spellcasting Ability: Intelligence is your spellcasting ability for your wizard spells, since you learn your wizard spells through dedicated study and memorization. You use your Intelligence whenever a spell refers to your spellcasting ability. In addition, you use your Intelligence modifier when setting the saving throw DC for a wizard spell you cast and when making an attack roll with one. Ritual Casting: You can cast a wizard spell as a ritual if that spell has the ritual tag and you have the spell in your spellbook. You don't need to have the spell prepared. Spellcasting Focus: You can use an arcane focus as a spellcasting focus for your wizard spells. Learning Spells of 1st Level and Higher: Each time you gain a wizard level, you can add two wizard spells of your choice to your spellbook. Each of these spells must be of a level for which you have spell slots, as shown on the Wizard table. On your adventures, you might find other spells that you can add to your spellbook (see "Your Spellbook"). Your Spellbook: The spells that you add to your spellbook as you gain levels reflect the arcane research you conduct on your own, as well as intellectual breakthroughs you have had about the nature of the multiverse. You might find other spells during your adventures. You could discover a spell recorded on a scroll in an evil wizard's chest, for example, or in a dusty tome in an ancient library. A spellbook doesn't contain cantrips. Copying a Spell into the Book: When you find a wizard spell of 1st level or higher, you can add it to your spellbook if it is of a spell level you can prepare and if you can spare the time to decipher and copy it. Copying a spell into your spellbook involves reproducing the basic form of the spell, then deciphering the unique system of notation used by the wizard who wrote it. You must practice the spell until you understand the sounds or gestures required, then transcribe it into your spellbook using your own notation. For each level of the spell, the process takes 2 hours and costs 50 gp. The cost represents material components you expend as you experiment with the spell to master it, as well as the fine inks you need to record it. Once you have spent this time and money, you can prepare the spell just like your other spells. A wizard spell on a spell scroll can be copied just as spells in spellbooks can be copied. When you copy a spell from a spell scroll, you must succeed on an Intelligence (Arcana) check with a DC equal to 10 + the spell's level. If the check succeeds, the spell is successfully copied. Whether the check succeeds or fails, the spell scroll is destroyed. Replacing the Book: You can copy a spell from your own spellbook into another book—for example, if you want to make a backup copy of your spellbook. This is just like copying a new spell into your spellbook, but faster and easier, since you understand your own notation and already know how to cast the spell. You need spend only 1 hour and 10 gp for each level of the copied spell. If you lose your spellbook, you can use the same procedure to transcribe the spells that you have prepared into a new spellbook. Filling out the remainder of your spellbook requires you to find new spells to do so, as normal. For this reason, many wizards keep backup spellbooks in a safe place. The Book's Appearance: Your spellbook is a unique compilation of spells, with its own decorative flourishes and margin notes. It might be a plain, functional leather volume that you received as a gift from your master, a finely bound gilt-edged tome you found in an ancient library, or even a loose collection of notes scrounged together after you lost your previous spellbook in a mishap. Source: Player's Handbook p. 112 3, 3 Arcane Tradition When you reach 2nd level, you choose an arcane tradition from the list of available traditions, shaping your practice of magic. Your choice grants you features at 2nd level and again at 6th, 10th, and 14th level. Source: Player's Handbook p. 112 Arcane Tradition: School of Abjuration The School of Abjuration emphasizes magic that blocks, banishes, or protects. Detractors of this school say that its tradition is about denial, negation rather than positive assertion. You understand, however, that ending harmful effects, protecting the weak, and banishing evil influences is anything but a philosophical void. It is a proud and respected vocation. Called abjurers, members of this school are sought when baleful spirits require exorcism, when important locations must be guarded against magical spying, and when portals to other planes of existence must be closed. Source: Player's Handbook p. 115 School of Abjuration: Abjuration Savant Beginning when you select this school at 2nd level, the gold and time you must spend to copy an abjuration spell into your spellbook is halved. Source: Player's Handbook p. 115 School of Abjuration: Arcane Ward Starting at 2nd level, you can weave magic around yourself for protection. When you cast an abjuration spell of 1st level or higher, you can simultaneously use a strand of the spell's magic to create a magical ward on yourself that lasts until you finish a long rest. The ward has hit points equal to twice your wizard level + your Intelligence modifier. Whenever you take damage, the ward takes the damage instead. If this damage reduces the ward to 0 hit points, you take any remaining damage. While the ward has 0 hit points, it can't absorb damage, but its magic remains. Whenever you cast an abjuration spell of 1st level or higher, the ward regains a number of hit points equal to twice the level of the spell. Once you create the ward, you can't create it again until you finish a long rest. Source: Player's Handbook p. 115 Arcane Tradition: School of Conjuration As a conjurer, you favor spells that produce objects and creatures out of thin air. You can conjure billowing clouds of killing fog or summon creatures from elsewhere to fight on your behalf. As your mastery grows, you learn spells of transportation and can teleport yourself across vast distances, even to other planes of existence, in an instant. Source: Player's Handbook p. 116 School of Conjuration: Conjuration Savant Beginning when you select this school at 2nd level, the gold and time you must spend to copy a conjuration spell into your spellbook is halved. Source: Player's Handbook p. 116 School of Conjuration: Minor Conjuration Starting at 2nd level when you select this school, you can use your action to conjure up an inanimate object in your hand or on the ground in an unoccupied space that you can see within 10 feet of you. This object can be no larger than 3 feet on a side and weigh no more than 10 pounds, and its form must be that of a nonmagical object that you have seen. The object is visibly magical, radiating dim light out to 5 feet. The object disappears after 1 hour, when you use this feature again, if it takes any damage, or if it deals any damage. Source: Player's Handbook p. 116 Arcane Tradition: School of Divination The counsel of a diviner is sought by royalty and commoners alike, for all seek a clearer understanding of the past, present, and future. As a diviner, you strive to part the veils of space, time, and consciousness so that you can see clearly. You work to master spells of discernment, remote viewing, supernatural knowledge, and foresight. Source: Player's Handbook p. 116 School of Divination: Divination Savant Beginning when you select this school at 2nd level, the gold and time you must spend to copy a divination spell into your spellbook is halved. Source: Player's Handbook p. 116 School of Divination: Portent Starting at 2nd level when you choose this school, glimpses of the future begin to press in on your awareness. When you finish a long rest, roll two d20s and record the numbers rolled. You can replace any attack roll, saving throw, or ability check made by you or a creature that you can see with one of these foretelling rolls. You must choose to do so before the roll, and you can replace a roll in this way only once per turn. Each foretelling roll can be used only once. When you finish a long rest, you lose any unused foretelling rolls. Source: Player's Handbook p. 116 Arcane Tradition: School of Enchantment As a member of the School of Enchantment, you have honed your ability to magically entrance and beguile other people and monsters. Some enchanters are peacemakers who bewitch the violent to lay down their arms and charm the cruel into showing mercy. Others are tyrants who magically bind the unwilling into their service. Most enchanters fall somewhere in between. Source: Player's Handbook p. 117 School of Enchantment: Enchantment Savant Beginning when you select this school at 2nd level, the gold and time you must spend to copy an enchantment spell into your spellbook is halved. Source: Player's Handbook p. 117 School of Enchantment: Hypnotic Gaze Starting at 2nd level when you choose this school, your soft words and enchanting gaze can magically enthrall another creature. As an action, choose one creature that you can see within 5 feet of you. If the target can see or hear you, it must succeed on a Wisdom saving throw against your wizard spell save DC or be charmed by you until the end of your next turn. The charmed creature's speed drops to 0, and the creature is incapacitated and visibly dazed. On subsequent turns, you can use your action to maintain this effect, extending its duration until the end of your next turn. However, the effect ends if you move more than 5 feet away from the creature, if the creature can neither see nor hear you, or if the creature takes damage. Once the effect ends, or if the creature succeeds on its initial saving throw against this effect, you can't use this feature on that creature again until you finish a long rest. Source: Player's Handbook p. 117 Arcane Tradition: School of Evocation You focus your study on magic that creates powerful elemental effects such as bitter cold, searing flame, rolling thunder, crackling lightning, and burning acid. Some evokers find employment in military forces, serving as artillery to blast enemy armies from afar. Others use their spectacular power to protect the weak, while some seek their own gain as bandits, adventurers, or aspiring tyrants. Source: Player's Handbook p. 117 School of Evocation: Evocation Savant Beginning when you select this school at 2nd level, the gold and time you must spend to copy an evocation spell into your spellbook is halved. Source: Player's Handbook p. 117 School of Evocation: Sculpt Spells Beginning at 2nd level, you can create pockets of relative safety within the effects of your evocation spells. When you cast an evocation spell that affects other creatures that you can see, you can choose a number of them equal to 1 + the spell's level. The chosen creatures automatically succeed on their saving throws against the spell, and they take no damage if they would normally take half damage on a successful save. Source: Player's Handbook p. 117 Arcane Tradition: School of Illusion You focus your studies on magic that dazzles the senses, befuddles the mind, and tricks even the wisest folk. Your magic is subtle, but the illusions crafted by your keen mind make the impossible seem real. Some illusionists—including many gnome wizards—are benign tricksters who use their spells to entertain. Others are more sinister masters of deception, using their illusions to frighten and fool others for their personal gain. Source: Player's Handbook p. 118 School of Illusion: Illusion Savant Beginning when you select this school at 2nd level, the gold and time you must spend to copy an illusion spell into your spellbook is halved. Source: Player's Handbook p. 118 School of Illusion: Improved Minor Illusion When you choose this school at 2nd level, you learn the minor illusion cantrip. If you already know this cantrip, you learn a different wizard cantrip of your choice. The cantrip doesn't count against your number of cantrips known. When you cast minor illusion, you can create both a sound and an image with a single casting of the spell. Source: Player's Handbook p. 118 Arcane Tradition: School of Necromancy The School of Necromancy explores the cosmic forces of life, death, and undeath. As you focus your studies in this tradition, you learn to manipulate the energy that animates all living things. As you progress, you learn to sap the life force from a creature as your magic destroys its body, transforming that vital energy into magical power you can manipulate. Most people see necromancers as menacing, or even villainous, due to the close association with death. Not all necromancers are evil, but the forces they manipulate are considered taboo by many societies. Source: Player's Handbook p. 118 School of Necromancy: Grim Harvest At 2nd level, you gain the ability to reap life energy from creatures you kill with your spells. Once per turn when you kill one or more creatures with a spell of 1st level or higher, you regain hit points equal to twice the spell's level, or three times its level if the spell belongs to the School of Necromancy. You don't gain this benefit for killing constructs or undead. Source: Player's Handbook p. 118 School of Necromancy: Necromancy Savant Beginning when you select this school at 2nd level, the gold and time you must spend to copy a necromancy spell into your spellbook is halved. Source: Player's Handbook p. 118 Arcane Tradition: School of Transmutation You are a student of spells that modify energy and matter. To you, the world is not a fixed thing, but eminently mutable, and you delight in being an agent of change. You wield the raw stuff of creation and learn to alter both physical forms and mental qualities. Your magic gives you the tools to become a smith on reality's forge. Some transmuters are tinkerers and pranksters, turning people into toads and transforming copper into silver for fun and occasional profit. Others pursue their magical studies with deadly seriousness, seeking the power of the gods to make and destroy worlds. Source: Player's Handbook p. 119 School of Transmutation: Minor Alchemy Starting at 2nd level when you select this school, you can temporarily alter the physical properties of one nonmagical object, changing it from one substance into another. You perform a special alchemical procedure on one object composed entirely of wood, stone (but not a gemstone), iron, copper, or silver, transforming it into a different one of those materials. For each 10 minutes you spend performing the procedure, you can transform up to 1 cubic foot of material. After 1 hour, or until you lose your concentration (as if you were concentrating on a spell), the material reverts to its original substance. Source: Player's Handbook p. 119 School of Transmutation: Transmutation Savant Beginning when you select this school at 2nd level, the gold and time you must spend to copy a transmutation spell into your spellbook is halved. Source: Player's Handbook p. 119 3, 4, 2 4, 4, 3 Ability Score Improvement When you reach 4th level, you can increase one ability score of your choice by 2, or you can increase two ability scores of your choice by 1. As normal, you can't increase an ability score above 20 using this feature. If your DM allows the use of feats, you may instead take a feat. Source: Player's Handbook p. 112 4, 4, 3, 2 4, 4, 3, 3 Arcane Tradition feature At 6th level, you gain a feature granted by your Arcane Tradition. Source: Player's Handbook p. 112 School of Abjuration: Projected Ward Starting at 6th level, when a creature that you can see within 30 feet of you takes damage, you can use your reaction to cause your Arcane Ward to absorb that damage. If this damage reduces the ward to 0 hit points, the warded creature takes any remaining damage. Source: Player's Handbook p. 115 School of Conjuration: Benign Transposition Starting at 6th level, you can use your action to teleport up to 30 feet to an unoccupied space that you can see. Alternatively, you can choose a space within range that is occupied by a Small or Medium creature. If that creature is willing, you both teleport, swapping places. Once you use this feature, you can't use it again until you finish a long rest or you cast a conjuration spell of 1st level or higher. Source: Player's Handbook p. 116 School of Divination: Expert Divination Beginning at 6th level, casting divination spells comes so easily to you that it expends only a fraction of your spellcasting efforts. When you cast a divination spell of 2nd level or higher using a spell slot, you regain one expended spell slot. The slot you regain must be of a level lower than the spell you cast and can't be higher than 5th level. Source: Player's Handbook p. 116 School of Enchantment: Instinctive Charm Beginning at 6th level, when a creature you can see within 30 feet of you makes an attack roll against you, you can use your reaction to divert the attack, provided that another creature is within the attack's range. The attacker must make a Wisdom saving throw against your wizard spell save DC. On a failed save, the attacker must target the creature that is closest to it, not including you or itself. If multiple creatures are closest, the attacker chooses which one to target. On a successful save, you can't use this feature on the attacker again until you finish a long rest. You must choose to use this feature before knowing whether the attack hits or misses. Creatures that can't be charmed are immune to this effect. Source: Player's Handbook p. 117 School of Evocation: Potent Cantrip Starting at 6th level, your damaging cantrips affect even creatures that avoid the brunt of the effect. When a creature succeeds on a saving throw against your cantrip, the creature takes half the cantrip's damage (if any) but suffers no additional effect from the cantrip. Source: Player's Handbook p. 117 School of Illusion: Malleable Illusions Starting at 6th level, when you cast an illusion spell that has a duration of 1 minute or longer, you can use your action to change the nature of that illusion (using the spell's normal parameters for the illusion), provided that you can see the illusion. Source: Player's Handbook p. 118 School of Necromancy: Undead Thralls At 6th level, you add the animate dead spell to your spellbook if it is not there already. When you cast animate dead, you can target one additional corpse or pile of bones, creating another zombie or skeleton, as appropriate. Whenever you create an undead using a necromancy spell, it has additional benefits: • The creature's hit point maximum is increased by an amount equal to your wizard level. • The creature adds your proficiency bonus to its weapon damage rolls. Source: Player's Handbook p. 118 School of Transmutation: Transmuter's Stone Starting at 6th level, you can spend 8 hours creating a transmuter's stone that stores transmutation magic. You can benefit from the stone yourself or give it to another creature. A creature gains a benefit of your choice as long as the stone is in the creature's possession. When you create the stone, choose the benefit from the following options: • Darkvision out to a range of 60 feet, as described in chapter 8. • An increase to speed of 10 feet while the creature is unencumbered. • Proficiency in Constitution saving throws. • Resistance to acid, cold, fire, lightning, or thunder damage (your choice whenever you choose this benefit). Each time you cast a transmutation spell of 1st level or higher, you can change the effect of your stone if the stone is on your person. If you create a new transmuter's stone, the previous one ceases to function. Source: Player's Handbook p. 119 4, 4, 3, 3, 1 4, 4, 3, 3, 2 Ability Score Improvement When you reach 8th level, you can increase one ability score of your choice by 2, or you can increase two ability scores of your choice by 1. As normal, you can't increase an ability score above 20 using this feature. If your DM allows the use of feats, you may instead take a feat. Source: Player's Handbook p. 112 4, 4, 3, 3, 3, 1 5, 4, 3, 3, 3, 2 Arcane Tradition feature At 10th level, you gain a feature granted by your Arcane Tradition. Source: Player's Handbook p. 112 School of Abjuration: Improved Abjuration Beginning at 10th level, when you cast an abjuration spell that requires you to make an ability check as a part of casting that spell (as in counterspell and dispel magic), you add your proficiency bonus to that ability check. Source: Player's Handbook p. 115 School of Conjuration: Focused Conjuration Beginning at 10th level, while you are concentrating on a conjuration spell, your concentration can't be broken as a result of taking damage. Source: Player's Handbook p. 116 School of Divination: The Third Eye Starting at 10th level, you can use your action to increase your powers of perception. When you do so, choose one of the following benefits, which lasts until you are incapacitated or you take a short or long rest. You can't use the feature again until you finish a rest. School of Divination: Darkvision You gain darkvision out to a range of 60 feet. School of Divination: Ethereal Sight You can see into the Ethereal Plane within 60 feet of you. School of Divination: Greater Comprehension You can read any language. School of Divination: See Invisibility You can see invisible creatures and objects within 10 feet of you that are within line of sight. Source: Player's Handbook p. 116 School of Enchantment: Split Enchantment Starting at 10th level, when you cast an enchantment spell of 1st level or higher that targets only one creature, you can have it target a second creature. Source: Player's Handbook p. 117 School of Evocation: Empowered Evocation Beginning at 10th level, you can add your Intelligence modifier to one damage roll of any wizard evocation spell you cast. Source: Player's Handbook p. 117 School of Illusion: Illusory Step Beginning at 10th level, you can create an illusory duplicate of yourself as an instant, almost instinctual reaction to danger. When a creature makes an attack roll against you, you can use your reaction to interpose the illusory duplicate between the attacker and yourself. The attack automatically misses you, then the illusion dissipates. Once you use this feature, you can't use it again until you finish a short or long rest. Source: Player's Handbook p. 118 School of Necromancy: Inured to Undeath Beginning at 10th level, you have resistance to necrotic damage, and your hit point maximum can't be reduced. You have spent so much time dealing with undead and the forces that animate them that you have become inured to some of their worst effects. Source: Player's Handbook p. 118 School of Transmutation: Shapechanger At 10th level, you add the polymorph spell to your spellbook, if it is not there already. You can cast polymorph without expending a spell slot. When you do so, you can target only yourself and transform into a beast whose challenge rating is 1 or lower. Once you cast polymorph in this way, you can't do so again until you finish a short or long rest, though you can still cast it normally using an available spell slot. Source: Player's Handbook p. 119 5, 4, 3, 3, 3, 2, 1 5, 4, 3, 3, 3, 2, 1 Ability Score Improvement When you reach 12th level, you can increase one ability score of your choice by 2, or you can increase two ability scores of your choice by 1. As normal, you can't increase an ability score above 20 using this feature. If your DM allows the use of feats, you may instead take a feat. Source: Player's Handbook p. 112 5, 4, 3, 3, 3, 2, 1, 1 5, 4, 3, 3, 3, 2, 1, 1 Arcane Tradition feature At 14th level, you gain a feature granted by your Arcane Tradition. Source: Player's Handbook p. 112 School of Abjuration: Spell Resistance Starting at 14th level, you have advantage on saving throws against spells. Furthermore, you have resistance against the damage of spells. Source: Player's Handbook p. 115 School of Conjuration: Durable Summons Starting at 14th level, any creature that you summon or create with a conjuration spell has 30 temporary hit points. Source: Player's Handbook p. 116 School of Divination: Greater Portent Starting at 14th level, the visions in your dreams intensify and paint a more accurate picture in your mind of what is to come. You roll three d20s for your Portent feature, rather than two. Source: Player's Handbook p. 116 School of Enchantment: Alter Memories At 14th level, you gain the ability to make a creature unaware of your magical influence on it. When you cast an enchantment spell to charm one or more creatures, you can alter one creature's understanding so that it remains unaware of being charmed. Additionally, once before the spell expires, you can use your action to try to make the chosen creature forget some of the time it spent charmed. The creature must succeed on an Intelligence saving throw against your wizard spell save DC or lose a number of hours of its memories equal to 1 + your Charisma modifier (minimum of 1). You can make the creature forget less time, and the amount of time can't exceed the duration of your enchantment spell. Source: Player's Handbook p. 117 School of Evocation: Overchannel Starting at 14th level, you can increase the power of your simpler spells. When you cast a wizard spell of 1st through 5th-level that deals damage, you can deal maximum damage with that spell. The first time you do so, you suffer no adverse effect. If you use this feature again before you finish a long rest, you take 2d12 necrotic damage for each level of the spell, immediately after you cast it. Each time you use this feature again before finishing a long rest, the necrotic damage per spell level increases by 1d12. This damage ignores resistance and immunity. Source: Player's Handbook p. 117 School of Illusion: Illusory Reality By 14th level, you have learned the secret of weaving shadow magic into your illusions to give them a semireality. When you cast an illusion spell of 1st level or higher, you can choose one inanimate, nonmagical object that is part of the illusion and make that object real. You can do this on your turn as a bonus action while the spell is ongoing. The object remains real for 1 minute. For example, you can create an illusion of a bridge over a chasm and then make it real long enough for your allies to cross. The object can't deal damage or otherwise directly harm anyone. Source: Player's Handbook p. 118 School of Necromancy: Command Undead Starting at 14th level, you can use magic to bring undead under your control, even those created by other wizards. As an action, you can choose one undead that you can see within 60 feet of you. That creature must make a Charisma saving throw against your wizard spell save DC. If it succeeds, you can't use this feature on it again. If it fails, it becomes friendly to you and obeys your commands until you use this feature again. Intelligent undead are harder to control in this way. If the target has an Intelligence of 8 or higher, it has advantage on the saving throw. If it fails the saving throw and has an Intelligence of 12 or higher, it can repeat the saving throw at the end of every hour until it succeeds and breaks free. Source: Player's Handbook p. 118 School of Transmutation: Master Transmuter Starting at 14th level, you can use your action to consume the reserve of transmutation magic stored within your transmuter's stone in a single burst. When you do so, choose one of the following effects. Your transmuter's stone is destroyed and can't be remade until you finish a long rest. School of Transmutation: Major Transformation You can transmute one nonmagical object—no larger than a 5-foot cube—into another nonmagical object of similar size and mass and of equal or lesser value. You must spend 10 minutes handling the object to transform it. School of Transmutation: Panacea You remove all curses, diseases, and poisons affecting a creature that you touch with the transmuter's stone. The creature also regains all its hit points. School of Transmutation: Restore Life You cast the raise dead spell on a creature you touch with the transmuter's stone, without expending a spell slot or needing to have the spell in your spellbook. School of Transmutation: Restore Youth You touch the transmuter's stone to a willing creature, and that creature's apparent age is reduced by 3d10 years, to a minimum of 13 years. This effect doesn't extend the creature's lifespan. Source: Player's Handbook p. 119 5, 4, 3, 3, 3, 2, 1, 1, 1 5, 4, 3, 3, 3, 2, 1, 1, 1 Ability Score Improvement When you reach 16th level, you can increase one ability score of your choice by 2, or you can increase two ability scores of your choice by 1. As normal, you can't increase an ability score above 20 using this feature. If your DM allows the use of feats, you may instead take a feat. Source: Player's Handbook p. 112 5, 4, 3, 3, 3, 2, 1, 1, 1, 1 5, 4, 3, 3, 3, 3, 1, 1, 1, 1 Spell Mastery At 18th level, you have achieved such mastery over certain spells that you can cast them at will. Choose a 1st-level wizard spell and a 2nd-level wizard spell that are in your spellbook. You can cast those spells at their lowest level without expending a spell slot when you have them prepared. If you want to cast either spell at a higher level, you must expend a spell slot as normal. By spending 8 hours in study, you can exchange one or both of the spells you chose for different spells of the same levels. Source: Player's Handbook p. 112 5, 4, 3, 3, 3, 3, 2, 1, 1, 1 Ability Score Improvement When you reach 19th level, you can increase one ability score of your choice by 2, or you can increase two ability scores of your choice by 1. As normal, you can't increase an ability score above 20 using this feature. If your DM allows the use of feats, you may instead take a feat. Source: Player's Handbook p. 112 5, 4, 3, 3, 3, 3, 2, 2, 1, 1 Signature Spells When you reach 20th level, you gain mastery over two powerful spells and can cast them with little effort. Choose two 3rd-level wizard spells in your spellbook as your signature spells. You always have these spells prepared, they don't count against the number of spells you have prepared, and you can cast each of them once at 3rd level without expending a spell slot. When you do so, you can't do so again until you finish a short or long rest. If you want to cast either spell at a higher level, you must expend a spell slot as normal. Source: Player's Handbook p. 112 Arcane Tradition: War Magic A variety of arcane colleges specialize in training wizards for war. The tradition of War Magic blends principles of evocation and abjuration, rather than specializing in either of those schools. It teaches techniques that empower a caster's spells, while also providing methods for wizards to bolster their own defenses. Followers of this tradition are known as war mages. They see their magic as both a weapon and armor, a resource superior to any piece of steel. War mages act fast in battle, using their spells to seize tactical control of a situation. Their spells strike hard, while their defensive skills foil their opponents' attempts to counterattack. War mages are also adept at turning other spellcasters' magical energy against them. In great battles, a war mage often works with evokers, abjurers, and other types of wizards. Evokers, in particular, sometimes tease war mages for splitting their attention between offense and defense. A war mage's typical response: "What good is being able to throw a mighty fireball if I die before I can cast it?" Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 59 War Magic: Arcane Deflection At 2nd level, you have learned to weave your magic to fortify yourself against harm. When you are hit by an attack or you fail a saving throw, you can use your reaction to gain a +2 bonus to your AC against that attack or a +4 bonus to that saving throw. When you use this feature, you can't cast spells other than cantrips until the end of your next turn. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 59 War Magic: Tactical Wit Starting at 2nd level, your keen ability to assess tactical situations allows you to act quickly in battle. You can give yourself a bonus to your initiative rolls equal to your Intelligence modifier. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 59 War Magic: Power Surge Starting at 6th level, you can store magical energy within yourself to later empower your damaging spells. In its stored form, this energy is called a power surge. You can store a maximum number of power surges equal to your Intelligence modifier (minimum of one). Whenever you finish a long rest, your number of power surges resets to one. Whenever you successfully end a spell with dispel magic or counterspell, you gain one power surge, as you steal magic from the spell you foiled. If you end a short rest with no power surges, you gain one power surge. Once per turn when you deal damage to a creature or object with a wizard spell, you can spend one power surge to deal extra force damage to that target. The extra damage equals half your wizard level. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 59 War Magic: Durable Magic Beginning at 10th level, the magic you channel helps ward off harm. While you maintain concentration on a spell, you have a +2 bonus to AC and all saving throws. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 59 War Magic: Deflecting Shroud At 14th level, your Arcane Deflection becomes infused with deadly magic. When you use your Arcane Deflection feature, you can cause magical energy to arc from you. Up to three creatures of your choice that you can see within 60 feet of you each take force damage equal to half your wizard level. Source: Xanathar's Guide to Everything p. 59 Arcane Tradition: Bladesinging Bladesingers are elves who bravely defend their people and lands. They are elf wizards who master a school of sword fighting grounded in a tradition of arcane magic. In combat, a bladesinger uses a series of intricate, elegant maneuvers that fend off harm and allow the bladesinger to channel magic into devastating attacks and a cunning defense. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 76 Bladesinging: Bladesinger Styles From its inception as a martial and magical art, Bladesinging has been tied to the sword, more specifically the longsword. Yet many generations of study gave rise to various styles of Bladesinging based on the melee weapon employed. The techniques of these styles are passed from master to students in small schools, some of which have a building dedicated to instruction. Even the newest styles are hundreds of years old, but are still taught by their original creators due to the long lives of elves. Most schools of Bladesinging are in Evermeet or Evereska. One was started in Myth Drannor, but the city's destruction has scattered those students who survived. Styles of Bladesinging are broadly categorized based on the type of weapon employed, and each is associated with a category of animal. Within that style are specializations named after specific animal types, based on the types of spells employed, the techniques of the master, and the particular weapon used. Bladesingers who apprentice to a master typically get a tattoo of their chosen style's animal. Some bladesingers learn multiple styles and bear many tattoos, wearing a warning on their skin of their deadly skills. Cat Styles that employ a sword belong to this family. The lion style, the eldest, trains practitioners in the use of the longsword and doesn't favor any particular type of spells. Leopard style focuses on the shortsword and spells of illusion and stealth. Red tiger, a style just three centuries old, has its bladesingers using the scimitar in a whirling dance of defense from which they launch into sudden leaps and attacks. Bird Styles that focus on the use of a hafted weapon, such as an axe or hammer, have been grouped together as bird styles, yet they vary wildly. All relatively new styles, they use weapons not typically favored by elves. Eagle-style bladesingers use small handaxes, and many maneuvers in the style focus on fluid ways to throw the weapon and draw a new one. Raven style uses a war pick, and spells associated with it grant the bladesinger more agility in combat. Snake Practitioners of these styles use a flail, chain, or whip. Viper style uses a whip, despite its inelegance as a weapon, and has almost as long a history as the lion style. Its masters punctuate their bladesong with a stunningly rapid rhythm of whip cracks, which can keep many foes at bay and allow the bladesinger space to cast the cruel spells of poison and disease favored by the style. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 76 Bladesinging: Bladesong Starting at 2nd level, you can invoke a secret elven magic called the Bladesong, provided you aren't wearing medium or heavy armor or using a shield. It graces you with supernatural speed, agility, and focus. You can use a bonus action to start the Bladesong, which lasts for 1 minute. It ends early if you are incapacitated, if you don medium or heavy armor or a shield, or if you use two hands to make an attack with a weapon. You can also dismiss Bladesong at any time you choose (no action required). While your bladesong is active, you gain the following benefits: • You gain a bonus to your AC equal to your Intelligence modifier (minimum of +1). • Your walking speed increases by 10 feet. • You have advantage on Dexterity (Acrobatics) checks. • You gain a bonus to any Constitution saving throws you make to maintain concentration on a spell. The bonus equals your Intelligence modifier (minimum of +1). You can use this feature a number of times equal to your proficiency bonus, and you regain all expended uses of it when you finish a long rest. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 76 Bladesinging: Training in War and Song (Bladesinging) When you adopt this tradition at 2nd level, you gain proficiency with light armor, and you gain proficiency with one type of one-handed melee weapon of your choice. You also gain proficiency in the Performance skill if you don't already have it. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 76 Arcane Tradition: Order of Scribes Magic of the book-that's what many folk call wizardry. The name is apt, given how much time wizards spend poring over tomes and penning theories about the nature of magic. It's rare to see wizards traveling without books and scrolls sprouting from their bags, and a wizard would go to great lengths to plumb an archive of ancient knowledge. Among wizards, the Order of Scribes is the most bookish. It takes many forms in different worlds, but its primary mission is the same everywhere: recording magical discoveries so that wizardry can flourish. And while all wizards value spellbooks, a wizard in the Order of Scribes magically awakens their book, turning it into a trusted companion. All wizards study books, but a wizardly scribe talks to theirs! Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 77 Order of Scribes: Awakened Spellbook 2nd-level Order of Scribes feature Using specially prepared inks and ancient incantations passed down by your wizardly order, you have awakened an arcane sentience within your spellbook. While you are holding the book, it grants you the following benefits: • You can use the book as a spellcasting focus for your wizard spells. • When you cast a wizard spell with a spell slot, you can temporarily replace its damage type with a type that appears in another spell in your spellbook, which magically alters the spell's formula for this casting only. The latter spell must be of the same level as the spell slot you expend. • When you cast a wizard spell as a ritual, you can use the spell's normal casting time, rather than adding 10 minutes to it. Once you use this benefit, you can't do so again until you finish a long rest. If necessary, you can replace the book over the course of a short rest by using your Wizardly Quill to write arcane sigils in a blank book or a magic spellbook to which you're attuned. At the end of the rest, your spellbook's consciousness is summoned into the new book, which the consciousness transforms into your spellbook, along with all its spells. If the previous book still existed somewhere, all the spells vanish from its pages. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 77 Order of Scribes: Wizardly Quill 2nd-level Order of Scribes feature As a bonus action, you can magically create a Tiny quill in your free hand. The magic quill has the following properties: • The quill doesn't require ink. When you write with it, it produces ink in a color of your choice on the writing surface. • The time you must spend to copy a spell into your spellbook equals 2 minutes per spell level if you use the quill for the transcription. • You can erase anything you write with the quill if you wave the feather over the text as a bonus action, provided the text is within 5 feet of you. This quill disappears if you create another one or if you die. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 77 Cantrip Formulas 3rd-level wizard optional class features You have scribed a set of arcane formulas in your spellbook that you can use to formulate a cantrip in your mind. Whenever you finish a long rest and consult those formulas in your spellbook, you can replace one wizard cantrip you know with another cantrip from the wizard spell list. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 75 Bladesinging: Extra Attack Starting at 6th level, you can attack twice, instead of once, whenever you take the Attack action on your turn. Moreover, you can cast one of your cantrips in place of one of those attacks. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 76 Order of Scribes: Manifest Mind 6th-level Order of Scribes feature You can conjure forth the mind of your Awakened Spellbook. As a bonus action while the book is on your person, you can cause the mind to manifest as a Tiny spectral object, hovering in an unoccupied space of your choice within 60 feet of you. The spectral mind is intangible and doesn't occupy its space, and it sheds dim light in a 10-foot radius. It looks like a ghostly tome, a cascade of text, or a scholar from the past (your choice). While manifested, the spectral mind can hear and see, and it has darkvision with a range of 60 feet. The mind can telepathically share with you what it sees and hears (no action required). Whenever you cast a wizard spell on your turn, you can cast it as if you were in the spectral mind's space, instead of your own, using its senses. You can do so a number of times per day equal to your proficiency bonus, and you regain all expended uses when you finish a long rest. As a bonus action, you can cause the spectral mind to hover up to 30 feet to an unoccupied space that you or it can see. It can pass through creatures but not objects. The spectral mind stops manifesting if it is ever more than 300 feet away from you, if someone casts dispel magic on it, if the Awakened Spellbook is destroyed, if you die, or if you dismiss the spectral mind as a bonus action. Once you conjure the mind, you can't do so again until you finish a long rest, unless you expend a spell slot of any level to conjure it again. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 77 Bladesinging: Song of Defense Beginning at 10th level, you can direct your magic to absorb damage while your bladesong is active. When you take damage, you can use your reaction to expend one spell slot and reduce that damage to you by an amount equal to five times the spell's slot level. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 76 Order of Scribes: Master Scrivener 10th-level Order of Scribes feature Whenever you finish a long rest, you can create one magic scroll by touching your Wizardly Quill to a blank piece of paper or parchment and causing one spell from your Awakened Spellbook to be copied onto the scroll. The spellbook must be within 5 feet of you when you make the scroll. The chosen spell must be of 1st or 2nd level and must have a casting time of 1 action. Once in the scroll, the spell's power is enhanced, counting as one level higher than normal. You can cast the spell from the scroll by reading it as an action. The scroll is unintelligible to anyone else, and the spell vanishes from the scroll when you cast it or when you finish your next long rest. You are also adept at crafting spell scrolls, which are described in the treasure chapter of the Dungeon Master's Guide. The gold and time you must spend to make such a scroll are halved if you use your Wizardly Quill. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 77 Bladesinging: Song of Victory Starting at 14th level, you add your Intelligence modifier (minimum of +1) to the damage of your melee weapon attacks while your Bladesong is active. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 76 Order of Scribes: One with the Word 14th-level Order of Scribes feature Your connection to your Awakened Spellbook has become so profound that your soul has become entwined with it. While the book is on your person, you have advantage on all Intelligence (Arcana) checks, as the spellbook helps you remember magical lore. Moreover, if you take damage while your spellbook's mind is manifested, you can prevent all of that damage to you by using your reaction to dismiss the spectral mind, using its magic to save yourself. Then roll 3d6. The spellbook temporarily loses spells of your choice that have a combined spell level equal to that roll or higher. For example, if the roll's total is 9, spells vanish from the book that have a combined level of at least 9, which could mean one 9th-level spell, three 3rd-level spells, or some other combination. If there aren't enough spells in the book to cover this cost, you drop to 0 hit points. Until you finish 1d6 long rests, you are incapable of casting the lost spells, even if you find them on a scroll or in another spellbook. After you finish the required number of rests, the spells reappear in the spellbook. Once you use this reaction, you can't do so again until you finish a long rest. Source: Tasha's Cauldron of Everything p. 77 Arcane Tradition: Chronurgy Magic Focusing on the manipulation of time, those who follow the Chronurgy tradition learn to alter the pace of reality to their liking. Using the ramping of anticipatory dunamis energy, these mages can bend the flow of time as adroitly as a skilled musician plays an instrument, lending themselves and their allies an advantage in the blink of an eye. Source: Explorer's Guide to Wildemount p. 184 Chronurgy Magic: Chronal Shift 2nd-level Chronurgy Magic feature You can magically exert limited control over the flow of time around a creature. As a reaction, after you or a creature you can see within 30 feet of you makes an attack roll, an ability check, or a saving throw, you can force the creature to reroll. You make this decision after you see whether the roll succeeds or fails. The target must use the result of the second roll. You can use this ability twice, and you regain any expended uses when you finish a long rest. Source: Explorer's Guide to Wildemount p. 184 Chronurgy Magic: Temporal Awareness 2nd-level Chronurgy Magic feature You can add your Intelligence modifier to your initiative rolls. Source: Explorer's Guide to Wildemount p. 184 Arcane Tradition: Graviturgy Magic Understanding and mastering the forces that draw bodies of matter together or drive them apart, the students of the Graviturgy arcane tradition learn to further bend and manipulate the violent energy of gravity to their benefit, and the terrible detriment of their enemies. Source: Explorer's Guide to Wildemount p. 185 Graviturgy Magic: Adjust Density 2nd-level Graviturgy Magic feature As an action, you can magically alter the weight of one object or creature you can see within 30 feet of you. The object or creature must be Large or smaller. The target's weight is halved or doubled for up to 1 minute or until your concentration ends (as if you were concentrating on a spell). While the weight of a creature is halved by this effect, the creature's speed increases by 10 feet, it can jump twice as far as normal, and it has disadvantage on Strength checks and Strength saving throws. While the weight of a creature is doubled by this effect, the creature's speed is reduced by 10 feet, and it has advantage on Strength checks and Strength saving throws. Upon reaching 10th level in this class, you can target an object or a creature that is Huge or smaller. Source: Explorer's Guide to Wildemount p. 185 Chronurgy Magic: Momentary Stasis 6th-level Chronurgy Magic feature As an action, you can magically force a Large or smaller creature you can see within 60 feet of you to make a Constitution saving throw against your spell save DC. Unless the saving throw is a success, the creature is encased in a field of magical energy until the end of your next turn or until the creature takes any damage. While encased in this way, the creature is incapacitated and has a speed of 0. You can use this feature a number of times equal to your Intelligence modifier (a minimum of once). You regain all expended uses when you finish a long rest. Source: Explorer's Guide to Wildemount p. 184 Graviturgy Magic: Gravity Well 6th-level Graviturgy Magic feature You've learned how to manipulate gravity around a living being: whenever you cast a spell on a creature, you can move the target 5 feet to an unoccupied space of your choice if the target is willing to move, the spell hits it with an attack, or it fails a saving throw against the spell. Source: Explorer's Guide to Wildemount p. 185 Chronurgy Magic: Arcane Abeyance 10th-level Chronurgy Magic feature When you cast a spell using a spell slot of 4th level or lower, you can condense the spell's magic into a mote. The spell is frozen in time at the moment of casting and held within a gray bead for 1 hour. This bead is a Tiny object with AC 15 and 1 hit point, and it is immune to poison and psychic damage. When the duration ends, or if the bead is destroyed, it vanishes in a flash of light, and the spell is lost. A creature holding the bead can use its action to release the spell within, whereupon the bead disappears. The spell uses your spell attack bonus and save DC, and the spell treats the creature who released it as the caster for all other purposes. Once you create a bead with this feature, you can't do so again until you finish a short or long rest. Source: Explorer's Guide to Wildemount p. 184 Graviturgy Magic: Violent Attraction 10th-level Graviturgy Magic feature When another creature that you can see within 60 feet of you hits with a weapon attack, you can use your reaction to increase the attack's velocity, causing the attack's target to take an extra 1d10 damage of the weapon's type. Alternatively, if a creature within 60 feet of you takes damage from a fall, you can use your reaction to increase the fall's damage by 2d10. You can use this feature a number of times equal to your Intelligence modifier (a minimum of once). You regain all expended uses when you finish a long rest. Source: Explorer's Guide to Wildemount p. 185 Chronurgy Magic: Convergent Future 14th-level Chronurgy Magic feature You can peer through possible futures and magically pull one of them into events around you, ensuring a particular outcome. When you or a creature you can see within 60 feet of you makes an attack roll, an ability check, or a saving throw, you can use your reaction to ignore the die roll and decide whether the number rolled is the minimum needed to succeed or one less than that number (your choice). When you use this feature, you gain one level of exhaustion. Only by finishing a long rest can you remove a level of exhaustion gained in this way. Source: Explorer's Guide to Wildemount p. 184 Graviturgy Magic: Event Horizon 14th-level Graviturgy Magic feature As an action, you can magically emit a powerful field of gravitational energy that tugs at other creatures for up to 1 minute or until your concentration ends (as if you were concentrating on a spell). For the duration, whenever a creature hostile to you starts its turn within 30 feet of you, it must make a Strength saving throw against your spell save DC. On a failed save, it takes 2d10 force damage, and its speed is reduced to 0 until the start of its next turn. On a successful save, it takes half as much damage, and every foot it moves this turn costs 2 extra feet of movement. Once you use this feature, you can't do so again until you finish a long rest or until you expend a spell slot of 3rd level or higher on it. Source: Explorer's Guide to Wildemount p. 185 Arcane Tradition: Bladesinging Bladesingers are elves who bravely defend their people and lands. They are elf wizards who master a school of sword fighting grounded in a tradition of arcane magic. In combat, a bladesinger uses a series of intricate, elegant maneuvers that fend off harm and allow the bladesinger to channel magic into devastating attacks and a cunning defense. Source: Sword Coast Adventurer's Guide p. 141 Bladesinging: Bladesinger Styles From its inception as a martial and magical art, Bladesinging has been tied to the sword, more specifically the longsword. Yet many generations of study gave rise to various styles of Bladesinging based on the melee weapon employed. The techniques of these styles are passed from master to students in small schools, some of which have a building dedicated to instruction. Even the newest styles are hundreds of years old, but are still taught by their original creators due to the long lives of elves. Most schools of Bladesinging are in Evermeet or Evereska. One was started in Myth Drannor, but the city's destruction has scattered those students who survived. Styles of Bladesinging are broadly categorized based on the type of weapon employed, and each is associated with a category of animal. Within that style are specializations named after specific animal types, based on the types of spells employed, the techniques of the master, and the particular weapon used. Bladesingers who apprentice to a master typically get a tattoo of their chosen style's animal. Some bladesingers learn multiple styles and bear many tattoos, wearing a warning on their skin of their deadly skills. Cat Styles that employ a sword belong to this family. The lion style, the eldest, trains practitioners in the use of the longsword and doesn't favor any particular type of spells. Leopard style focuses on the shortsword and spells of illusion and stealth. Red tiger, a style just three centuries old, has its bladesingers using the scimitar in a whirling dance of defense from which they launch into sudden leaps and attacks. Bird Styles that focus on the use of a hafted weapon, such as an axe or hammer, have been grouped together as bird styles, yet they vary wildly. All relatively new styles, they use weapons not typically favored by elves. Eagle-style bladesingers use small handaxes, and many maneuvers in the style focus on fluid ways to throw the weapon and draw a new one. Raven style uses a war pick, and spells associated with it grant the bladesinger more agility in combat. Snake Practitioners of these styles use a flail, chain, or whip. Viper style uses a whip, despite its inelegance as a weapon, and has almost as long a history as the lion style. Its masters punctuate their bladesong with a stunningly rapid rhythm of whip cracks, which can keep many foes at bay and allow the bladesinger space to cast the cruel spells of poison and disease favored by the style. Source: Sword Coast Adventurer's Guide p. 141 Bladesinging: Bladesong Starting at 2nd level, you can invoke a secret elven magic called the Bladesong, provided you aren't wearing medium or heavy armor or using a shield. It graces you with supernatural speed, agility, and focus. You can use a bonus action to start the Bladesong, which lasts for 1 minute. It ends early if you are incapacitated, if you don medium or heavy armor or a shield, or if you use two hands to make an attack with a weapon. You can also dismiss Bladesong at any time you choose (no action required). While your bladesong is active, you gain the following benefits: • You gain a bonus to your AC equal to your Intelligence modifier (minimum of +1). • Your walking speed increases by 10 feet. • You have advantage on Dexterity (Acrobatics) checks. • You gain a bonus to any Constitution saving throws you make to maintain concentration on a spell. The bonus equals your Intelligence modifier (minimum of +1). You can use this feature a number of times equal to your proficiency bonus, and you regain all expended uses of it when you finish a long rest. Source: Sword Coast Adventurer's Guide p. 141 Bladesinging: Restriction: Elves Only Only elves and half-elves can choose the bladesinger arcane tradition. In the world of Faerûn, elves closely guard the secrets of bladesinging. Your DM can lift this restriction to better suit the campaign. The restriction reflects the story of bladesingers in the Forgotten Realms, but it might not apply to your DM's setting or your DM's version of the Realms. Source: Sword Coast Adventurer's Guide p. 141 Bladesinging: Training in War and Song (Bladesinging) When you adopt this tradition at 2nd level, you gain proficiency with light armor, and you gain proficiency with one type of one-handed melee weapon of your choice. You also gain proficiency in the Performance skill if you don't already have it. Source: Sword Coast Adventurer's Guide p. 141 Bladesinging: Extra Attack Starting at 6th level, you can attack twice, instead of once, whenever you take the Attack action on your turn. Moreover, you can cast one of your cantrips in place of one of those attacks. Source: Sword Coast Adventurer's Guide p. 141 Bladesinging: Song of Defense Beginning at 10th level, you can direct your magic to absorb damage while your bladesong is active. When you take damage, you can use your reaction to expend one spell slot and reduce that damage to you by an amount equal to five times the spell's slot level. Source: Sword Coast Adventurer's Guide p. 141 Bladesinging: Song of Victory Starting at 14th level, you add your Intelligence modifier (minimum of +1) to the damage of your melee weapon attacks while your Bladesong is active. Source: Sword Coast Adventurer's Guide p. 141